2014CASBEE-建築（新築）（英文表紙）.indd

1

2015/02/16

17:30:11

Disclaimer- An individual user is supposed to take full responsibility for the use of this manual and the assessment
tool. The Japan Sustainable Building Consortium (JSBC) and the Institute for Building Environment
and Energy Conservation (IBEC) assume no responsibility whatsoever for assessment results basedon this manual or the assessment tool, and for any damages resulting from the utilization thereof,
except for buildings that have obtained a certification in accordance with the CASBEE building
assessment certification system.
- Further, except for buildings that have obtained such certification, CASBEE's logotype or assessment
results shall not be used in any advertisements without permission from the IBEC, the proprietor of the
CASBEE registered trademark. Please visit the CASBEE website for details (http://www.ibec.or.jp/
CASBEE/).

2014CASBEE-建築（新築）（英文表紙）.indd

2

2015/02/16

17:30:12

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

12014 Edition

Table of Contents
Introduction ................................................................................ 4
PARTⅠ. Outline of CASBEE for Building (New Construction) .......... 5
1. Framework for CASBEE for Building (New Construction) ......................... 5
2. Assessment Method................................................................................... 7
3. Assessment Procedures .......................................................................... 19

PARTⅡ. Scoring Criteria ......................................................... 38
1. Q: Environmental Quality of Building ....................................................... 39
Q1 Indoor Environment.......................................................................... 39
1. Sound Environment .......................................................................... 39
1.1 Noise ........................................................................................... 39
1.2 Sound Insulation ......................................................................... 42
1.3 Sound Absorption ........................................................................ 47
2. Thermal Comfort ............................................................................... 48
2.1 Room Temperature Control ......................................................... 48
2.2 Humidity Control.......................................................................... 56
2.3 Type of Air Conditioning System ................................................. 58
3. Lighting & Illumination....................................................................... 60
3.1 Daylight ....................................................................................... 60
3.2 Anti-glare Measures .................................................................... 65
3.3 Illuminance Level ........................................................................ 66
3.4 Lighting Controllability ................................................................. 68
4. Air Quality ......................................................................................... 69
4.1 Source Control ............................................................................ 69
4.2 Ventilation .................................................................................... 71
4.3 Operation Plan ............................................................................ 76
Q2 Quality of Service ............................................................................. 78
1. Service Ability ................................................................................... 78
1.1 Functionality & Usability .............................................................. 78
1.2 Amenity ....................................................................................... 81
1.3 Maintenance................................................................................ 84

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

2

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

2. Durability & Reliability ....................................................................... 91
2.1 Earthquake Resistance ............................................................... 91
2.2 Service Life of Components ........................................................ 93
2.3 Appropriate Renewal ................................................................... 97
2.4 Reliability ..................................................................................... 98
3. Flexibility & Adaptability .................................................................. 103
3.1 Spatial Margin ........................................................................... 103
3.2 Floor Load Margin ..................................................................... 107
3.3 System Renewability ................................................................. 108
Q3 Outdoor Environment (On-site) ...................................................... 113
1. Preservation & Creation of Biotope ................................................ 113
2. Townscape & Landscape ................................................................ 119
3. Local Characteristics & Outdoor Amenity ....................................... 123
3.1 Attention to Local Character & Improvement of Comfort .......... 123
3.2 Improvement of the Thermal Environment on Site ................... 126
2. LR: Environmental Load Reduction of Building ..................................... 131
LR1 Energy .......................................................................................... 131
1. Control of Heat Load on the Outer Surface of Buildings ................ 131
2. Natural Energy Utilization ............................................................... 134
3. Efficiency in Building Service System ............................................. 137
3a. Assessment Based on the Primary Energy Consumption (Buildings) .... 138
3b. Assessment based on BEIm of the Model Building Method ..... 140
3c. Assessment Based on the Primary Energy Consumption (Apartments) ... 141
4. Efficient Operation .......................................................................... 143
4.1 Monitoring.................................................................................. 143
4.2 Operation & Management System ............................................ 145
LR2 Resources & Materials ................................................................. 147
1. Water Resources ............................................................................ 147
1.1 Water Saving ............................................................................. 147
1.2 Rain Water & Grey Water .......................................................... 148
2. Reducing Use of Non-renewable Resources ................................. 150
2.1 Reducing Use of Materials ........................................................ 150
2.2 Continuing Use of Existing Structural Frame, etc. .................... 151
2.3 Use of Recycled Materials as Structural Materials ................... 152
2.4 Use of Recycled Materials as Non-structural Materials ............ 153

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

32014 Edition

2.5 Timber from Sustainable Forestry ............................................. 155
2.6 Efforts to Enhance the Reusability of Components and Materials... 158
3. Avoiding the Use of Materials with Pollutant Content ..................... 159
3.1 Use of Materials without Harmful Substances .......................... 159
3.2 Elimination of CFCs and Halons ............................................... 161
LR3 Off-site Environment .................................................................... 165
1. Consideration of Global Warming ................................................... 165
2. Consideration of Local Environment............................................... 167
2.1 Air Pollution ............................................................................... 167
2.2 Heat Island Effect ...................................................................... 171
2.3 Load on Local Infrastructure ..................................................... 184
3. Consideration of Surrounding Environment ................................... 189
3.1 Noise, Vibration & Odor ............................................................ 189
3.2 Wind/Sand Damage & Daylight Obstruction ............................. 196
3.3 Light Pollution............................................................................ 202

Bibliography ........................................................................... 207
Appendix ................................................................................ 209
PARTⅢ. Commentary ............................................................ 223
1. An Overview of CASBEE ....................................................................... 223
2. Lifecycle CO2 ......................................................................................... 233

Afterword ................................................................................ 250
Project Organization .............................................................. 253

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

4

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

Introduction
In recent years, climate change has become a global issue of extraordinary importance. The
restriction on increasing energy consumption in the civilian sector has become a major issue. In
light of the increased number of indoor heat strokes due to record temperatures in recent years,
the nationwide electricity shortfall attributed to the Great East Japan Earthquake, in terms ofbuildings, environmental measures that achieve both energy saving and comfort have attracted
public attention. Meanwhile, the governmental standard for energy saving was revised in 2013,
and a tighter standard for energy consumption of the entire building as a criterion has been
established, which requires a great deal more consideration to the environment in buildings than
before.
Against this backdrop, a joint industrial/government/academic project was initiated in Japan withthe support of the Housing Bureau, a branch of the Ministry of Land, Infrastructure, Transport andTourism (MLIT), in April 2001. Since then, a committee established as part of the project has beenworking on development of the Comprehensive Assessment System for Built Environment
Efficiency (CASBEE). CASBEE, which allows assessment of the seismic capacity, reliability andcomfort of buildings, is recognized as an important national policy. As of March 2014, thenotification system utilizing CASBEE has been introduced in 24 municipalities across the country.
Since the first tool was drawn up in 2002, there have been numerous revisions to CASBEE. In
2008, with a view to promote efforts towards the reduction of CO2, which is the primary cause of
global warming, CASBEE for New Construction (2008 Edition) was issued, in which various
measures in relation to the reduction of operational energy and CO2 due to manufacturing of
construction materials (embodied CO2) are expressly incorporated as part of the Global Warming
Prevention Measures in the Life Cycle CO2 (LCCO2) assessment. In 2010, in order to further
promote and enhance low-carbon performance, additional revisions were made in CASBEE, andCASBEE for New Building (2010 Edition) was issued, which encourages efforts towards a higher
level of energy saving, eco-friendly materials and longer service life. The revisions also coverassessments for buildings with a higher level of low-carbon performance, such as the Zero Energy
Buildings (ZEB), Zero Energy Homes (ZEH) and Life Cycle Carbon Minus (LCCM) Houses.
The latest revisions include amendments to CASBEE assessment standards in accordance withthe general revision to the national energy conservation standards in 2013. The existing CASBEE
for New Building and CASBEE for New Construction (Brief Version) have been integrated, andwere newly issued as CASBEE for Building (New Construction). We expect that CASBEE for
Building (New Construction) will be widely used for planning, design and construction of buildingsin actual situations, which would greatly contribute to the promotion of sustainable buildings in ourcountry.

Shuzo Murakami, Chair
CASBEE Board of the Stakeholders
Japan Sustainable Building Consortium (JSBC)

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

52014 Edition

1. Framework for CASBEE for Building (New Construction)
1.1 What is CASBEE?
CASBEE (Comprehensive Assessment System for Built Environment Efficiency) is a method for theevaluation and rating the environmental performance of buildings. It is a comprehensive assessment of
the quality of a building, evaluating features such as interior comfort and scenic aesthetics, inconsideration of environmental practices which include using materials and equipment that save energy or
achieve smaller environmental loads. The CASBEE assessment is ranked in five grades: Excellent (S),Very Good (A), Good (B+), Fairly Poor (B-) and Poor (C).
CASBEE includes, as shown in Figure I.1.1, different assessment tools depending on the size of thebuilding subject to the assessment, such as housing, buildings, urban areas and cities, all of which arecollectively called CASBEE Family.
CASBEE has been developed by a research committee established in 2001 as part of a joint
industrial/government/academic project with the support of MLIT. The first assessment tool, CASBEE for
Office, was completed in 2002, followed by CASBEE for New Construction in July 2003, CASBEE for
Existing Building in July 2004 and CASBEE for Renovation in July 2005. The CASBEE assessment tools
were developed on the basis of the following three principles: (1) Comprehensive assessment throughout
the life cycle of the building, (2) Assessment of the "environmental quality of building (Q)" and"environmental load of building (L)" and (3) Assessment based on the newly-developed Built Environment
Efficiency (BEE) indicator.

CASBEE Family
Housing system

CASBEE for Detached House (New Construction)
Completed in September 2007 ; revised in 2014

CASBEE for Detached House (Existing Building)Completed in July 2011

Building system

CASBEE for Dwelling Unit (New Construction)
Completed in May 2014

CASBEE for Housing Health Check List
Completed in July 2011

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

CASBEE for Temporary Construction

Office edition completed in 2002 ; revised in 2014

Exhibition facility edition completed in 2004; revised in 2008

CASBEE for Building (Existing Building)Completed July 2004 ; revised in 2014

CASBEE for Building (Renovation)

CASBEE for Municipality*
CASBEE for School*

12Completed in September 2010

Completed in July 2004 : revised in 2014

CASBEE for Heat Island
Completed in July 2005 ; revised in 2010

CASBEE for Market Promotiom
Completed in May 2012 ; revised in 2014

Urban system

CASBEE for Urban Development

CASBEE for Community Health Checklist

Completed in July 2006 ; revised in 2014

Completed in June 2013

City system

CASBEE for Cities
Completed in March 2011; revised in 2013
*1) CASBEE tools are adapted in municipalities nationwide, including CASBEE-Nagoya (April 2004), CASBEE-Osaka (October2004) and CASBEE-Yokohama (July 2005).
*2) CASBEE for School is a tool designed and developed by the Ministry of Education, Culture, Sports, Science and Technology(MEXT), the users of which are mainly officers in charge of facility management in elementary, junior high, and high schools.

Figure I.1.1 Structure of the CASBEE familyc 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

Outline of CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

PARTⅠ．Outline of CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

6

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

1.2 Background of the development of CASBEE for Building (New Construction)
CASBEE for Building (New Construction), upon its development of the 2014 edition, integrates theexisting tools: CASBEE for New Construction and CASBEE for New Construction (Brief Version),and takes over the functions of both tools. In other words, the new tools may be used for purposesof CASBEE for New Construction (Brief Version), which include setting environmental performancestandards and design goals for buildings and preparation of documents for filing with local
governments, as well as those of CASBEE for New Construction, which are, for example, detailed
assessments of the actual implementation of environmental designs and obtaining third-party
certification.

1.3 The position of CASBEE for Building (New Construction) within the four basic tools
CASBEE offers four basic tools for the planning, new construction, existing building and renovation
stages of a building's life cycle.
CASBEE for Building (New Construction) is a tool for use with newly-constructed buildings.
Therefore, the system is able to make assessments at each stage of a building's design andconstruction (preliminary design, execution design and construction completion), on the basis oftarget performance, design specification and forecast performance, enabling consideration of
improvements at each stage. This tool could also be used for rebuilding, in which the existing
structure is reutilized.
As CASBEE for Building (New Construction) produces predictive assessments based on design
specifications, the assessments results remain valid for three years past the completion of
construction. After that period, if necessary, the building should be evaluates at that stage using
the latest edition of CASBEE for Building (Existing Building).

Figure I.1.2 Building life cycle and the four basic tools of CASBEE

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

72014 Edition

2. Assessment Method
2.1 Buildings for assessment under CASBEE for Building (New Construction)
CASBEE for Building (New Construction) is applicable to all building types except for detachedhouses. The building classification consists of 8 purposes adopted in the energy conservation
standards (including factories) and apartments, excluding detached houses. For factories,
assessments under "Q1 Indoor Environment" and "Q2.1 Service Ability" mainly address occupied
areas (e.g. office space), and exclude production areas. The energy consumption in production
areas of factories, which is excluded from the calculation based on the energy conservation
standards, is also excluded from the assessment of "LR1 Energy."
The building types covered are broadly divided into "non-residential" and "residential." In particular,
hospitals, hotels and apartments that fall in the residential category are buildings that include living
or accommodation space for users (hereinafter referred to as <Residential and Accommodation
Sections>). Assessment of these buildings with residential building types is divided between<Residential and Accommodation Sections> and other common sections (hereinafter referred to
as <Entire Building and Common Properties>).
Table I.2.1 Building types targeted for assessment (divided into non-residential and residential)

Residential

Non-residential

Classification Building type

Types included

Offices

Offices, government buildings, libraries, museums, post offices, etc.

Schools

Elementary schools, junior high schools, high schools, universities,
technical colleges, higher vocational school and other school types

Retailers

Department stores, supermarkets, etc.

Restaurants

Restaurants, canteens, cafes, etc.

Halls

Auditoriums, halls, bowling lanes, gymnasiums, theaters, movie
theaters, pachinko parlors exhibition facilities, etc.

Factories

Factories, garages, warehouses, spectator stands, wholesalemarkets, computer rooms, etc.

Hospitals

Hospitals, homes for elderly, welfare homes for the handicapped, etc.

HotelsApartments

Hotels, inn, etc.
Apartments (detached houses are not applied)

2.2 Approaches to scoring criteria
One characteristic of CASBEE is that it assigns separate scores for Q (Quality: Environmental
quality of building) and L (Load: Environmental load of building) and ultimately gives anassessment of Built Environment Efficiency (BEE) as an indicator based on the results for Q and L.
L is first evaluated as LR (Environmental load reduction of building). That approach is employedbecause "higher marks for improving load reduction quality" is easier to understand than "higher
marks for load reduction" as an assessment system, just as "improvements in quality andperformance earn higher marks."
The scoring criteria were examined with a view to applicability to each building type of subject
buildings through keeping the criteria simple as possible. The scoring criteria for each assessmentscore are based on the approaches below.
1) Assessment on a five scale, level 1 to 5 with level 3 as the standard score.
2) As a general rule, level 1 is earned for satisfying the minimum conditions required by laws,
regulations and other standards of Japan, such as Building Standard Law, and a building at
what is judged to be a general, ordinary level earns 3.
3) The ordinary level (level 3) is a level corresponding to ordinary technical and social practices at
the time of assessment.

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

8

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

2.3 Outline of the assessment system(1) Scoring
The assessment items included in Q (environmental quality of building) and L (environmental loadof building) should be according to the scoring criteria set for each level (level 1-5). The points foreach item are assigned as one point for level one to five points for level five.
For apartments, hotels and hospitals (classified as "Residential"), the assessment is subdivided
between <Residential and Accommodation Sections> and all other sections <Entire Building andCommon Properties>. Different scoring criteria are applied for the <Residential andAccommodation Sections> and the <Entire Building and Common Properties>, depending on theassessment items. In obtaining assessment results for the building as a whole, the score for each
item is weighted according to the share of floor area occupied by each part, to obtain thewhole-building result.

Figure I.2.1 Building assessment system including buildings for "Residential" and "Non-residential"(2) LCCO2 calculation- Standard calculation
LCCO2 is used as an indicator for assessment of items under "LR3.1 Consideration of Global
Warming." Calculation of LCCO2 for a building is usually a very large task, but CASBEE uses anapproximate calculation method (i.e. Standard Calculation) in order to simplify the process.
Specifically, a reference LCCO2 emission for each building type was set based on the LCCO2 of abuilding with level-3 performance in all assessment categories excluding "LR1 Energy" and isequivalent to the evaluation standard for building owners as referred to in the Energy Conservation
Law. Using the reference values, calculation can be carried out more-or-less automatically, withsome individual input, based on the CO2-related assessment results (scores) at each stage of abuilding life cycle (i.e. construction, operation, maintenance/upgrade/demolition).
1) Construction stage
Under "LR2 Resources & Materials," "Continuing use of existing structural frame, etc." and "Use ofrecycled materials" are evaluated. For these items, CO2 emissions related to the manufacture ofconstruction materials (embodied CO2) are approximated based on the usage rates of existing
structural frames and blast furnace cement.
2) Operation stage
CO2 emissions in the operational phase are estimated in a simple manner by using values such as
the primary energy consumption ratio BEI (BEIm in cases of the Model Building Method) evaluatedin "LR1 Energy" and the reduction ratio correspond to individual efforts in efficient operations.
3) Maintenance/Upgrade/Demolition stages
The extended service life achieved through longevity improvement is evaluated in "Q2 Quality ofService." However, it is still difficult to estimate the future service life with the level of accuracy that
may be used as a condition for calculating LCCO2. Therefore, excluding residential buildings,
LCCO2 shall be estimated, assuming the respective service life, as follows:- Offices, hospitals, hotels, schools and halls: Fixed 60 years- Retailers, restaurants and factories: Fixed 30 years- Apartments: 30, 60 or 90 years, according to anti-deterioration grades under the Housing
Performance Indicator systemc 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

9CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition- Individual calculation
When a highly-accurate LCCO2 estimation is performed by an assessor based on detailed dataand calculations, it is considered as an individual calculation and can be included in theassessment result. The individual calculation follows the life cycle assessment (LCA) methods
made available to the public. The assessor must provide a detailed description of the calculation
process, such as the method and the calculation assumptions used. Publicly available LCA
methods include the LCA Guidelines for Buildings compiled by the Architectural Institute of Japan(published by Maruzen in 2013). Also, the description of the calculation process is submitted using
the LCCO2 Calculation Assumptions sheet provided with the CASBEE assessment software.
(3) Assessment result
Assessment results are collated in two forms, the Score Sheet and the Assessment Results Sheet.
First, the scoring results for each assessment item are tabulated on the Score Sheet. These areweighted using weighting coefficient for each assessment item to produce overall scores
SQ1-SQ3 and SLR1-SLR3, specific to major categories Q1-Q3 and LR1-LR3. SQ and SLR are
also calculated as scores for Q and LR.

Figure I.2.2 Basic configuration of CASBEE
The Assessment Results Sheet presents assessment results for each category as radar charts,
bar charts and numerical data for Q (environmental quality of building) and LR (environmental load
reduction of building). The BEE (Built Environment Efficiency) result is also presented numericallyand graphically, giving a multi-faceted and comprehensive grasp of the environmental
characteristics of the evaluated building.
BEE is calculated from SQ and SLR, the scores for Q and LR, according to the formula below.

Q: Environmental Quality of Building
BEE =25×(SQ - 1)=

L: Environmental Load of Building(1)
25×(5 - SLR)The graph points are plotted with Q values on the Y axis and L values on the X axis to determine
the Built Environment Efficiency position, which enables Built Environment Efficiency ranking onfive levels from S down to C as shown in Table I.2.2 (refer to PART III for the details). Each rankcorresponds to the assessment expressions used in Table I.2.2, and are also expressed as anumber of stars for clarity.

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

10

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

Figure I.2.3 Building environmental efficiency ranking with BEE and red stars
Table I.2.2 Correspondence between ranks based on BEE values and assessments
Ranks

Assessment

BEE value, etc.

Expression

S

Excellent

BEE = 3.0 or more and Q = 50 or more

★★★★★

A

Very Good

BEE = 1.5-3.0
BEE = 3.0 or more and Q is less than 50

★★★★

B+

Good

BEE = 1.0-1.5

★★★

B-

Fairy Poor

BEE = 0.5-1.0

★★

C

Poor

BEE = less than 0.5★

2.4 Assessment of building complex
The assessment for buildings which combine two or more types is calculated as a weighted
average of assessment results for each type of the building, according to the ratio of floor areas foreach type. The scores for the building complex are calculated using the equation (2) below, using
the ratio between floor areas for each building type.

Score for building complex=Σ(score for each building type x corresponding floor area ratio)(2)This equation can also be applied to building complex for different types on a single site, similar toa single building complex.
Building type A (office)

Building type B (apartment) Building type C (hotel)

Assessment result A

Assessment result B

Assessment result C

Weighted average of results according to ratio of floor areas for each building type (A:B:C)

Assessment methods for building complex
Figure I.2.4 Assessment methods for building complex (for a building combining three types)
In the assessment of "LR1 Energy," the weighted average is obtained in terms of individual floor
space ratios depending on the levels determined in accordance with the rating levels with respect
to non-residential buildings, private and common spaces of residential buildings (evaluateddepending on the Energy Saving Countermeasure Grades based on the BPI or the Housing
Quality Assurance Act, and the primary energy consumption ratio).

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

11

2014 Edition

2.5 Assessment items of CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

Q: Environmental Quality of Building
In a building such as that shown in table I.2.3, CASBEE for Building (New Construction) takes theenvironmental quality of building as quality related to improving everyday amenity for users, andevaluates each item.
Table I.2.3 Assessment items included in Q: Environmental quality of building
Q1. Indoor Environment

1. Sound Environment

1.1 Noise
1.2 Sound Insulation
1.3 Sound Absorption

2. Thermal Comfort

2.1 Room Temperature Control
2.2 Humidity Control
2.3 Type of Air Conditioning
System

3. Lighting & Illumination

3.1 Daylight
3.2 Anti-glare Measures
3.3 Illuminance Level
3.4 Lighting Controllability

4. Air Quality

4.1 Source Control
4.2 Ventilation
4.3 Operation Plan

Q2. Quality of Service

1. Service Ability

1.1 Functionality & Usability
1.2 Amenity
1.3 Maintenance

2. Durability & Reliability

2.1 Earthquake Resistance2.2 Service Life of Components
2.4 Reliability

3. Flexibility & Adaptability

3.1 Spatial Margin
3.2 Floor Load Margin
3.3 System Renewability

Q3. Outdoor Environment(On-site)

1. Preservation & Creation of Biotope
2. Townscape & Landscape
3. Local Characteristics &Outdoor Amenity

3.1 Attention to Local Character& Improvement of Comfort
3.2 Improvement of the Thermal
Environment on Site

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

12

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

Q1 Indoor Environment
Evaluate the indoor environment, which has a major impact on the health, comfort and intellectual
productivity of occupants, as basic performance of the building. Research into the performance ofindoor environments began before global environmental problems rose to prominence, and it
already has a strong record and body of knowledge. POEM-O (Post Occupancy Evaluation
Method Office) is one example. However, those evaluation methods were aimed to evaluate
performance after completion of the building, or during its operation life. In contrast, this "CASBEE
for Building (New Construction)" has developed the indoor environment assessment methods
previously used in the construction and environmental engineering fields. The aim was to make it
as easy as possible to evaluate target values for performance (heat, illuminance and noise values,etc.) at the design and construction stages. In that process, aspects such as systems for operation,
management, monitoring and control are evaluated as efforts to improve environmental
performance.

1. Sound Environment
The assessment is carried out regarding the level of background noise, which is closely related to
the level of comfort and ease of operation, the level of sound insulation in order to prevent noises
from entering the living space, and the level of sound absorption in order to prevent noises
generated indoors or coming in from outside from echoing.

2. Thermal Comfort
Evaluate the setting, control and maintenance systems for interior temperature, humidity and air
conditioning, and the related equipment.

3. Lighting & Illumination
The assessment is carried out regarding the efficient utilization of natural light (Daylight use),measures against the glare of direct sunlight during the day (Glare countermeasures), the balance
and level of brightness (Illuminance) and the control of brightness and positions of lights (Lighting
control).

4. Air Quality
Evaluate the level of consideration given to selection of materials to maintain safe interior indoor
air quality (IAQ), ventilation methods, construction methods and other aspects. This assessment
item comprises three elements, Source Control, mainly avoidance of pollution-generating
materials, Ventilation, with the aim of expelling released contaminants, and Operation Plan.

Q2 Quality of Service
Assessment of service functions to the users and owners of a building covers functional aspects
that impact users' activities within the building, and others that are necessary for keeping thebuilding itself in good condition in the long term.

1. Service Ability
Evaluate ease of movement and comfort. It is not easy to express such aspects as direct
quantitative indices, so this assessment uses substitute indices such as floor area per occupant,ceiling height, adaptation to IT equipment, and availability of refreshment space, and considerationof maintenance. This assessment of functionality is an unprecedented characteristic, developed
from the assessment of spatial elements under POEM-O. In contrast to POEM-O, whichemphasized users' psychological reactions, this assessment mainly considers the physicalperformance of the indoor environment.

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

13

2014 Edition

2. Durability & Reliability
Evaluate the ability to maintain good operational condition over a long period of time.
First, potential threats to human life such as building collapse during a disaster and compromised
occupant comfort during strong winds are taken into consideration as environmental factors for the
space within virtual boundaries. Evaluate remedial measures for such issues under "2.1
Earthquake Resistance." The lifespan of building components is evaluated under "2.2 Service Lifeof Components," whereas assessment under "2.3 Appropriate Renewal" evaluates whether
building components are replaced before the specified service life expires ("2.3 Appropriate
Renewal" is excluded from CASBEE for Building (New Construction)). Interruption of building
functions in the event of a disaster or an accident is taken into consideration as a functionality
issue. Evaluate the functionality level retained by each building equipment type during an
emergency situation under "2.4 Reliability."

3. Flexibility and Adaptability
Evaluate readiness for long-term use, including future renewals and changes of usage, in terms of
the substitute functions allowance for load and allowance for space. Spatial Margin focuses on two
aspects, allowance for story height and adaptability of floor layout evaluates consideration given tosuch renewal of building facilities in construction planning and equipment planning.

Q3 Outdoor Environment (On-site)
Q3 evaluates improvement of the environmental quality of the outdoor environment (on-site) andits surroundings, derived from efforts within the building and within the site. It comprises"Preservation & Creation of Biotope," "Townscape & Landscape" and "Local Characteristics &Outdoor Amenity." However, there is no assessment from the perspective of aesthetic and design
characteristics. As quantitative assessment is difficult, the assessment method converts theexistence of individual efforts, and their levels, into points, and uses the total point score to
determine the level.

1. Preservation & Creation of Biotope
Evaluate efforts to conserve and create a natural habitat for wildlife. In new constructions, since
plants are not fully grown, evaluate potential to sustain wildlife habitation.

2. Townscape & LandscapeEvaluate how well urban context and scenery have been considered. There are now many moves
by national and regional governments to place legal regulations on scenery. This assessment
should examine the level of consideration that has been given to rules for the urban context andscenery (urban context guidelines, etc.).

3. Local Characteristics & Outdoor Amenity
Make a wide-ranging assessment of efforts to preserve local characteristics and cultural heritage,community relations and amenity improvement in and around the property. Also evaluate
measures to improve the thermal environment of the site as part of initiatives for alleviating theheat island effect (corresponding measures for outside the site are evaluated under "LR3.2.2 Heat
Island Effect").

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

14

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

LR: Environmental Load Reduction of Building
The aspects of environmental load reduction of building that are considered by CASBEE for
Building (New Construction) are largely narrowed down to energy consumption, resource
consumption and diverse impact on the off-site environment (pollution, etc.), as shown in Table
I.2.4 below, and evaluate each of these items.
Table I.2.4 Assessment items in environmental load reduction of building (LR)
LR1 Energy

1. Control of Heat Load on theOuter Surface of Buildings
2. Natural Energy Utilization
3. Efficiency in Building Service
System
4. Efficient Operation

4.1 Monitoring
4.2 Operation & Management System

LR2 Resources& Materials

1. Water Resources

1.1 Water Saving
1.2 Rain Water & Grey Water

2. Reducing Use of
Non-renewable Resources

2.1 Reducing Use of Materials
2.2 Continuing Use of Existing
Structural Frame, etc.
2.3 Use of Recycled Materials as
Structural Materials
2.4 Use of Recycled Materials as
Non-structural Materials
2.5 Timber from Sustainable Forestry
2.6 Efforts to Enhance the Reusabilityof Components and Materials

3. Avoiding the Use of Materials
with Pollutant Content

3.1 Use of Materials without Harmful
Substances
3.2 Elimination of CFCs and Halons

LR3 Off-site
Environment

1. Consideration of Global
Warming
2. Consideration of Local
Environment

2.1 Air Pollution
2.2 Heat Island Effect
2.3 Load on Local Infrastructure

3. Consideration of Surrounding
Environment

3.1 Noise, Vibration & Odor
3.2 Wind/Sand Damage & Daylight
Obstruction
3.3 Light Pollution

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

15

2014 Edition

LR1 Energy
Efforts to reduce the energy load caused by the operation of the building are classified into "1
Control of Heat Load on the Outer Surface of Buildings," "2 Natural Energy Utilization," "3
Efficiency in Building Service System" and "4 Efficient Operation," which are all evaluated.
Reductions in CO2 emissions caused by energy consumption are to be evaluated under "LR3.1
Consideration of Global Warming."
Energy conservation standards for buildings in Japan have been established based on the Energy
Conservation Law since 1980. There are 2 kinds of numerical indicators: PAL and CEC, used sofar. Upon revisions to Energy Conservation Law in 2013, in terms of the assessment of the outersurface of buildings, the assessment standard has been changed from the annual load factor PAL
into the Building PAL* Index (BPI), a standard of the annual load factor PAL*, in compliance withthe standard for the primary energy consumption described below. At the same time, in theassessment of the energy saving performance of equipment and systems, the CEC standard, inwhich the assessment is carried out regarding each facility, has been replaced with the Building
Energy Index (BEI), a standard of the primary energy consumption of the entire building. In
addition to these changes to standards, in terms of relatively small-sized buildings, the Model
Building Method has been adopted to replace the Point Method, in which special features of theModel Building Method including the BPI for Model Building Method (BPIm), a standard of theannual load, and the BEI for Model Building Method (BEIm), a standard of the primary energy
consumption, have been adopted. On the other hand, energy saving measures from a wider
viewpoint are also required, such as the active use of natural energy and unused energy,
introduction of the BEMS, and adjustments or streamlining during the building's operation.
Therefore, CASBEE has newly established a comprehensive assessment frame that covers these
new energy conservation standards and efforts from wider aspects in the scope of theassessment.
Regarding the assessment of apartments, an assessment frame in compliance with the rating
standard of the Housing Performance Indicator System (the Housing Quality Assurance Act) to berevised according to the 2013 energy conservation standards has been established for private
areas. In terms of common areas, the same as non-residential buildings, an assessment frame inconformity to the 2013 energy conservation standards has been established. Further, since
residents in apartments are also required to choose a way of living that would contribute to energy
saving, "4. Efficient Operation" has been newly added to the scope of the assessment.

1. Control of Heat Load on the Outer Surface of Buildings
Improvements in the performance of outer surfaces in building plans closely related to the
reduction of energy consumption due to air conditioning are evaluated in accordance with the BPI,a standard of the annual thermal load, and other related standards. For apartments, evaluate thethermal load in accordance with the Housing Performance Indicator system under the Housing
Quality Assurance Act.

2. Natural Energy Utilization
The assessment is carried out regarding the direct use of natural energy (daylighting, ventilation,etc.).

3. Efficiency in Building Service System
The degree of increased efficiency in terms of air conditioning, ventilation, lighting, hot watersupply, escalators and the like, is evaluated in accordance with the Building Energy Index (BEI), a
standard of the primary energy consumption. In terms of apartments, private areas and common
areas are evaluated according to the Housing Performance Indicator System (the Housing Quality
Assurance Act) and the BEI, respectively. Transformation of natural energy for power use including
solar power generation, which is has becoming increasingly popular, is also evaluated in thissection.

4. Efficient Operation
Evaluates the operation and maintenance system and whether there is an energy consumption

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

16

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

monitoring system in running since the building went into operation.
The 2014 edition includes apartments in the scope of assessment.

LR2 Resources & Materials
In this section, "1 Water Resources," "2 Reducing Use of Non-renewable Resources" and "3
Avoiding the Use of Materials with Pollutant Content" are evaluated as ways of reducing theconsumption of resources and materials through the life cycle of the building.
Various methods using existing environmental performance assessment tools are employed forevaluating the environmental load generated by the use of resources in buildings. However, they
have their own assessment indices and no common standard method has been established.
Therefore the development of CASBEE collected and analyzed the assessment indicators used byexisting Japanese and foreign assessment tools in connection with the use of resources inbuildings. The CASBEE assessment items were based on that analysis, so that the concepts areincorporated in a new group of assessment indicators that avoids redundancy.

1. Water Resources
Regard water shortage due to rapid use of large volumes of potable water as an environmental
problem beyond the virtual enclosed space boundary and evaluate reduction of potable water
usage, referring to whether or not there are efforts for saving water, using rain water, and reusing
grey water.

2. Reducing Use of Non-renewable Resources
Regard depletion of non-renewable resources as an environmental problem beyond the virtual
enclosed space boundary, and evaluate efforts to reduce consumption of such resources.
Specifically, evaluate reduction in the resource usage volume itself under "2.1 Reducing Use ofMaterials," and the state of usage of reused and reusable materials and products under "2.2
Continuing Use of Existing Structural Frame, etc.," "2.3 Use of Recycled Materials in Structural
Materials" and "2.4 Use of Recycled Materials as Non-structural Materials." Furthermore, evaluate
use of renewable resources under "2.5 Timber from Sustainable Forests," and the ease of reuse
and recycling at the demolition stage under "2.6 Efforts to Enhance the Reusability of Components
and Materials," in order to evaluate indirect reduction in the use of non-renewable resources.
Ability to improve climate change through resource usage efforts should be evaluated under LR3.

3. Avoiding the Use of Materials with Pollutant Content
To reduce the environmental load associated with use of resources, it is important to reduce theamount of the resources used, and also to reduce the use of materials that include pollutants. This
item evaluates performance in reducing the emission of pollutants associated with the use ofresources, under "3.1 Use of Materials without Harmful Substances" and "3.2 Elimination of CFCs
and Halons," and also improvements on issues such as ozone depletion.

LR3 Off-site Environment
LR3 Off-site Environment evaluates the efforts to reduce the impact that environmental loads
generated in the building and its site that affects the global environment, local environment andsurrounding area beyond site boundaries. Pollution of soil and groundwater is not classified as an
assessment item, because with strict observance of the law there is little risk of such pollution by
the building, and assessment is based on the assumption that laws and regulations are strictly
observed.

1. Consideration of Global Warming
Evaluate the following CO2 reduction initiatives using the quantitative LCCO2 indicators:(1) Efforts to reduce operating energy affecting climate change(2) Use of existing structural frames and recycled construction materials, which contribute to the
reduction of embodied CO2 related to the manufacture of construction materials(3) Efforts to extend building lifespan that contribute to LCCO2 reduction
The assessment is based on the emission ratio (%) against the LCCO2 (kg-CO2/year-m2) in terms

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

172014 Editionof buildings having all assessment items other than this item (excluding LR1 Energy) at Level 3
equivalent (Reference Buildings).

2. Consideration of Local Environment
Under "2.1 Air Pollution," evaluate the reduction of atmospheric pollutants emitted from buildings
or from within the property. This includes measures such as the control of pollutants from theoperation of building equipment and pollutants removal by plants.
Under "2.2 Heat Island Effect," evaluate efforts that contribute to mitigation of the heat island effectof surrounding areas. This includes enhanced airflow leaving the site, greening of the building, andreductions in solar absorption and artificial heat discharge. On-site mitigation of the heat islandeffect is evaluated under "Q3.3.2 Improvement of the Thermal Environment on Site." Efforts to
reduce the environmental load imposed on local infrastructure facilities by the operation of thebuilding are evaluated under "2.3 Load on Local Infrastructure." The four elements to consider arerain water runoff, sewage treatment, traffic volume and waste disposal.

3. Consideration of Surrounding Environment
Under "3.1 Noise, Vibration and Odor," evaluate noise, vibration and odor generated during theoperation of the building. Noise and vibration generated during the operation of the equipment areevaluated according to whether measures for source elimination and propagation control havebeen established. Assessment of odor is based on reduction measures for odors generated fromchemical substances designated under the Offensive Odor Control Law and from organic waste.
Buildings that would occur wind hazards (e.g. large structure buildings) should be carefully
considered during the design stage. Under "3.2 Wind/Sand Damage & Daylight Obstruction,"
evaluate whether wind hazard control measures have been established for such buildings.
Also evaluate measures put into effect to limit impact of daylight obstruction on adjacent buildings
and the surrounding area caused by the building. Additionally, assessment of sand and dust
control measures is also performed for school buildings. Light pollution, such as light spillage fromexterior lighting, billboard lighting, the building itself, and daylight glare reflecting off exterior walls,
has become an important urban issue. Under "3.3 Light Pollution," evaluate measures to reducethe impact of light pollution based on the guidelines published by the Ministry of the Environment(MOE).

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

18

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

2.6 Weighting coefficients
The weighting coefficients between assessment categories should not be determined solely on
scientific knowledge. They should also take into account the value and perceptions of various
interested parties, such as designers, building owners and managers and related officials. For the
2003 edition, the weighting coefficients were determined by votes and case studies by the expertsof the CASBEE Research and Development Committee. In the development conducted awide-ranging questionnaire survey of the designers, building owners and operators, related
officials and others who would actually use the system was held (110 valid samples were received).
Paired comparison judgments based on the responses were used in a hierarchical process tojudge the importance of multiple items by an Analytic Hierarchy Process (AHP). Different weighting
coefficients for detailed assessment levels are set for individual buildings, as appropriate for theirtypes.
In developing the 2008 edition of CASBEE for New Construction, criteria considering global
warming were added in LR3. Due to the social importance of such assessment, a new survey was
conducted to further analyze weighting coefficients. From the results of 254 responses, applicationof the same coefficients as in the 2006 edition were determined, as shown in Table I.2.3. These
values remain unchanged in the 2014 edition.
Table I.2.3 Weighting coefficients
Assessment Categories
Q1 Indoor EnvironmentNon-factory

Factory

0.40

0.30

Q2 Quality of Service

0.30

0.30

Q3 Outdoor Environment (On-site)

0.30

0.40

LR1 Energy

0.40

LR2 Resources & Materials

0.30

LR3 Off-site Environment

0.30

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

19

2014 Edition

3. Assessment Procedures
3.1 Composition of the assessment tool
CASBEE for Building (New Construction) has been developed to allow simple data entry fromgeneral-purpose spreadsheet software for various usage of assessment result.
<Input Items>
Main Sheet- Building information (type, floor space, etc.)

Score Entry- Scoring results (Q1-LR3)- Five Assessment levels (1-5)

Energy Calculation Sheet- Data from existing energy-saving plans or housing
performance assessments (details in LR1 Score
Entry Sheet)

Emission Coefficient Sheet- Emissions coefficient applied for standard LCCO2
calculation

Consideration Record Sheet- Description of the building's environmental
considerations

Weighting Coefficient Sheet

CO2 Database Sheet- Type-specific weighting coefficient
database for score calculation- Type-specific CO2 database for LCCO2
calculation<Output items>- Simplified LCCO2 calculation process- Reference for LR3.1 Consideration of Global Warming

LCCO2 Calculation SheetLCCO2 Calculation
Conditions Sheet- Assessment criteria for LCCO2 calculation- Scores and weighting coefficients for each
assessment item
- Overall scores per category

Score Sheet

Assessment Results- Graphic representation of results- BEE calculation/red-star ranking- Graphic representation/green-star ranking of
estimated LCCO2 values- Description of concept for Design for Environment(DfE)

Figure I.3.1 Assessment sheet overview

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

20

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

3.2 Main Sheet
Figure I.3.2 shows the Main Sheet. The Main Sheet is the sheet where the assessor makes thefirst input. Enter the information necessary for the assessment, such as basic information on thesubject building (name, type, size, etc.). From the assessment of buildings with residential typebuildings, enter the floor area ratio between <Entire Building and Common Properties> and<Residential and Accommodation Sections>.

Figure I.3.2 Main Sheet screen (date entry example)

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

21

2014 Edition

1) Summary input(1) Building outline
Enter the basic information necessary for the assessment (name, type, scale, etc.). This
information will be transferred to the Assessment Results Sheet.
Enter the average occupancy and the annual occupancy time where possible. These are forreference only and do not directly affect the CASBEE assessment.
Table I.3.1 Input items and examples of building outline
Entry item

ExampleEntry item

Example2

Building NameXX Building

Gross floor area*(squre meter)

Location/Climate

XX City, XX Pref.

Building type

Office, school, apartment

Area/Zone

Commercial area

Regional Category

Region 6*

Completion

1(Building type)*

3

City hall, college

Number of floor+ XX F2014.12Structure

S

Site area(squre meter)

Average(number of people)

Construction area

(squre meter)

Annual occupancy(hours)*1 Select the regional category from among eight regions (1 to 8) in the Appendix Table I Evaluation Standards for
Clients and Owners of Specified Buildings Concerning Rational Use of Energy in Housing (the Ministry of
Economy, Trade and Industry (METI)/MLIT, 2013 Directive No.1).
*2 Gross floor area is automatically entered as the sum of the previously-entered floor space in all usage areas.
*3 Building type is automatically entered from the types selected in the column for the usage-specific floor area,
based on the CASBEE building type categories. More specific information on the building type can be enteredin the additional Building Type column above (optional).

(2) Assessment Implementation
Input the date of the assessment and the name of the assessor. If the contents of the assessment
are checked by a different person, enter the date of the check and name of the checker in thiscolumn.
2) Entry for individual building type(1) Building types
Select the most applicable building type name from those listed in Table I.3.2. Enter the gross floorarea for each building type. Use 1) Summary input to enter more specific type for the building
concerned. In the 2014 edition, with respect to buildings whose purposes are offices, schools,
stores and meeting places, the floor space is provided in terms of individual detailed purposes.
(2) Ratio of residential and accommodation sections
Enter the floor area ratio of <Entire Building and Common Properties> and <Residential andAccommodation Sections> when evaluating residential type building. (Input the value, in the range
0-1.0, for the proportion of wards in hospitals, guest rooms in hotels and residential portions inapartments. Make no input for buildings of non-residential use.)c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

22

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

Table I.3.2 Classification for entering total floor space by building purpose

Non-residential

Classification

Building
type

Detailed purpose

Offices

Offices, government buildings

Offices, government buildings,
libraries, museums, post offices, etc.

Schools

Kindergartens/nursery schools,
elementary/junior high schools(Hokkaido), elementary/junior highschools (other than Hokkaido), highschools, universities/technical colleges

Elementary schools, junior highschools, high schools,
universities, technical colleges,
higher vocational school and otherschool types

Retailers

Department stores, supermarkets,other stores

Department stores, supermarkets,
etc.

Restaurants
Halls

Restaurants, canteens, cafes, etc.
Theatres/halls, exhibition facilities,
sports facilities

Factories

Residential

Types included

Hospitals
HotelsApartments

Auditoriums, halls, bowling lanes,
gymnasiums, theaters, movie
theaters, pachinko parlors, etc.
Factories, garages, warehouses,
spectator stands, wholesalemarkets, computer rooms, etc.
Hospitals, homes for elderly,
welfare homes for thehandicapped, etc.
Hotels, inn etc.
Apartments (Detached houses are
not applied.)

3) Display of each sheet
The Assessment Results Sheet, Score Sheet and LCCO2 Calculation Sheet can be selected in the
output results column to display the sheet on the screen.

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

23

2014 Edition

3.3 Score Entry Sheet
The Score Entry Sheet indicates an assessment standard list for individual purposes, in which afive-level assessment standard on a scale of Level 1 to Level 5 is described. The assessor marksin accordance with the list.
Table I.3.3 Main elements in Score Entry Sheet
Element

Description

Scoring

Choose level 1-5 (or Not Applicable) from pull-down menu.

Scoring Criteria

Display assessment criteria for each item.

Efforts to beevaluated

A scoring method used for some items. Points which should beconsidered for the environment are listed, and can be selected forscoring.

Weighting coefficients(default)

Displays weighting coefficients stipulated for the application (cannot
be altered)

The input method for the Score Entry Sheet is as stated below.
1) Scoring criteria
As shown in Figure I.3.3, Score Entry Sheet displays a list of scoring criteria for each building type,
and the assessor should assign points accordingly. "Entire Building and Common Properties"
should be scored for all types in common. However, for residential building, the Score Entry
Sheets for Q1 and Q2 have scoring criteria and assessment columns for "Residential andAccommodation Sections," and those should be used for scoring.
Scoring criteria are set for levels 1-5, and the number for the level (e.g. "3" for level 3) should bechosen from the pull-down menu in the assessment column. If it is not possible to apply the scoring
criteria as they stand, due to individual conditions in the target building, "Not Applicable" can beselected for some assessment items (Items which can be excluded are listed in the commentary inthe manual). If "Not Applicable" is selected, the excluded scoring items are assigned a weighting of"0" unless otherwise specified, and distributed according to the weighting of other scoring items.

From the pull-down menu,
select one from 1 to 5 or Not
Applicable.

Figure I.3.3 Score Entry Sheet Display

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

24

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

2) Efforts to be evaluated
For some scoring items (particularly "Q3 Outdoor Environment (On-site)" and "LR3 Off-site
Environment"), the score is determined by checking the levels of efforts indicated in the table of theefforts to be evaluated attached to the scoring criteria table. This information is listed under "Efforts
to be evaluated," as a checklist of points to be considered in Design for Environment (DfE), or as alist of methods. Evaluate whether each of the listed efforts has been made, and score the item
concerned according to the total number of points awarded (or the number of items).

Figure I.3.4 Score Entry Sheet with method using "efforts to be evaluated"
3) Scoring method for LR1 Energy
Building energy conservation standards based on the Energy Conservation Law are incorporated in someassessment items under "LR1 Energy." In "1 Control of Heat Load on the Outer Surface of Buildings" theassessment is carried out based on the BPI or BPIm of the Model Building Method (in cases of residentialbuildings, the Energy Saving Countermeasure Grades under the Housing Quality Assurance Act).
In "3 Efficiency in Building Service System," the assessment is carried out according to the primary energy
consumption ratio, utilizing the BEI or BEIm of the Model Building Method. Use the Energy Calculation
Sheet shown in Figure I.3.5 to enter data for these two categories. Specifically, in terms of individual items
such as the outer surface performance, the standard primary energy consumption and the designed
primary energy consumption, the corresponding values are entered in accordance with the energy
conservation standards. When an energy-saving plan or a housing performance assessment has alreadybeen developed, transfer the corresponding figures in the documents for the evaluations under "1 Control
of Heat Load on the Outer Surface of Buildings" and "3 Efficiency in Building Service System."* BPI: Building PAL＊ Index (An index that replaces the PAL, representing the thermal performance of the outersurface of a building)
BEI: Building Energy Index (An index that replaces the CEC, representing the energy consumption ratio of a building)c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

25

2014 Edition

Figure I.3.5 Energy Calculation Sheet (Input sample, extract)4) Scoring for building complex
When evaluating a building complex, enter the average of the levels (points) for all applicablebuilding types, weighted for relative floor areas of each complex. Obtain the area-weighted
average for each assessment item, and select the corresponding values from the pull-down list in
the Score Entry Sheet of CASBEE for Building (New Construction). The averaged results arerounded to the nearest whole integer. In cases when a detailed assessment is conducted such as
when applying for a certification system, values including weight-averaged fractional values may
be entered directly in the rating field.
In the assessment of "LR1 Energy," in the cases of building complexes, the Energy Calculation
Sheet has fields to which values may be transcribed either from the energy saving plan or the
housing performance assessment report in terms of buildings for residential purposes and thosefor non-residential purposes. Therefore, the corresponding values may be entered in terms ofindividual purposes. The assessment is carried out based on the floor weighted average of thelevels rated in all purposes (automatically calculated).

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

26

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

3.4 Consideration Record Sheet
State points are considered in Design for Environment (DfE), so that it is easy for a third party togain an overview of environmental considerations in the evaluated building. The content of suchstatements is indicated in "3 Design Considerations" in the Assessment Results Sheet.
Make statements (free content) in each space for General, Q1-LR3 and Other in the Consideration
Record Sheet. State the concept of the building as a whole in the General space, and make any
statements related to assessment items in the relevant columns Q1-LR3. Use the Other column todescribe other environment-oriented efforts not evaluated under Q1-LR3.
■ Considerations in environmental design■ Building NameXX Building

Design Considerations
Describe briefly comprehensive concept of environmental
design of the building.

General

Q1
Indoor Environment

Q2
Quality of Service
Q3
Outdoor Environment(On-site)

Describe briefly considerations for Q2 Quality of Service ofthe building.

Describe briefly considerations for Q3 Outdoor Environment(On-site) of the building.

Describe briefly considerations for LR1 Energy of thebuilding.

LR1 Energy

LR2Resources & Materials

LR3
Off-site Environment

Other

Describe briefly considerations for Q1 Indoor Environmentof the building.

Describe briefly considerations for LR2 Resources &Materials of the building.

Describe briefly considerations for LR3 Off-site Environmentof the building.

Describe briefly considerations for other than 6 categories
above that are not assessed in CASBEE, such as recycling
activities at constriction site and preservation of historicbuildings.

Figure I.3.6 Consideration Record Sheet

3.5 Emissions Coefficient Sheet
Select the appropriate CO2 emissions coefficient for electricity use specific to the assessment
objective. The assessment software for the 2014 edition allows use of the most recent actual
emissions coefficient and alternative values (i.e. actual 2012 values and published values
announced in December 2013). These values are based on Article 2-4 of the Ordinance on
Calculation of Greenhouse Gas (GHG) Emissions from Business Activities of Specified Emitters.
The assessor may also choose and apply other appropriate emissions coefficients (optional).
Figure I.3.7 Emission Coefficient Sheet shows the coefficient selection form for electricity use.

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

27

2014 Edition

Figure I.3.7 Emissions Coefficient Sheet(1) Using a designated emissions coefficient:
Check the box in Item 1, describe reasons for your choice and enter the emissions coefficient.
<Example>
Application for a subsidiary project (coefficient designated by the organizer), participation
design/proposal competitions (designated by the organizer), submission under CASBEE for
Municipality (designated by the municipality), etc.

(2) Using a coefficient based on the calculation method for GHG emissions as
referred to in the Basic Law for Prevention of Global Warming:
Select the appropriate item below and enter the corresponding data*.
A: When use of electricity supplied by general and specified power producers/suppliers (PPS) is
expected, apply PPS-specific emission coefficient set by the government.
→ Check the box in Item A and select the name of the PPS from the list.

Figure I.3.8 Pull-Down Selection of Power Provider/Supplier
B: When assuming electricity is supplied by a producer/supplier not listed in Item A, apply theappropriate emissions coefficient calculated based on actual measurement data and which isequivalent to the values in Item A.
→ Check the box in Item B and enter the emissions coefficient and the name of the PPS.

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

28

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

C: When neither method A nor B applies, select an alternative coefficient value established by
MOE and METI.
→ Check the box in Item C.
*Note: The PPS-specific emissions coefficients (actual coefficient/adjusted coefficient) and alternative
coefficient values are revised and published annually by the government. Check whether the values
are current in the CASBEE assessment software. If the revisions are not reflected in the software,confirm the latest coefficients available on MOE website and enter the value in Item (3) Other.

(3) Other:
Check the box in Item 3, describe the reasons for this choice and enter the emissions coefficient.

3.6 Life Cycle CO2 Calculation Sheet
Figure I.3.9 shows the Life Cycle CO2 (LCCO2) calculation sheet. The sheet displays the automatic
calculation process for LCCO2 (standard calculation) based on data entered in the Score Entry
Sheet and the Energy Calculation Sheet.
Under each category of the building's life cycle stages (i.e., construction, maintenance/upgrade/demolitionand operation), the reference value (Standard building = Level 3 equivalent in all assessment items) and CO2
2emissions of a building subject to the assessment are indicated in kg-CO2/year-m .

Figure I.3.9 LCCO2 Calculation Sheet (output example)

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

29

2014 Edition

LCCO2 Calculation Conditions Sheet (standard calculation)
For assessments based on the standard calculation, LCCO2 Calculation Conditions Sheet displays
the assessment conditions applied in the LCCO2 calculation, such as amount of key materials,
environmental load units, CO2 emissions coefficient for energy, and other source data.
■ LCCO2 Calculation Conditions Sheet (Standard Calculation)
Reference Values (Reference Building)
Office5,400 m2
RC
Life Cycle
Office area, 60 years
13.23
Japan's average CO2 emissions based
Embodied CO2
on
2005
I-O
table
analysis by thecalculation method
Architectural Institute of JapanCOemissionsbasedonthe analysis of2
Reference for CO2
the 2005 I-O Table by the Architecturalemissions unit
Institute of Japan
Boundary
Domestic consumption expenditures
Representative main material amounts
Regular concrete
0.77
Blast furnace cement concrete
0.00
Steel frame
0.04
Steel frame (electric furnace)
0.00
Steel reinforced
0.10
Lumber
0.01
XXXX
Construction Representative material environmental load
Stage
Regular concrete
266.71Blast furnace cement concrete
216.57
Steel frame
1.28
Steel frame (electric furnace)
1.28
Steel reinforced
0.51
Cement formwork
4.75
XX
XX
Main recycled materials and usage
Blast furnace cement0%(structural use)
Existing frame materials
0%(structural use)
Electric furnace steel0%(reinforcement)
Electric furnace steel (steel0%materials)
16.46
CO2 emissions
Upgrade period (year)
Exterior
25 yearsInterior
18 yearsService system
15 years
Maintenance/
Upgrade/Average maintenance rate (%/year)
Demolition
Exterior
1%
Stage
Interior
1%
Service system
2%
Calculation method for
Estimated assuming
demolition materials
demolition-relatedof 2,000 kg/m2 and road transport
CO2 emissions
distance of 30 km
CO2 emissions
1. Reference value/2.
83.39
Building-related initiatives
3. Above + other on-site
initiatives
4. Above + other off-sitemeasures(a) Carbon offsetting with renewableenergy certificates(b) Carbon offsetting with green heatcertificate
Reference(c) Other carbon credit(d) Difference between actual andadjusted emissions (obtained from theadjusted emissions coefficient)Operation
Calculation method for
Average primary energy consumptions
Stageenergy consumption
based on statistical value
Building
Overview

Item
Building type
Gross floor area
Structure
Estimated service life
CO2 emissions

Primary energy consumption
CO2 emissions coefficient for energy
Primary energy
Non-residential buildings
Primary energy
Residential buildings (Private
areas)
Electricity
Gas
Other energy()■ Building NameXX Building

CASBEE_BD-NC_2014 (v.1.0)
Target
Note
Office5,400 m2
RC
Office area, 60 years
12.99
kg-CO2/year-m2
Estimated by subtracting CO2 reduction
due to recycled material use from thereference value
See reference method
See reference method
0.73
0.04
0.04
0.00
0.10
0.01
〃

m3/m2
m3/m2
t/m2
t/m2
2
t/m
t/m2
kg/m2

〃
〃
〃
〃
〃
〃
〃

kg-CO2/m3
kg-CO2/m3
kg-CO2/kg
kg-CO2/kg
kg-CO2/kg
kg-CO2/m2
kg-CO2/kg

5%
0%
0%
0%
16.46

kg-CO2/year-m2

25 years
18 years
15 years
1%
1%
2%
See reference method

59.40

kg-CO2/year-m2

48.57

kg-CO2/year-m2

48.57

kg-CO2/year-m2

-

8,316

Estimated based on energy
conservation achieved with LR1-related
measures
4,843

GJ/year0.0560As reference value

kg-CO2/MJ

0.0541

As reference value

kg-CO2/MJ

0.525
0.0499As reference value
As reference value

kg-CO2/kWh
kg-CO2/MJXX

As reference value

kg-CO2/MJ

Potable water
Other

Figure I.3.10 LCCO2 Calculation Conditions Sheet (standard calculation)c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

30

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

When the existing structural frame or blast furnace cement is used, enter the percentage utilizationfor each item. These values are reflected in the calculation of the CO2 emissions under theconstruction stage category of the LCCO2 Calculation Sheet.

Figure I.3.11 LCCO2 Calculation Conditions Sheet (standard calculation): Utilization of blast
furnace cement and existing frame materials (%)

3.7 Entry into the Score Sheet
Rating results entered into individual Score Entry Sheets are indicated in the rating fields in the
Score Sheet. The standard for the final rating is 3 points. With respect to assessment items towhich more than 3 points are given, specific grounds of such assessment results must be provided
in the "Summary for Design for Environment (DfE)" column located in the middle of the Score
Sheet.

Figure I. 3.12 How to enter into the Score Sheetc 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

31

2014 Edition

Figure I.3.13 Score sheet screen (1/2)

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

32

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

Figure I.3.14 Score sheet screen (2/2)

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

33

2014 Edition

3.8 Assessment Results Sheet
The Assessment Results Sheet is shown in Figure I.3.15. The assessment results of Q
(Environmental quality of building), LR (Environmental load reduction of building), BEE (Built
Environment Efficiency) and LCCO2 emission rates are shown in graph and numerical formats.

[Display contents]
1. Building outline

2. CASBEE
Assessment results
2-1 Assessment resultsof BEE (Q/L)
2-2 Lifecycle CO2(Global Warming Impact Chart)

2-3 Radar Chart

2-4 Bar Chart- Assessment resultsof Q- Assessment resultsof LR

3. Design Considerations

Figure I.3.15 Assessment Results Sheet for CASBEE for Building(New Construction)(output example)

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

34

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

The details of the Assessment Results Sheet are shown below.
Table I.3.4 Content of the Assessment Results Sheet
Item

Content

1. Building outline

Description of targeted building

2. CASBEE assessment results

Graph presentation of assessment
results

2-1

BEE: Built Environment Efficiency(BEE ranking/chart)

2-2

LCCO2 (Global Warming Impact Chart)

2-3

Radar chart

Separate radar charts for results ineach category

2-4

Bar chart

Separate bar chart for results ineach category

Results under Q: environmental quality ofbuilding

Q and L evaluation results and BEE
Rank indicated by red stars
LCCO2 of reference building andsubject building
Rank indicated by green stars

Results under LR: environmental load
reduction of building
3. Design considerations

1. Building outline
Shows the project summary information from the 1. Building outline entry of the Main Sheet 1),
including building name and type, location, scale and structure.
2. Assessment results of CASBEE
The assessment results for environmental performance assessment items on the building itself arepresented in this column. It shows graphs of the input results for the scoring items collated on the
Score Sheet.
The indicated score for each assessment item is the value rounded to two decimal places.
Unrounded values are used for calculating the score for each item.
2-1. BEE: Built Environment Efficiency
Built Environment Efficiency (BEE), which is calculated from the assessment results of Q
(Environmental quality of building) and L (Environmental load of building), is shown here. The
values for Q and L are derived from SQ (the total score for the Q categories) and SLR (the total
score for the LR categories). First the numerator Q is defined as Q = 25(SQ-1) to convert the SQ(from 1 to 5) for the environmental quality of building into the Q scale of 0 to 100. Then the
denominator L is defined as L = 25(5-SLR) to convert the SLR (from 1 to 5) for load reduction into
the L scale of 0 to 100.
BEE is presented as a graph on the left of the table, with Q on the Y axis and L on the X axis, sothat BEE is the gradient of the line joining the point with coordinates equal to the Q and L values tothe origin (Q = 0, L = 0). The higher the Q value and the lower the L value, the steeper the gradientand the more sustainable the building is. CASBEE labels buildings with an overall environmental
performance assessment rating ranging from C (Poor) through B-, B+, A and S (Excellent),
corresponding to regions divided according to the line gradient. The ranks correspond to theassessment expressions shown in Figure I.3.16, using a number of red stars for clarity.
2-2 Lifecycle CO2 (Global warming impact chart)
The reference values and LCCO2 for the evaluated building are indicated on a bar chart. The
emission rate (%) for the assessment subject is displayed, relative to the reference value of LCCO2
emission as 100%.
1. Reference value (LCCO2 emissions of a standard building that satisfies the standard for buildingc 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

35

2014 Edition

owners as referred to in the Energy Conservation Law)
2. LCCO2 emissions of subject building: assessment of building-related initiatives (e.g. energy
efficiency improvement, use of ecological materials and extended building lifespan)
3. Assessment of above initiatives + other on-site measures (e.g. on-site solar power generation)
4. Assessment of above initiatives + off-site measures (e.g. procurement of renewable energy
certificates and carbon credits)

Figure I.3.16 Enlarged image of section 2-1 (BEE value and red star ranking)

Figure I.3.17 Enlarged image of section 2-2 (LCCO2 and green star ranking)
2-3 Radar Chart
The points for the six major categories from Q1 to LR3 are shown together in a radar chart (Figure
I.3.18) on the upper right of the second column, to give an immediate clear presentation of thecharacteristics of environmental considerations in the target building.

Figure I.3.18 Enlarged image of section 2-3 (rader chart)

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

36

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

2-4 Bar Chart
Assessment results for Q (environmental quality of building) is presented as a bar chart per middle
item on the upper column for each major category, "Q1 Indoor Environment," "Q2 Quality ofService" and "Q3 Outdoor Environment (On-site)." And the assessment results for LR(environmental load reduction of building) are presented likewise, for "LR1 Energy," "LR2Resources & Materials" and "LR3 Off-site Environment."

Figure I.3.19 Enlarged Image of Section 2-4 (Bar Chart)
3. Design Considerations
Indicate items considered in the Design for Environment (DfE), so that it is easy for a third party togain an overview of environmental considerations in the evaluated building. The statements madein each space for General, Q1-LR3 and Other in the Consideration Record Sheet are displayed asthey were input.

Figure I.3.20 Design considerations

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

37

2014 Edition

3.9 Points to note concerning the CASBEE for Building (New Construction)assessment software
In addition to the standard calculation, when assessors have gathered more detailed data andperformed more accurate LCCO2 calculations as individual calculations, CASBEE for Building(New Construction) can be included as part of the assessment results. Specifically, the calculated
values, along with the green star ranking, are shown under "2-2 LCCO2 (Global Warming Impact
Chart)" on the Assessment Results Sheet. The results of individual calculations are not reflected in"LR3.1 Consideration of Global Warming" and BEE.
In cases where LCCO2 is obtained by individual calculation, please note the following.
1) On the Main Sheet, the assessor should select "Individual Calculation" in the LCCO2 calculation
column under 1) Summary input [2] Assessment implementation.
2) LCCO2 calculation conditions must be clearly stated. In the software, calculation conditions areentered under "LCCO2 Calculation Conditions Sheet (Individual Calculation)."3) LCCO2 values obtained by an individual calculation are entered by the assessor into the LCCO 2
Calculation Conditions Sheet (Individual Calculation). Under each category of the building's life
cycle stages (i.e., construction, maintenance/upgrade/demolition and operation), the reference
value (Standard building = Level 3 equivalent in all assessment items) and CO2 emissions of a2
building subject to the assessment are indicated in kg-CO2/year-m .
4) Lifecycle CO2 (Global Warming Impact Chart) based on individual calculation has a coloredbackground on the graph to indicate clearly that the result does not come from the standard
calculation.
For details regarding calculation for off-site initiatives, please refer to PART III.

(a) Display of standard calculation results(b) Display of individual calculation results

Figure I.3.21 Examples of LCCO2 (Global Warming Impact Chart)
display based on individual calculation

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

38

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

PARTⅡ. Scoring Criteria
For hospitals, hotels and apartments, it is important to note that there are assessment items that
apply to the building as a whole (Q3, LR1, LR2, LR3) and others (Q1, Q2) that are applied
separately to the common properties and to the residential and accommodation sections of thebuilding. Thus for these three building types the user must carry out both assessment (1) of the<Entire Building and Common Properties> and assessment (2) of the <Residential andAccommodation Sections>, which are described on the next and subsequent pages.
Where "no corresponding level" is written in a space in the scoring criteria table, it means that
there is no scoring for that item at the level concerned. When the space is blank, it means thatscoring is optional at intermediate levels.
The following symbols indicated in individual assessment items represent purposes of buildings
subject to the assessment. Where such symbol is indicated, an assessment of the corresponding
item is required in terms of the building purpose.

■ Examples

Building type

ApplicableNot applicable

Offices

Off

Off

Schools

Sch

Sch

Retailers

Rtl

Rtl

Restaurants

Rst

Rst

Halls

Hal

Hal

Hospitals

Hsp

Hsp

Hotels

Htl

Htl

Apartments

Apt

Apt

Factories

Fct

Fct

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

39

2014 Edition

Ｑ１

1. Q: Environmental Quality of Building
Q1 Indoor Environment
When evaluating Hsp, Htl and Apt, evaluate the common properties of each building (rooms in
Hsp, such as outpatient waiting rooms, medical examining rooms (these are rooms in the generalenvironment for medical examination and treatment, not operation or examination rooms requiring
special environmental conditions), lobbies of Htl, entrance halls of Apt, etc.). For private areas,(bedrooms of Hsp, guest rooms of Htl and housings of Apt), base the assessment on <Residential
and Accommodation Sections>.
<Assessment of common areas of Hsp>
Assessment may cover both outpatient waiting rooms and medical examining rooms, or only oneof the two. For items which evaluate both, evaluate each and use the weighted average, based onfloor areas, as the assessment.
<Assessment of Sch>
Assesment of Sch is divided into two building type categories- criteria for elementary, junior high,and high schools; and criteria for universities. Select the appropriate criteria and evaluate
accordingly.

1. Sound Environment
1.1 Noise

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt！ Application condition
For building types classified as Hal, evaluate building types that particularly require anti-noise
measures, such as town hall, auditorium, theaters and movie theaters, excluding the other building
types.
For Hsp, evaluate the outpatient waiting rooms and the medical examining rooms as the common
areas of the Hsp. Note that the assessment criteria differ between outpatient waiting rooms andmedical examining rooms.
For Sch (elementary/junior high/high schools), evaluate classrooms only.
Unit: dB(A)<Entire Building and Common Properties>
Building type

Off･Fct･Hsp (Waiting Room)･Htl･Apt

Sch(Universities, etc.)･Hsp(Examination Room)Level 150 < [Background noise level]

45 < [Background noise level]

Level 2

(No corresponding level)(No corresponding level)

Level 345 < [Background noise level] ≦ 50

40 < [Background noise level] ≦ 45

Level 440 < [Background noise level] ≦ 45

35 < [Background noise level] ≦ 40

Level 5[Background noise level] ≦ 40

[Background noise level] ≦ 35

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

40

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

Building type

Rtl･RstHal

Level 155 < [Background noise level]

40 < [Background noise level]

Level 2

(No corresponding level)(No corresponding level)

Level 350 < [Background noise level] ≦ 55

35 < [Background noise level] ≦ 40

Level 445 < [Background noise level] ≦ 50

30 < [Background noise level] ≦ 35

Level 5[Background noise level] ≦ 45

[Background noise level] ≦ 30

Building type

Sch (Elementary/Junior High/High
Schools)

Level 160 < [Background noise level]

Level 250 < [Background noise level] ≦ 60

Level 345 < [Background noise level] ≦ 50

Level 435 < [Background noise level] ≦ 45

Level 5[Background noise level] ≦ 35
Unit:dB (A)<Residential and Accommodation Sections>
Building type

Hsp･Htl･Apt

Level 145 < [Background noise level]

Level 2

(No corresponding level)

Level 340 < [Background noise level] ≦ 45

Level 435 < [Background noise level] ≦ 40

Level 5[Background noise level] ≦ 35

□Commentary
Generally, indoor background noise is affected by the noise from service equipment for the building
and external noise such as traffic. Evaluate the noise level based on these noise factors.
For preliminary and execution design stages, evaluate the target noise level. Use actual
measurement data for assessment after completion of construction. Noise levels andcorresponding intrusiveness and impact on conversation (in person and over the telephone) are
shown next page for reference.
For noise assessment after completion of the building, measure noise levels while service
equipment is in operation during after hours. A standard sound level meter can be used for steadynoise. For fluctuating noise, use an integrating sound level meter to determine equivalent noiselevels.
For an apartment building, measure noise levels with one measurement point per unit. Noise
measurement is conducted in the room with the largest opening. Measure noise levels with nosound generated from TV sets or voices. If the building is equipped with a 24-hour ventilation
system, measure noise levels with the system in operation.
In assessment criteria for Sch (elementary/junior high/high schools), each level corresponds to a
specific guideline: Level 5 based on the WHO Environmental Noise Guideline (1995), level 3
based on the School Sanitation Standards (MEXT 2009 Directive 60) and level 1 based on the
Grant Guidelines for Building Safe Schools (June 18, 2009; MEXT Policy 21, No. 6124).

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

41

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

Ｑ１■Reference: Allowable indoor noise levelsdB (A)

20

25

30

35

40

45

50

55

60

NC-NR

10～15

15～20

20～25

25～30

30～35

35～40

40～45

45～50

50～55

IntrusivenessSilentVery quiet

Impact on
conversation
Studios
Venues and halls
Hospitals

A whispering voice is
audible from 5 m away
Silent room

Announcement Radio studiostudioMusic hall Theater(medium)
Hearing test Special
sickrooms
room

Hotels andresidentials
General offices
Public buildings
Schools andchurches
Commercial
buildings

Not significantly noticeable
Possible from 10 m apart
Telephone use (normal)

Perceived noise

Noise cannot be ignored

Possible from 3 m apart
Telephone use (bearable)

Loud conversation (3 m)
Telephone use (unbearable)

Television Miximg
Generalstudiosroom
officesStage
Movie theaterHoteltheaters
and planetarium
lobbies
Operating rooms Examining Laboratorie Waiting
and bedrooms rooms
rooms
Reading
Bedrooms Banquet
Lobbiesrooms
halls
Executive rooms Reception Meeting
Typing andand large meeting rooms
rooms
accounting rooms
Auditoriu
Museums
Library
Auditorium Indoor sports facilitiesm/gymnasiu
Music
Chapels
Corridors
Research rooms
classroomand classrooms
Music cafes Bookshops Banks and Canteens
restaurants■ Bibliography 2), 3), 4), 11)

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

42

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

1.2 Sound Insulation
1.2.1 Sound Insulation of Openings

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt！ Application condition
Evaluate the outpatient waiting rooms and the medical examining rooms as the common areas of
the Hsp (assessment criteria are common to both).
Exclude if the evaluated room has absolutely no openings.
<Entire Building and Common Properties>
Building type

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt

Level 1Less than T-1

Level 2

(No corresponding level)

Level 3

T-1

Level 4(No corresponding level)

Level 5T-2 or above<Residential and Accommodation Sections>
Building type

Hsp･Htl･Apt

Level 1

Lower than T-1

Level 2

(No corresponding level)

Level 3

T-1

Level 4(No corresponding level)

Level 5T-2 or higher□Commentary
Evaluate sound insulation of building openings
based on the peformance levels of sash
windows and other fixtures. The higher the
performance, the more effective it is inpreventing propagation of external noise (e.g.
sound of traffic). In cases where multiple
openings exist, evaluate based on the lowest
performance level.
Sound insulation grade T is utilized as an
assessment index. T classification is used in theassessment of sound insulation performance ofsash windows and similar fixtures. Names andperformance curves, based on the soundtransmission loss at each frequency band, arestandardized (see the diagram). In this method,
the transmission loss value at each frequency isplotted on the sound insulation curve. Grade isdetermined by all values exceeding thecorresponding classification curve.
In the basic design phase, the target
performance is subject to the assessment.
■Bibliography 3)

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○■Reference: Sound insulation classification
curves for sash windows, etc. (JIS A 4706)

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

43

2014 Edition

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt！ Application condition
For Hsp, Evaluate only medical examining rooms as common areas of Hsp.
<Entire Building and Common Properties>
Building type

Off・Sch･Rst･Fct

Hsp (Examining Room)Level 1Less than Dr-30

Less than Dr-35

Level 2

Dr-30

Dr-35

Level 3

Dr-35

Dr-40

Level 4

Dr-40

Dr-45

Level 5

Dr-45 or more

Dr-50 or higher<Residential and Accommodation Sections>
Building type

Hsp･Htl･Apt

Level 1Less than Dr-40

Level 2

Dr-40

Level 3

Dr-45

Level 4

Dr-50

Level 5

Dr-55 or more

■Reference: Frequency characteristics and□Commentary
classification for airborne sound insulation
In assessing the sound insulation performance ofperformance（JIS A 1419-1）
partition walls, evaluate levels of sound insulation
between rooms. Retail stores generally do not havepartitions between sales areas. As such, thisassessment is not applicable. Some building types
under the meeting hall category are also excluded,
as a higher sound insulation performance is requiredfor partition walls in these buildings than in othergeneral-use buildings.
Inter-room sound pressure level difference grade Dr
value is utilized as an index for sound insulation
between different rooms in the assessment. Dr
values are used in the assessment of soundinsulation performance of walls. Names andperformance curves, based on the sound pressure
difference between rooms at each frequency band,
are standardized (see the diagram on the right). For
this evaluation, apply either predictive values or theactual values obtained from the measurement.
When obtaining measurement data, follow the methods
described in JIS A 1417: Field Measurement of Airborne
Sound Insulation in Buildings. Determine the Dr
value by applying the data to the classification
curves provided in JIS A 1419-1 Assessment Method
for Sound Insulation in Buildings and Building Elements (Part I: Airborne Sound Insulation
Performance). Up to 2 dB below the standard curve is allowed at each frequency. When using
predictive figures, the method referred to in the Information on Sound Insulation Design in
Buildings (Architectural Institute of Japan, 1988) may be followed. In this case, the Dr-value isdetermined by applying the predictive sound pressure difference between rooms.
In the basic design phase, the target performance is subject to the assessment.
■Bibliography 3)

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

Ｑ１

1.2.2 Sound Insulation of Partition Walls

44

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

1.2.3 Sound Insulation Performance of Floor Slabs (light-weight impact source)
Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt<Entire Building and Common Properties>
Building type

Sch

Level 1Worse than Lr-65

Level 2

Lr-65

Level 3

Lr-60

Level 4

Lr-55

Level 5

Lr-50 or better<Residential and Accommodation Sections>
Building type

Hsp･Htl･Apt

Level 1Worse than Lr-55

Level 2

Lr-55

Level 3

Lr-50

Level 4

Lr-45

Level 5

Lr-40 or better□Commentary■eference: Frequency characteristics andExamples of lightweight impact sounds include chairs
classification for impact sound insulation
being dragged over the floor or hard lightweight objects
performance of floors(JIS A 1419-2)(e.g. spoons, forks) dropped on the floor. Basiccharacteristics of lightweight impact sound insulation
depend on the floor structure, but elasticity of the flooringmaterials significantly affects performance level.
Sound insulation grade Lr is utilized in the assessment. At
the execution design stage and after completion of
construction, apply the Lr-value classification as theperformance indicator. Lr-value classification is used inassessment of sound insulation performance for floor
impact sound. Names and performance curves, based on
the sound level at each frequency band, are standardized(see the diagram on the right). For this evaluation, apply
either predictive Lr-values or the actual measurement
values.
When obtaining measurement data, follow the methods
described in JIS A 1418-1: Field Measurement of Floor
Impact Sound Insulation in Buildings (Part I: Standard
Light Impact Source). Determine the Lr-value by applying
the data to the classification curves provided in JIS A
1419-2: Assessment Method for Sound Insulation in Buildings and Building Elements (Part II: Floor
Impact Sound Insulation Performance). When using predictive figures, the method referred to in
the Floor Impact Sound Insulation Design in Buildings (Architectural Institute of Japan, 2009) may
be followed. In this case, calculate the basic performance level using this method. Lr-values arethen determined by applying these calculation results and impact sound reductions of the flooringmaterials, which are measured based on methods specified under JIS A 1440-2. We should notethat ΔL grades indicated in product brochures for floor materials refer to the performance ofindividual members, which is different from the CASBEE standard Lr (the space performance).
In the basic design phase, the target performance is subject to the assessment.
■Bibliography 3)

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

45

2014 Edition

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt<Entire Building and Common Properties>
Building type

Sch

Level 1Worse than Lr-65

Level 2

Lr-65

Level 3

Lr-60

Level 4

Lr-55

Level 5

Lr-50 or better<Residential and Accommodation Sections>
Building type

Hsp･Htl･Apt

Level 1Worse than Lr-60

Level 2

Lr-60

Level 3

Lr-55

Level 4

Lr-50

Level 5

Lr-45 or better□ Commentary
Examples of heavy impact sounds include noise generated in the room(s) by vibration from thefloor above, due to a heavy but soft impact (e.g. child jumping). Basic characteristics of heavy
impact sound insulation depend on the floor structure. Therefore, performance improvement using
flooring materials is often difficult to achieve.
Sound insulation grade Lr may be obtained by measurements or use of predicted values.
When obtaining measurement data, follow the methods described in JIS A 1418-2: Field
Measurement of Floor Impact Sound Insulation in Buildings (Part II: Standard Heavy Impact
Source). Determine the Lr value by applying the data to the classification curves provided in JIS A
1419-2: Assessment Method for Sound Insulation in Buildings and Building Elements (Part II: Floor
Impact Sound Insulation Performance). When using predictive figures, the method referred to in
the Floor Impact Sound Insulation Design in Buildings (Architectural Institute of Japan, 2009) may
be followed. In this case, calculate the basic performance level using this method. Lr-values arethen determined by applying these calculation results and impact sound reductions of the flooringmaterials, which are measured based on the method specified under JIS A 1440-2. Characteristicsof heavy impact sound insulation depend on several slab-related variables, including type, flexural
rigidity, mass, and restraint conditions. Additionally, performance is also affected by flooringmaterials and acoustic absorption characteristics of the sound receiving room. Sound insulation
performance levels for heavy impact (Reference 1) and Lr-value improvement data for each typeof floor finish (Reference 2) are shown for reference. We should note that ΔL grades indicated in
product brochures for floor materials refer to the performance of individual members, which isdifferent from the CASBEE standard Lr (the space performance).
In the basic design phase, the target performance is subject to the assessment.

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

Ｑ１

1.2.4 Sound Insulation Performance of Floor Slabs (heavy-weight impact source)

46

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition■ Reference 1: Sound insulation classification for heavy impact
on bare slab based on slab thickness and surface area values■Reference 2: Lr-value improvement per floor finish■Bibliography 3), 7)

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

47

2014 Edition

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt！ Application condition
For Hsp, evaluate the outpatient waiting rooms and the medical examining rooms as the common
areas of the Hsp (assessment criteria are common to both).
For building types classified as Hal, evaluate building types which especially require acoustic
absorption measures, such as concert halls, meeting halls, and performance and movie theaters,
excluding the other building types.
<Entire Building and Common Properties> <Residential and Accommodation Sections>
Building type

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl

Level 1

Sound absorbing materials are not used

Level 2

(No corresponding level)

Level 3

Sound absorbing materials are used in one of the following areas(walls, floor or ceiling)

Level 4

Sound absorbing materials are used in two of the following areas(walls, floor or ceiling)

Level 5

Sound absorbing materials are used in all of the following areas(walls, floor or ceiling)□Commentary
In assessing the sound absorption performance, evaluate levels of sound absorption of a room
which includes the interior finish materials.
The higher the level of in-room sound absorption, the more effective reverberation control is, sothat a conversation can be easily carried out without voices being raised. Furthermore, noisepropagated into or generated within the room is also attenuated, thereby improving the acoustic
environment. An average rate of in-room sound absorption can be obtained based on theabsorption rate of finishing materials. In this assessment, however, simply evaluate whether soundabsorbing materials are used in walls, floor or ceiling.
The assessment criteria for the use of sound absorbing materials are as follows:- Ceiling and floor: at least 70% of the area is covered with sound absorbing materials- Walls: the total area which is covered with sound absorbing materials of all four walls accountfor more than 70% of the area of the largest wall.
The sound absorbent materials shall be those stipulated under JIS A6301, or other construction
materials with the same or better sound absorption performance, but carpets or tatami matting are
permitted as sound absorbent materials for floors. The following are examples of sound absorbent
materials.
■Reference 1) Examples of sound absorbent materials
Ceilings
Walls
Rockwool-type sound absorbent Rockwool-type sound absorbent
ceiling material
wall material
Glasswool-type sound absorbent Glasswool-type sound absorbent
ceiling material
wall material, etc.
Gypsum board type soundabsorbent ceiling material, etc.

FloorsCarpet, tatami matting, etc.

■Bibliography 8)

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

Ｑ１

1.3 Sound Absorption

48

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

2. Thermal Comfort
2.1 Room Temperature Control
2.1.1 Room Temperature

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt！ Application condition
In the <Residential and Accommodation Sections> of Apt, air conditioning equipment is excluded
from assessment if it is installed by occupants.
For Hsp, evaluate the outpatient waiting rooms and the medical examining rooms as the common
areas of the Hsp. Note that the assessment criteria differ between outpatient waiting rooms andmedical examining rooms.
<Entire Building and Common Properties>
Building typeOff

Fct･Hsp (Waiting Room)･Htl･Apt
Minimum equipment capacity to achieveroom temperatures of 20˚C in winter and28˚C in summer with some occupantdiscomfort

Level 1

Not adequate for Level 2.

Level 2

Minimum equipment capacity to achievetemperatures of 20˚C in winter and 28˚C
in summer with some occupant discomfort

Level 3

Sufficient equipment capacity to achievea general room temperatures of 22˚C inwinter and 26˚C in summer

Sufficient equipment capacity to achievea general room temperatures of 22˚C inwinter and 26˚C in summer

Sufficient equipment capacity toachieve room temperatures of 24˚C inboth winter and summer

Sufficient equipment capacity to achieveroom temperatures of 24˚C in winter and24˚C in summer

Level 4
Level 5
Building type

Hsp (Examining Room)

Sch (Universities, etc)

Level 1Minimum equipment capacity to achieveroom temperatures of 21˚C in winter and28˚C in summer with some occupantdiscomfort

The minimum equipment capacity isprovided to achieve temperatures of 10˚C ormore in winter and 30˚C or less in summer,
which require tolerance of some discomfort

Sufficient equipment capacity to achievea general room temperature of 23˚C inwinter and 26˚C in summer

Sufficient equipment capacity for achieving
commonly-applied room temperatures of
20˚C in winter and 27˚C in summer

Equipment capacity is provided to achievetemperatures of 24˚C in winter and 24˚C insummer.

Equipment capacity is provided to achievetemperatures of 24˚C in winter and 24˚C insummer.

Level 2
Level 3
Level 4
Level 5c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

49

2014 Edition

Sch(Elementary/Junior High/High Schools)

Level 1

(No corresponding level)

Level 2

(No corresponding level)

Level 3

Minimum equipment capacity to achieveroom temperatures of 18˚C or higher inwinter and 28˚C or lower in summer

Level 4

Sufficient equipment capacity to achieveroom temperatures of 20˚C or higher inwinter and 25˚C or lower in summer

Level 5

Sufficient equipment capacity to achieveg
room temperatures of 22˚C or higher inwinter and 24˚C or lower in summer

Rtl･Rst･Hal
Minimum equipment capacity to achieveroom temperatures of 18˚C in winter and28˚C in summer with some occupantdiscomfort

Sufficient equipment capacity to achieve
general room temperatures of 20˚C inwinter and 26˚C in summer

Sufficient equipment capacity to achieveroom temperatures of 22˚C in winter and24˚C in summer※ In cases where it is difficult to determine between the above levels, select an intermediatelevel (e.g. level 2 or 4).
<Residential and Accommodation Sections>
Building type

Hsp･Htl

Apt

Level 1Minimum equipment capacity to achieveroom temperatures of 20˚C in winter and28˚C in summer with some occupantdiscomfort

Minimum equipment capacity to achieveroom temperatures of 18˚C in winter and28˚C in summer with some occupantdiscomfort

Sufficient equipment capacity to achieve
general room temperatures of 22˚C inwinter and 26˚C in summer

Sufficient equipment capacity to achieve
general room temperatures of 22˚C inwinter and 26˚C in summer

Sufficient equipment capacity toachieve room temperature of 24˚C inboth winter and in summer

Sufficient equipment capacity to achieveroom temperature of 24˚C in both winterand in summer

Level 2
Level 3
Level 4
Level 5

※ In cases where it is difficult to determine between the above levels, select an intermediatelevel (e.g. level 2 or 4).
□Commentary
Room temperature is one of the most representative indicators for an indoor thermal environment.
As such, characteristics of an indoor thermal environment are determined largely by temperature
settings for the room. In this assessment, evaluate the capacity of the air conditioning equipment
to maintain comfortable room temperature levels under peak load conditions.
For an apartment, apply the target values for a representative room of the building (i.e. equivalent
to the standard floor of an office building). In the basic design phase, the target performance issubject to the assessment.
Assessment levels are set as below:
Level 1: Mandatory level under the MEXT School Sanitation Standards (applicable to Sch(universities, etc.))
Level 2: Level as referred to in the MLIT specifications*1
Level 3: Level as referred to in the MLIT specifications*1, community-based standards, theSanitation Standards for Tokyo Municipal Schools, general recommended values(applicable to Sch (universities, etc.)) and the MEXT School Sanitation Standards(applicable to Sch (elementary/junior high/high schools))
Level 5: POEM-O optimal level*2

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

Ｑ１

Building type

50

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition*1 Room temperatures of 19 to 22˚C in winter and 26 to 28˚C in summer*2 Room temperatures of 24 to 26˚C in summer and 22 to 24˚C in winter (for Rtl, Rst andHal, 20 to 22˚C in winter)■ Bibliography 9), 10), 11), 12), 13), 14)

2.1.2 Perimeter Performance

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt！ Application condition
For Hsp, evaluate the outpatient waiting rooms and the medical examining rooms as the common
areas of the Hsp (assessment criteria are common to both).
<Entire Building and Common Properties>
Building type

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt

Level 1

No attention has been paid to the infiltration of heat through window systems,
outside walls, roof and floor (particularly where piloti are used), and insulation
performance is poor.
2(Window system SC: around 0.7, U = 6.0 (W/m K), outer walls and others: U =2*1
3.0 (W/m K)

Level 2

Level 3

Attention has been paid to the infiltration of heat to the interior through windows,
outside walls, roof and floor (particularly where piloti are used), and there is nopractical problem with insolation blocking and insulation performance.
2(Window system SC: around 0.5, U = 4.0 (W/m K), outer walls and others: U =2*1
2.0 (W/m K)

Level 4

Level 5

Close attention has been paid to the infiltration of heat to the interior throughwindows systems, outside walls, roof and floor (particularly where piloti are used),
and the building has the highest level of insolation blocking and insulation
performance.
2(Window system SC: around 0.2, U = 3.0 (W/m K), outer walls and others: U =2*1
1.0 (W/m K)* When it is difficult to decide, choose an intermediate level (level 2 or 4).

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

51

2014 Edition

Ｑ１<Residential and Accommodation Sections>
Building type

Hsp･Htl

Apt

Level 1

No attention has been paid to theinfiltration of heat through window systems,
outside walls, roof and floor (particularly
where piloti are used), and insulation
performance is poor. (Window system SC:
around 0.7, U = 6.0 (W/m2K), outer walls
and others: U = 3.0 (W/m2K)*1

Requirements for Grade 1 in 5-1 Energy
Saving Countermeasure Grade of theJapan Housing Performance Standard
are satisfied.

Requirements for Grade 2 in 5-1 Energy
Saving Countermeasure Grade of theJapan Housing Performance Standard
are satisfied.

Level 2

Level 3

Attention has been paid to the infiltration ofheat to the interior through windows, outside
walls, roof and floor (particularly where piloti
are used), and there is no practical problem
with insolation blocking and insulation
performance. (Window system SC: around
0.5, U = 4.0 (W/m2K), outer walls and21others: U = 2.0 (W/m K)*

Level 4

Level 5Requirements for Grade 3 in 5-1 Energy
Saving Countermeasure Grade of theJapan Housing Performance Standard
are satisfied.

(No corresponding level)
Close attention has been paid to theinfiltration of heat to the interior throughwindows systems, outside walls, roof
and floor (particularly where piloti areused), and the building has the highest
level of insolation blocking and insulation
performance. (Window system SC:
2around 0.2, U = 3.0 (W/m K), outer walls
and others: U = 1.0 (W/m2K)*1

Requirements for Grade 4 in 5-1 Energy
Saving Countermeasure Grade of theJapan Housing Performance Standard
are satisfied.

* When it is difficult to decide, choose an intermediate level (level 2 or 4).
*1 :SC represents(Insolation) Shading Coefficient, U represents Thermal conductivity□Commentary
Evaluate ability to block thermal infiltration from the surroundings.
Evaluate whether window systems and exterior walls have been selected to exclude outside
disturbances as far as possible, in order to maintain room temperature. Even with inferior
perimeter performance, it is possible to meet the temperature setting at the thermostat position,
provided the temperature setting is not unreasonable and the equipment has sufficient capacity,
but if there are windows and walls that have extremely low or high surface temperatures there will
be inconsistencies in temperature within the room. Vertical temperature difference and radiationfrom exterior walls and windows will cause localized discomfort to occupants. Also, the use ofinternal blinds, air barriers, airflow windows, double skins and other window systems should not be
evaluated for their individual performance, but rather for the combined shading coefficient and heattransfer coefficient of the systems they form.
Assessments of Level 3 and below may be based on the set specification. Higher levels requireconfirmation of verified performance values based on sufficiently reliable materials including
surveys, experiments and public institutions' approvals. Regarding the actual method for
confirming the performance, refer to Reference 2).
In the basic design phase, the target performance is subject to the assessment.
The assessment of Apt is carried out in accordance with 5-1 Energy Saving Countermeasure
Grade (to be enacted in April 2015) in the assessment method provided in the Japan Housing
Performance Standard (revised in February 2014) prescribed under the Housing Qualityc 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

52

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

Assurance Act (Refer to Reference 4).). Further, the assessment of Apt to which the Housing
Performance Standard before the 2014 revision is applied is conducted according to CASBEE
2010 Edition.
■Reference 1) Consideration of regional differences
Window performance: Peak insolation varies by time and season, but there is little regional
difference, so shading coefficient (SC) can be used for assessment without consideration ofregional differences.
Outer wall performance: As values to indicate the impact of thermal loads on the interior, there iseffective temperature difference in summer and room interior-exterior temperature difference inwinter, but effective temperature difference depends on insolation and outer wall insulation
performance, which means it is independent of regional differences. The room interior-exteriortemperature difference in winter is influenced by differences in design outside air conditions, so it
should be evaluated as below.
The scoring criteria consider the allowable values for uneven radiation and vertical temperature
distribution, which are assessment items for the interior environment, with the temperature
differences from the interior set temperature and the interior surface temperature of the outer wall
substituted as judgement standards. There are three levels of temperature difference Δt, being
level 5 (Δt <= 3˚C), level 3 (Δt <= 6˚C) and level 1 (Δt > 6˚C). It is calculated from the overall heattransfer coefficient U, interior temperature setting Tr, and winter design outdoor air temperature To
for the region, in order to determine the level.
Temperature difference Δt [˚C] = (U/αi) x (Tr−To) αi: interior heat transfer coefficient (around 9
2
W/m K).
The perimeter normally comprises outer wall and window glass, so the level should be determinedwith reference to the transfer coefficients and the ratio of areas between wall and window.
The content of the table is based on the assumption of a typical combination of 24˚C as the indoor
temperature setting of and outside air temperature of 0˚C.
■Reference 2) Performance confirmation method
Exterior wall: If the existing material composition can be confirmed, allow calculation-based
checking and assessment of performance values (from set specifications).
Windows: If multilayer glass (Low-e glass, etc.) is used, the glass performance can be used as it
stands as the performance value, so the glass and blind specifications can be checked and theassessment based on the manufacturer catalog values or the values used in the PAL calculation.
(Windows in an ordinary office can be evaluated on the set specification.)
It is, however, difficult to evaluate window systems, such as airflow windows and double skins,
which function as systems and raise the performance of the building skin.
[1] If the performance of the window system was confirmed in experiments or related materials
including technical reports issued by public institutions before the construction is completed,the assessment is deemed possible based on a survey for confirming whether the appropriate
air flow is secured during operation in accordance with the design plan.
[2] If there is no basis for assessment,
Thermal conductivity: It is possible to calculate thermal conductivity by measuring the airflow
volume, the difference between interior and exterior air temperatures, and the amount of heat
conduction, using heat flow meters.
Shading coefficient: It is difficult to measure shading coefficient accurately at the direct
measurement level (refer to "Standardization of Performance Measurement Systems for
Building Services Systems," SHASE), so if there is no assessment data and performancecannot be confirmed, it is not possible to go beyond calculation of performance value(minimum performance value) using the specifications of the components, excluding effects
such as air movement.

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

53

2014 Edition(1) Overall heat transfer coefficient U
Example values of overall heat transfer coefficient for exterior walls, roofs, floors and otherelements are presented below.
(Quoted from "Standards and Procedures for Building Equipment Design" (partially modified),
MLIT.)

Examples of heat transfer coefficient U for walls

Examples of heat transfer coefficient U for roof

Examples of heat transfer coefficient U for floors(2) Shading coefficient SC and heat transfer coefficient U for window systems
These are approximate values of shading coefficient and heat transfer coefficient, based on
differences in the glass used.
2
3 mm glass : Shading coefficient SC = 1.0, heat transfer coefficient around 6.0 (W/m K)
Transparent multi-pane glass, High-performance single-pane glass: Shading coefficient SC =20.8-0.6, heat transfer coefficient around 4.0-5.0 (W/m K)
High-performance multi-pane glass: Shading coefficient SC = 0.5, heat transfer coefficient2
around 3.0 (W/m K).

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

Ｑ１■Reference 3) Commentary on perimeter performance
Heat penetration from the outside must be minimized in order to maintain a comfortable internal
environment. The overall heat transfer coefficient U, which represents the level of heat flow for agiven temperature difference, and shading coefficient SC, which represents the entry of daylight tothe interior, are of reference as indicators for perimeter performance. The smaller the values ofoverall heat transfer coefficient U and shading coefficient SC, the better the entry of heat is being
suppressed.

54

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition■Reference 4) Assessment standard based on the average perimeter heat transfer coefficient and the solar
radiation heat gain coefficient during the time in which refrigerated air conditioning is used inresidential buildings
2Standard value UA of the average perimeter heat transfer coefficient (Unit W/ m K)
Zone 1

Zone 2

Zone 3

Zone 4

Zone 5

Zone 6

Zone 7

Zone 8

レベル１

0.72＜UA

0.72＜UA

1.21＜UA

1.47＜UA

1.67＜UA

1.67＜UA

2.35＜UA

－

レベル 2

0.72

0.72

1.21

1.47

1.67

1.67

2.35

－

レベル 3

0.54

0.54

1.04

1.25

1.54

1.54

1.81

－

レベル 4

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

レベル 5

0.46

0.75

0.87

0.87

0.87

－

0.46

0.56

Standard value ηA of the solar radiation heat gain coefficient during
the time in which refrigerated air conditioning is used
Zone 1

Zone 2

Zone 3

Zone 4

Zone 5

Zone 6

Zone 7

Zone 8

レベル１

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

4.5＜ηA

レベル 2

－

－

－

－

4.0＜ηA

3.8＜ηA

4.0＜ηA

－

レベル 3

－

－

－

－

4.0

3.8

4.0

4.5

レベル 4

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

レベル 5

－

－

－

－

3.0

2.8

2.7

3.2

* In each level in the table, individual values are assumed to be below the standard value, depending on the areaclassification.
* The area classification here is in accordance with the regional classification provided in the Evaluation Standards
for Clients and Owners of Specified Buildings Concerning the Rational Use of Energy (Notification No. 1 of METI
and MLIT).
■Bibliography 9), 10), 11), 12), 13), 14), 15), 16)

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

55

2014 Edition

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt！ Application condition
For Hsp, evaluate the outpatient waiting rooms and the medical examining rooms as the common
areas of the Hsp (assessment criteria are common to both).
<Entire Building and Common Properties>
Building type

Off･Fct･Hsp･Htl

Level 1

No distinction is made between orientation directions, or between perimeter andinterior, and only one air conditioning system is planned*1, which must be
switched between heating and cooling for each season

Level 2
Level 3

1
There are air conditioning zoning* that differentiates between orientation directions,
between perimeter and interior, and between internal load distributions. The air
conditioning system can provide either heating or cooling separately to each zone.

Level 4

There is air conditioning zoning at around the standard of level 3*1, and thesystem also allows selection between cooling and heating for each zone.

Level 5

There are separate air conditioning systems for each orientation direction, and for
perimeter and interior*1, allowing more detailed zoning (broadly, zones of 40 m2 or less).
The air conditioning system can provide either heating or cooling separately to each zone.

Building type

Rtl･Rst･Hal

Level 1

There is no zoning of heating and cooling within a single floor, and a single-circuit
air conditioning system is planned. Switching between heating and cooling isrequired for the selection of air conditioning modes.

Level 2
Level 3

Each floor is divided into multiple zones according to their thermal loads, and the
air conditioning system is planned to allow either heating or cooling in each zone.

Level 4

There is air conditioning zoning at around the standard of level 3, and the plannedsystem also allows selection between cooling and heating for each zone.

Level 5

Each floor is divided into many small zones for individual sales areas or tenants,
and the air conditioning system is planned to allow either heating or cooling inzone units.

NOTE) When it is difficult to decide, choose an intermediate level (level 2).
*1 In cases where airflow windows are used to make the space perimeterless, or in small offices
with little depth, the first half of the description, concerning the distinction between perimeterand interior, may be ignored.
<Residential and Accommodation Sections> Inapplicable□Commentary
Evaluate whether a finely-zoned air conditioning system is used to eliminate temperature
variations and create a comfortable environment in the interior.
Furthermore, even if the applicable system is not adequate, a high level can be evaluated if
operation is managed manually, or receives planned consideration, and the internal environment ismaintained with an adequate degree of success.
The following are examples of air conditioning systems corresponding to each level.
Level 1: Single duct system, two-pipe FCU system (no zoning, switching between heating andcooling).
Level 3: Single duct system, two-pipe FCU system (zoning grade assessment, switching betweenc 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

Ｑ１

2.1.3 Zoned Control

56

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

heating and cooling).
Level 4: Double duct system (4 pipes for AHU), four-pipe FCU system, task/ambient air
conditioning system (evaluate both the zoning grade and simultaneous heating andcooling).
Level 5: Multi-unit heat pump system (simultaneous heating and cooling), double duct system (4pipes for AHU), and four-pipe FCU system level with more detailed zoning than levels 3
2
and 4 (zones of around 40 m ).

2.2 Humidity Control

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt！ Application condition
In the <Residential and Accommodation Sections> of Apt, air conditioning equipment is excluded
from assessment if it is installed by occupants.
For Hsp, evaluate the outpatient waiting rooms and the medical examining rooms as the common
areas of the Hsp (assessment criteria are common to both).
<Entire Building and Common Properties>
Building typeLevel 1

Off･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt
Not adequate for level 3.

Level 2
Level 3

Humidification equipment is available, and equipment capacity is generally
sufficient to keep humidity to 50% in summer and 40% in winter.*1

Level 4
Level 5

Humidification and dehumidification equipment is available, and equipment
capacity is sufficient to keep humidity in the range 45-55%.*2
Sch (Universities, etc)

Level 1

Sch
(Elementary/Junior High/High Schools)

Not adequate for level 3.

Not adequate for level 3.

Humidification equipment is also available,
and equipment capacity is generally
sufficient to keep humidity to 40-70% in
winter and 50-65% in summer.

Sufficient equipment capacity toachieve general indoor humidity of 30
to 45% in winter and 55 to 80% insummer.

Humidification and dehumidification equipment
is available, and equipment capacity is
sufficient to keep humidity in the range
45-55%.

Sufficient equipment capacity withhumidifier/dehumidifier to achieve
humidity of 45 to 55%.

Level 2

Level 3

Level 4

Level 5

* In cases where it is difficult to determine between the above levels, select an intermediate level(e.g. level 2 or 4).

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

57

2014 Edition

Ｑ１<Residential and Accommodation Sections>
Building typeLevel 1

Hsp･Htl
Not adequate for level 3.

Sufficient equipment capacity withhumidifier to achieve general humidityof 50% in summer and 40% in winter.

Appropriate ventilation functions are provided,and anti-condensation measures have beentaken on elements that can act as heatbridges, such as insulation reinforcement,
humidity barriers and permeable layers.
Dehumidification functions are provided, andanti-condensation measures have beentaken on elements that can act as heatbridges, such as insulation reinforcement,
humidity barriers and permeable layers.

Level 4

Level 5

No consideration given.
(No corresponding level)

Level 2

Level 3

Apt

Humidification and dehumidificationequipment is available, and equipment
capacity is sufficient to keep humidity
in the range 45-55%.

Dehumidification and humidification functions
are provided and set to a comfort range of
45-55%, and anti-condensation measures
have been taken on elements that can act asheat bridges, such as insulation reinforcement,
humidity barriers and permeable layers.

* When it is difficult to decide, choose an intermediate level (level 2 or 4).
*1 In winter it will be relieved somewhat from the maximum level.
*2 Normal air conditioning equipment is assumed to provide dehumidification by refrigerationcoil in summer, and humidification by humidifier in winter.
□Commentary
Evaluate according to the set target value for humidity.Dehumidification and humidity control
intended to provide comfort in summer, and humidification for health reasons in winter are
regarded as important services.
In the basic design phase, the target performance is subject to the assessment.
Level settings are based on the following sources.
Level 1: Satisfy 40-70% of standards stipulated in the Law for Maintenance of Sanitation in
Buildings (Building Sanitation Law), based on "Sanitation Management Standards for
Buildings" of MEXT (applicable to Sch (universities, etc.))
Level 3: An equivalent level as referred to in the MLIT specifications, community-based
standards, the Sanitation Standards for Tokyo Municipal Schools, generalrecommended values (applicable to Sch (universities, etc.)) and the MEXT School
Sanitation Standards (applicable to Sch (elementary/junior high/high schools))
Level 5: POEM-O comfort zone: 45-55%.

■Bibliography 9), 10), 11), 12), 13), 14), 16), 17)

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

58

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

2.3 Type of Air Conditioning System

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt！ Application condition
In the <Residential and Accommodation Sections> of Apt, air conditioning equipment is excluded
from assessment if it is installed by occupants.
For Hsp, evaluate the outpatient waiting rooms and the medical examining rooms as the common
areas of the Hsp. Note that the assessment criteria differ between outpatient waiting rooms andmedical examining rooms.
<Entire Building and Common Properties>
Building typeLevel 1

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp (Waiting Room)･Htl･Apt

Hsp (Examining Room)

The air conditioning system was plannedwith no particular consideration for thevertical temperature distribution andairflow speed in occupancy zone.

Air conditioning system designed without
specific consideration of vertical temperature
variation and air flow in occupied areas

The air conditioning system is normal, but the
air supply and extraction plan considered thevertical temperature distribution and airflow
speed in occupancy zone.

The air conditioning system is normal, but the
air supply and extraction plan considered thevertical temperature distribution and airflow
speed in occupancy zone, and the partitionsin the medical examing rooms.

Level 2

Level 3

Level 4
1

Level 5The air conditioning system* was chosen to
mitigate the vertical temperature distribution
and airflow speed in the room.

The air conditioning system*1 was chosen to
mitigate the vertical temperature distribution
and airflow speed in occupancy zone, and to
consider the partitions of the medical
examining rooms.

<Residential and Accommodation Sections>
Building type

Hsp･Htl

Apt

Level 1

The air conditioning system was plannedwith no particular consideration for thevertical temperature distribution and airflow
speed in occupancy zone.

Air conditioning system designed without
specific consideration of vertical temperature
variation and air flow in air-conditioned
occupied areas, or of temperature difference
between air-conditioned and non-airconditioned areas

The air conditioning system is normal,
but the air supply and extraction planconsidered the vertical temperature
distribution and airflow speed in
occupancy zone.

Air conditioning system designed in considerationof vertical temperature variation and air flow in
air-conditioned occupied areas, or of
temperature difference between air- conditioned
and non-air-conditioned areas

Level 2

Level 3

Level 4
1

Level 5The air conditioning system* was chosen to
mitigate the vertical temperature distribution
and airflow speed in occupancy zone.

Air conditioning system designed to inconsideration of minimizing verticaltemperature variation and air flow in
air-conditioned occupied areas, or thetemperature difference between airconditioned and non-air-conditioned areas* When it is difficult to decide, choose an intermediate level (level 2 or 4).
*1 This refers to, for example, ceiling and floor radiant heating and cooling systems, or floor-vented
systems, etc.

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

59

2014 Edition

Examples of air conditioning systems
The system types below are not categorized by air conditioning types, such as single-duct, but by
the venting methods.
Level 1: Methods which do not allow free design of airflow forms in the interior, such as
cassette-type interior units, extensive use of dampers with poor diffusion, such as line
diffusers, etc.
Level 3: Diffusion methods which employ dampers with good diffusion, such as anemostat or pan
types.
Level 5: Cooling/heating system equipped with floor diffusers or radiant ceiling panels to minimize
vertical temperature variation and air flow that cause occupant discomfort, or an air
conditioning system with appropriate diffusers and layout to achieve performance ofvertical temperature variation of approximately 2˚C or less and an air flow rate of 0.15m/s.

■Bibliography 9), 10), 11), 12), 14)

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

Ｑ１□Commentary
Evaluate whether the air conditioning was chosen to mitigate the vertical temperature distribution
and airflow speed (residual wind speed) in the room.
The design stage of air conditioning equipment involves consideration of various air conditioning
methods to choose the system that will best avoid causing localized discomfort to room occupants.
Therefore it is not possible to name an air conditioning system that will always create acomfortable environment, but the air conditioning system should be evaluated on the basis of past
results existing experience and design policies. The space for which vertical temperature
distribution and airflow speed are evaluated should be the occupancy zone, and the evaluatedpoints should be the vertical temperature distribution and airflow speed in the space occupied byhumans. The temperature difference evaluated should be that between heights of 0.1 m and 1.7 m(around 2.0 m) with zone of uniform temperature as the target standard.
In the basic design phase, the target performance is subject to the assessment.

60

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

3. Lighting & Illumination
3.1 Daylight
3.1.1 Daylight Factor

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt！ Application condition
For Hsp, evaluate the outpatient waiting rooms and the medical examining rooms as the common
areas of the Hsp (assessment criteria are common to both).
<Entire Building and Common Properties>
Building type

Off･Sch･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt

Level 1

[Daylight factor] < 1.0%

Level 2

1.0% ≦ [Daylight factor] < 1.5%

Level 3

1.5% ≦ [Daylight factor] < 2.0%

Level 4

2.0% ≦ [Daylight factor] < 2.5%

Level 5

2.5% ≦ [Daylight factor]<Residential and Accommodation Sections>
Building type

Hsp･Htl

Apt

Level 1

[Daylight factor] < 0.5%

[Daylight factor] < 0.5%

Level 2

0.5% ≦ [Daylight factor] < 0.75%

0.5% ≦ [Daylight factor] < 1.0%

Level 3

0.75% ≦ [Daylight factor] < 1.0%

1.0% ≦ [Daylight factor] < 1.5%

Level 4

1.0% ≦ [Daylight factor] < 1.25%

1.5% ≦ [Daylight factor] < 2.0%

Level 5

1.25% ≦ [Daylight factor]

2.0% ≦ [Daylight factor]□Commentary
Daylight factor is the ratio of outdoor illuminance (full-sky illuminance) to the illuminance of ameasurement point in the room, excluding direct daylight. It is an indicator of the potential for useof daylight. Daylight is always variable, but a stable value can be obtained for daylight factor,
because it is a ratio.
Utilizing the height of the central desktop surface in the room concerned as the calculation point,
the calculation is carried out based on the size and position of the opening in terms of 2 calculation
charts: "Cases in which windows on the wall are subject to the assessment" and "Cases in which
skylight windows are subject to the assessment." Reference 1 is the chart for a window in a wall,and Reference 2 is for toplights and other forms. The types of rooms for evaluation are expected to
be standard administrative Off, classrooms in Sch, and lobbies and other common areas in Apt,
Hsp and Htl.
In order to simplify the procedure as much as possible, the calculation of the daylight factor in thissection utilizes the direct daylight factor and adopts a method that treats the configuration factor as
the daylight factor equivalent. The transmittance of windows and the reflectance of the ceiling are
not taken into consideration. If other methods (see "Daylight Lighting Calculation Methods" by theArchitectural Institute of Japan) have been employed for detailed examination, the resulting values
can be used.

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

61

2014 Edition

Ｑ１■Reference 1) Calculation chart for a window in one wall

■Reference 2) Calculation chart for a skylight

U＝U1－U2＋U3－U4

U＝U1－U2－U3＋U4■ Bibliography 19)

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

62

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition■Reference 3) Calculation method for the daylight factor used in reference 1 and 2
It is extremely difficult to find an accurate value of daylight factor by calculation, so here we haveused a method employing the three-dimensional angular projection factor, which is relatively easy
to find. The three-dimensional angular projection factor is the proportion occupied by the projectedarea S" on the base circle of a face with a given three-dimensional angle within the area of thatbase circle. It can be regarded as being broadly equal to daylight factor. The three-dimensional
angular projection factor U can be expressed by the following formula.

U

S''
 100
 r2

% 

Where
U：Three-dimensional angular projection
factor ≒ daylight factor (%)
r ：Radius of the base circle (normally r = 1)
π ：Pi
S”： Area of S projected onto the base circle

0.5m

0.8m

Window
2.5m

Room

Reference figures 1 and 2 are graphs from which
values for three-dimensional angular projection
factor, which is an approximation for daylight factor,
Measurement
can be read directly. They express the cases inpoint (Center
2.5m
which the light source and the illuminate surfaceof room)
are perpendicular and parallel to each other. Thus
the chart in Reference 1 can be used to find the
daylight factor on a horizontal surface such as afloor or desk top when the light source is a window
in a wall, and the chart in Reference 2 does the
1m
1m
same for a toplight.
▲Plan
To find daylight factor, use b (window width), d(distance from the window, and h (window height)
to find b/d on the horizontal axis, and h/d on the
U4
U1
vertical axis, then read the value at theintersection.
1.55m
However, the calculation method varies according
to the positional relationship between the window
and the measurement face. The diagrams next to
the graph represent the differences in calculation
0.75m
method depending on the measurement position.
In the diagrams on the right, U = U1 + U4, and the
daylight factor is the total of the two areas.
At desktop level
Calculating the daylight factor for area U1 in the(h = 750 mm)
diagram on the rightb1/d1 = 0.8/2.5 = 0.32, and h1/d1 = 1.55/2.5 =▲Elevation
0.62,(Image view from inside the room)so reading from the graph, U1≒1.4.
Similarly for U4, b4/d4 = 0.5/2.5 = 0.2, and h4/d4 =
0.62, so U4 ≒ 0.9.
Therefore, the calculated daylight factor is
U = 1.4 + 0.9 = 2.3.
Similarly, if the positional relationship between the window and the measurement plane differs, thecalculation method for the total value can understood from the diagrams.
Even when the window and the measurement plane are parallel, as in Reference 2, the method is
the same as above. The measurement plane is the height of the desk top, and the measurement
position is in the center of the room.
For a dwelling within Apartments, calculate for the room with the largest openings (the living room,etc.).
■Bibliography 18), 19), 20)

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

63

2014 Edition

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt！ Application condition
Not applicable other than Apt.
<Entire Building and Common Properties> Inapplicable<Residential and Accommodation Sections>
Building type

Apt

Level 1

No south-facing windows

Level 2

(No corresponding level)

Level 3

South-facing windows

Level 4(No corresponding level)

Level 5South and east-facing windows□Commentary
Evaluate whether the positions (orientations) of openings make efficient use of daylight.
For a dwelling with the most common room layout on the standard floor, make a total assessmentof the one dwelling. The Housing Performance Indication System calculates numerical opening
ratio in each direction, but for this assessment it will be sufficient to say whether there are openings
in each direction.
■Bibliography 17)

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

Ｑ１

3.1.2 Openings by Orientation

64

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

3.1.3 Daylight Devices

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt！ Application condition
For Hsp, evaluate the outpatient waiting rooms and the medical examining rooms as the common
areas of the Hsp (assessment criteria are common to both).
<Entire Building and Common Properties>
Building type

Off･Sch･Fct

Rtl･Rst･Hsp･Htl･Apt

Level 1

(No corresponding level)(No corresponding level)

Level 2

(No corresponding level)(No corresponding level)

Level 3

There are no daylight devices.

There are no daylight devices.

Level 4

There is one type of daylight device.

(No corresponding level)

Level 5

There are two or more types of daylightdevice, or they have advanced functions.

There are some daylight devices.

<Residential and Accommodation Sections>
Building type

Hsp･Htl･Apt

Level 1

(No corresponding level)

Level 2

(No corresponding level)

Level 3

There are no daylight devices.

Level 4(No corresponding level)

Level 5

There are some daylight devices.

□Commentary
Evaluate the openings according to the planned installation of daylight devices.
Daylight devices optimally utilize daylight in addition to windows installed in the exterior walls.
Specifically, such devices include light harvesting or guiding devices which carry light into the room
interior, such as light shelves, light ducts, light condensers and optical fibers. Devices withadvanced functions, for example, devices which have the two functions of collecting light andguiding it to the interior of a room, such as those which combine light condensers and opticalfibers.
Buildings in which daylight devices are widely used are highly rated. However, we should note that
effects of daylight devices are more likely to be expected in rooms with a low daylight factor, andtherefore, with a low feasibility of lighting.
For toplights, if they were provided with the deliberate intention of using daylight they can beconsidered as daylight devices, but in the residential and accommodation portions of Hsp, Htl andApt, the assessment applies to a representative private area of the standard floor, so toplights
cannot be evaluated when present only on the top floor. For the <Entire Building and Common
Properties>, toplights are evaluated if they were deliberately provided for the purpose of using
daylight in common portions.

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

65

2014 Edition

Ｑ１

3.2 Anti-glare Measures
3.2.1 Daylight Control

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt！ Application condition
For Hsp, evaluate the outpatient waiting rooms and the medical examining rooms as the common
areas of the Hsp (assessment criteria are common to both).
<Entire Building and Common Properties>
Building type

Off･Sch (Universities, etc.)･Fct・Hsp・Htl・Apt

Level 1

Nothing.

Level 2Glare control using screens, awnings and eaves.

Level 3Glare is controlled with blinds, or by a combination of any two among screens,awnings and eaves.

Level 4Glare is controlled with blinds, together with any of one among screens, awnings
and eaves.

Level 5Glare is controlled by automatically-controlled blinds.

Building type

Sch (Elementary/Junior High/High Schools)

Level 1

Nothing.

Level 2

(No corresponding level)

Level 3Glare control using screens, awnings and eaves.

Level 4Glare control using blinds or any combination of two or more fixtures including
curtains, screens, awnings and eaves

Level 5Glare control using blinds and at least one other fixture, including curtains,
screens, awnings and eaves<Residential and Accommodation Sections>
Building type

Hsp･Htl･Apt

Level 1

Nothing.

Level 2

(No corresponding level)

Level 3Glare control using curtains, screens, awnings and eaves.

Level 4Glare is controlled with blinds, or a combination of any two among curtains,
screens, awnings and eaves.

Level 5Glare is controlled with blinds, together with any of one among curtains, screens,awnings and eaves.

□Commentary
The assessment is carried out regarding glare countermeasures at window portions exposed todirect daylight or high brightness from outside, focusing on whether there are eaves around theopening, awnings (shading tents and window shades), screens, curtains, sunblinds, shading andthe like. Buildings are highly rated when they have a high degree of control over direct sunlightaccording to the position of the sun (sunshine control performance) or brightness control
performance. Especially in terms of rooms having a high daylight factor, the daylight control needs
to be taken into consideration. Moreover, daylight devices that also have daylight control effects
such as a light shelf may be evaluated with respect to both aspects.
Further, automatically regulated blinds and the like include those that control the angle of individual
blades of a sunblind depending on the position of the sun, and those that adjust the transmittancec 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

66

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Editionof windows automatically according to the temperature and other factors in order to control thelevel of brightness.
For evaluating housing portions of Apartments, most curtains, screens, awnings, blinds, shades
and similar elements are installed by the residents, but curtains, but curtains should be included inassessment if there are installed curtain rails (boxes). For eaves (including balconies), a condition
for assessment is that they should be present on all floors.

3.2.2 Reflection Control
This category is excluded from assessments in CASBEE for Building (New Construction).

3.3 Illuminance Level

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt！ Application condition
In the <Residential and Accommodation Sections> of Apt, lighting equipment is excluded fromassessment if it is installed by occupants.
For Hsp, evaluate the outpatient waiting rooms and the medical examining rooms as the common
areas of the Hsp. Note that the assessment criteria differ between outpatient waiting rooms andmedical examining rooms.
<Entire Building and Common Properties>
Building type

Off･Hsp (Examining Room)･Fct

Sch

Hsp(Waiting Room)Level 1

(No corresponding level)[Illuminance] < 300 lx[Illuminance] < 150 lx

Level 2[Illuminance] <300 lx, or
1,000 lx ≦ [Illuminance](No corresponding level)(No corresponding level)

Level 3Overall lighting system:
300 lx ≦ [Illuminance] < 500 lx;
In cases of the task/ambient
300 lx ≦ [Illuminance]lighting system or its equivalent,< 500 lx,
150 lx ≦and the task illuminance is moreor[Illuminance]
than 300 lx and less than 500 lx,
750 lx ≦ [Illuminance]or the ambient illuminance isless than 1/3 or more than 2/3 ofthe task illuminance

Level 4Overall lighting system: 500 lx ≦[Illuminance] < 1,000 lx;
In cases of the task/ambient
lighting system or its equivalent,
500 lx ≦the task illuminance is more than[Illuminance] < 750 lx
500 lx and less than 1,000 lx, andthe ambient illuminance is morethan 1/3 and less than 2/3 of thetask illuminance

Equivalent to level 3
and 100 lx ≦ [vertical
illuminance] for walls

Level 5

In cases of the task/ambient
lighting system or its equivalent,
the task illuminance is more than
500 lx and less than 1,000 lx, theambient illuminance is more than
1/3 and less than 2/3 of the task
illuminance, and the illuminanceof vertical surfaces of the walls or
horizontal surfaces of the ceilingis more than 100 lx(No corresponding level)c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○(No corresponding level)

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

67

2014 Edition

Level 1

Htl

Ｑ１

Building type

Apt

[Illuminance] < 100 lx[Illuminance] < 100 lx

Level 2

(No corresponding level)(No corresponding level)

Level 3100 lx ≦ [Illuminance]

100 lx ≦ [Illuminance]

Level 4(No corresponding level)

Equivalent to level 3 and 100 lx ≦ [vertical
illuminance] for walls

Level 5(No corresponding level)(No corresponding level)<Residential and Accommodation Sections>
Building type

Hsp

Level 1

[Illuminance] < 150 lx

Htl･Apt[Illuminance] < 100 lx

Level 2

(No corresponding level)(No corresponding level)

Level 3150 lx ≦ [Illuminance]

100 lx ≦ [Illuminance]

Level 4Equivalent to level 3 and a [vertical
illuminance] for walls of 100 lx or higher(No corresponding level)

Level 5(No corresponding level)

Equivalent to level 3 and 1 individual
controls of multiple devices*□Commentary
The assessment focuses on the indoor brightness on desktop surfaces (approximately 80 cm
above the floor), according to the illuminance of horizontal surfaces (Lux).
In cases where facility use is limited to daytime hours, such as Sch, apply lux values based on aminimum daylight levels.
Level 3 and Level 4 given to Off, Hsp (examination rooms) and Fct are evaluated based on, incases of general lighting, the illuminance of horizontal surfaces on the desktop surface inside theroom. In cases of the task/ambient lighting system (a system in which a necessary level ofbrightness for visual working spaces is secured by task lighting and in terms of non-visual working
spaces, lighting having a lower level of illuminance compared to the one used for the visual
working spaces is provided with ambient lighting) or its equivalent (a system in which the task
illuminance may be adjusted according to the work contents or preferences of the user), theassessment is based on the level of task illuminance and ambient illuminance. Level 4 is given
when the appropriate range of task illuminance and ambient illuminance is provided. Level 3 isgiven when the level of illuminance does not fall within such range. Level 5 is given when theappropriate range of illuminance in the task/ambient lighting system or its equivalent is provided aswell as when the lighting plan aims to secure brightness by illuminating walls and the ceiling that
account for a major part of the visual field*2.
In this assessment, task illuminance level is the horizontal illuminance on desk surfaces andambient illuminace level is the horizontal illuminance of non-task areas surrounding task zones(approximately 80 cm above the floor).
For the <Entire Building and Common Properties> of Hsp (waiting rooms) and Apt and<Residential and Accommodation Sections> of Hsp, level 4 is awarded where the lighting systemprovides an appropriate horizontal illuminance and also allows individual on/off controls of multiple
3)
lighting devices* . For the <Residential and Accommodation Properties> of Apt, evaluate basedon the most principal room of the unit.
Furthermore, when using an overall lighting system, illuminance exceeding 1,000 lx for Off and 750 lx
for Sch is considered too high, and not appropriate. For a task/ambient lighting system where
illuminance does not correspond to level 4 and 5, award level 3 with respect to illuminance balance.
*1 In the assessment of balanced illuminance contrast, evaluate the average illuminance value ofthe task and ambient zones.
*2 Evaluation of the vertical illumminance of walls and horizontal illuminance of ceilings in level 4 to
5 using an illuminance distribution map is recommended. Such illuminance distribution diagram
may be derived by using any of the commercial or free software.
*3 In hotels and apartments, a system that creates a detailed illuminance environment specific to
in-room activities by placement of multiple devices with low power consumption is referred toas a multi-lighting system in the Technical Guidelines for Housing Illumination.
■Bibliography 22), 23), 24), 25), 26)

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

68

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

3.4 Lighting Controllability

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt！ Application condition
In the <Residential and Accommodation Sections> of Apt, lighting equipment is excluded fromassessment if it is installed by occupants.
For Hsp, evaluate the outpatient waiting rooms and the medical examining rooms as the common
areas of the Hsp (assessment criteria are common to both).
<Entire Building and Common Properties>
Building type

Off･Sch (Universities, etc.)･Rtl･Fct･Hsp･
Htl･Apt(Elementary/Junior High/High Schools)

Level 1

Lighting control is not zoned and nocontrol panel/devices are available foradjustment

Lighting control is not zoned inaccordance with illuminance levels andlearning methods

Level 2

(No corresponding level)(No corresponding level)

Level 3

Lighting control per four-task unit isavailable or control panel/devices areavailable for adjustment

Lighting control is zoned in accordance with
illuminance levels and learning methods,
and on/off control by the occupants isavailable

Level 4(No corresponding level)(No corresponding level)

Level 5Lighting control per task unit is available andadjustment via computer terminal/remotecontol or automatic control is available

Level 3 is satisfied and automatic
lighting adjustment is partially available

Sch<Residential and Accommodation Sections>
Building type

Hsp

Htl･Apt

Level 1

No lighting control is available

No lighting control is available

Level 2

(No corresponding level)(No corresponding level)

Level 3

Lighting control per multi-bed unit isavailable or control panel/devices foradjustment are available

Control panel/devices are available forbroad lighting adjustment for the entire
room

Level 4(No corresponding level)(No corresponding level)

Level 5

Detailed lighting control per bed is available

Detailed lighting control per multi-zone unit
is available via computer terminal/remotecontrol OR automatic control system□CommentaryLighting controllability refers to the level of control over brightness, color, temperatures and lighting
positions in a room by on/off switching and light adjustment. In this assessment, evaluation isbased on the minimum area in a room for which lighting control is available and on methods ofcontrol (manual/automatic). A higher assessment level is awarded for detailed lighting control or
automatic control systems.
In Off, a task unit refers to an area consisting of connected desks for a single task, or a single span
where the task boundary is difficult to determine based on desk layout. In Apt, a multi-zone unit isused for an area where partial lighting is available in accordance with the location and movementsof occupants. For Hsp, level 1 is awarded where lighting can only be turned on/off or adjusted forthe whole area despite the need for partial lighting control.
For Sch (Universities, etc.), assessment criteria equivalent to Off are applied, assuming
large-capacity classrooms. Sch (Elementary/Junior High/High Schools) have smaller classrooms.
As such, evaluate lighting control systems based mainly on daylight control.
In the basic design phase, the target performance is subject to the assessment.
■Bibliography 26)

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

69

2014 Edition

Ｑ１

4. Air Quality
It is clearly important to maintain healthy indoor air in rooms, but achieving that aim requires
careful consideration of aspects such as materials selection, ventilation and construction methods.
The level of such consideration is evaluated here.
The basic approach to maintaining healthy indoor air in rooms is simple in itself, namely to first
avoid the emission of pollutants as far as possible, and then to use ventilation to expel thosepollutants which have been emitted. This approach is combined with operation and management
aspects and divided into three items (source control, ventilation and operation plan andmanagement) for assessment.

4.1 Source Control
Cutting off pollutants at source is a sure and effective way of maintaining healthy indoor air. Thus,
the first consideration is to minimize the emission of pollutants from the building and its equipment.
In that sense, source control is more important than ventilation and operation plan andmanagement.

4.1.1 Chemical Pollutants

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt！ Application condition
For Hsp, evaluate the outpatient waiting rooms and the medical examining rooms as the common
areas of the Hsp (assessment criteria are common to both).
<Entire Building and Common Properties>
Building type

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt

Level 1

(No corresponding level)

Level 2

(No corresponding level)

Level 3

Satisfies the Building Standard Law.

Level 4The Building Standard Law is satisfied and building materials not regulated underthe Building Standard Law (i.e. materials not included in its directives andmaterials with JIS/JAS F-4 star rating) are used in at least 70% of the total area offloors, walls, ceilings and attics.

Level 5The Building Standard Law is satisfied and building materials not regulated underthe Building Standard Law (i.e. materials not included in its directives andmaterials with JIS/JAS F-4 star rating) are used in at least 90% of the total area offloors, walls, ceilings and attics; most material used has a low level offormaldehyde and other VOC emissions.

<Residential and Accommodation Sections>
Building type

Hsp･Htl･Apt

Level 1

(No corresponding level)

Level 2

(No corresponding level)

Level 3

Satisfies the Building Standard Law.

Level 4The Building Standard Law is satisfied and building materials not regulated underthe Building Standard Law (i.e. materials not included in its directives andmaterials with JIS/JAS F-4 star rating) are used in at least 70% of the total area offloors, walls, ceilings and attics.

Level 5The Building Standard Law is satisfied and building materials not regulated underthe Building Standard Law (i.e. materials not included in its directives andmaterials with JIS/JAS F-4 star rating) are used in at least 90% of the total area offloors, walls, ceilings and attics; most material used has a low level offormaldehyde and other VOC emissions.

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

70

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition□Commentary
Evaluate whether adequate measures have been taken to avoid air pollution by chemical
pollutants.
Since the 1980s, Sick Building Syndrome has become a major problem in Europe and North
America. It was triggered by changes in the materials used in buildings and a rapid reduction in thevolume of air ventilation, which was intended to save energy in offices. In Japan the existence of
the Law for Maintenance of Sanitation in Buildings Building Environmental Health Law has
prevented Sick Building Syndrome from becoming such an extreme phenomenon. Instead, Sick
House Syndrome has become a major problem in houses which rely on natural ventilation, and the
problem has even emerged in "sick schools." The Ministry of Health, Labor and Welfare (MHLW)
has responded by publishing concentration guideline values for chemical pollutants and pursuing
various avenues of research, leading to the revision of the Building Standard Law.
For this assessment, an ordinary level of design that satisfies the Building Standard Law, which ismainly derived from consideration of chemical pollutants, receives a level 3 score. More strenuous
efforts will be awarded higher scores. Level 4 will be awarded in cases where nearly all
construction materials not subject to regulation under the Building Standard Law (construction
materials not covered by directives and having F☆☆☆☆ JIS/JAS standard rating) throughout (atleast 70% by area of floors, walls, ceilings and ceiling voids) are used. Level 5 requires a level
closer to perfection, using construction materials not subject to regulation under the BuildingStandard Law (construction materials not covered by directives and having F☆☆☆☆ JIS/JAS
standard rating) throughout (at least 90% by area of floors, walls, ceilings and ceiling voids). The
materials must also have low emission levels of VOCs other than formaldehyde.
Calculate ceiling void area as below.
Area of ceiling void = Area of wall surface facing the ceiling void
+ Area of ceiling material facing the ceiling void (doubled because the ceilingmaterial on the room interior side is also counted)+ Area of the roof or underside of the next floor■Bibliography 27), 28), 29), 30), 31), 32)

4.1.2 Asbestos
This is excluded from assessment in CASBEE for Building (New Construction).

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

71

2014 Edition

Ｑ１

4.2 Ventilation
The most effective method for maintaining healthy indoor air is to totally minimize the emission ofpollutants from the building and its equipment, but in many cases that ideal must be balanced
against cost and design considerations to permit some level of emission. In such cases, adequate
ventilation can be planned to improve the air quality. Rather than conveniently relying on operationand management or automatic control, it is important to give careful consideration to the baseline
quality of the outside air, the volume of outside air, zoning and other issues. It is also important togive the occupants some degree of scope for controlling their own ventilation.

4.2.1 Ventilation Rate

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt！ Application condition
For Hsp, evaluate the outpatient waiting rooms and the medical examining rooms as the common
areas of the Hsp (assessment criteria are common to both).
<Entire Building and Common Properties>
Building type

Off･Sch (Universities, etc.)･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Hsp･Htl･
Fct･Apt

Sch (Elementary/
Junior High/High Schools)

Level 1

Not adequate for level 3.

(No corresponding level)

Level 2

(No corresponding level)
For rooms equipped with a centrally-controlled
airmixing system, a ventilation rate of 25 m3/h perperson or higher; or if not centrally controlled, aventilation rate as required in the BuildingStandard Law (including measures for sick house
syndrome) and the Law for Maintenance ofSanitation in Buildings.
For rooms equipped with a centrally-controlled
airmixing system, a ventilation rate of 30 m3/h perperson or higher; or if not centrally controlled, aventilation rate 20% higher than required in the
Building Standard Law (including measures forsick house syndrome) and the Law for
Maintenance of Sanitation in Buildings.
For rooms equipped with a centrally-controlled
airmixing system, a ventilation rate of 35 m3/h perperson or higher; or if not centrally controlled, aventilation rate 40% higher than required in the
Building Standard Law (including measures forsick house syndrome) and the Law for
Maintenance of Sanitation in Buildings.

(No corresponding level)

Level 3

Level 4

Level 5Ventilation rate required in
the Building Standard Law(including measures for sickhouse syndrome) and the
School Sanitation Standards.
Ventilation rate that is 20%
higher than required in the
Building
Standard
Law(including measures for sickhouse syndrome) and the
School Sanitation Standards.
Ventilation rate that is 40%
higher than required in the
Building
Standard
Law(including measures for sickhouse syndrome) and the
School Sanitation Standards.

<Residential and Accommodation Sections>
Building type

Hsp･Htl･Apt

Level 1

Not adequate for level 3.

Level 2

(No corresponding level)

Level 3

Level 4

Level 5For rooms equipped with a centrally-controlled air mixing system, a ventilation rateof 25 m3/h per person or higher; or if not centrally controlled, a ventilation raterequired in the Building Standard Law (including measures for sick house
syndrome) and the Law for Maintenance of Sanitation in Buildings.
For rooms
equipped with a centrally-controlled air mixing system, a ventilation rateof 30 m3/h per person or higher; or if not centrally controlled, a ventilation rate 20%
higher than required in the Building Standard Law (including measures for sickhouse syndrome) and the Law for Maintenance of Sanitation in Buildings.
For rooms
equipped with a centrally-controlled air mixing system, aventilation rateof 35 m3/h per person or higher; or if not centrally controlled, a ventilation rate 40%
higher than required in the Building Standard Law (including measures for sickhouse syndrome) and the Law for Maintenance of Sanitation in Buildings.

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

72

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition□Commentary
Evaluate according to whether there is an adequate volume of ventilation.
Level 3 satisfies the ventilation rates required in the Building Standard Law, the Law for
Maintenance of Sanitation in Buildings and the School Sanitation Standards. Level 4 is awarded
when a centrally-controlled air mixing system with a ventilation rate that satisfies the3
SHASE-S102-2003 Ventilation Standard and Commentary (generally 30 m /h or higher perperson) is installed. A higher level is awarded when air quality improvement measures are actively
undertaken. While this assessment is based on ventilation rates, a localized air exhaust system atpollution sources is also important in practice. In an office building, for example, zones which
generate pollutants (e.g. cafeteria, graphic production area, printing room) require afully-segregated ventilation system.
■Bibliography 27), 34)

4.2.2 Natural Ventilation Performance

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt！ Application condition
Level 3 is awarded in cases where only mechanical ventilation is available, with fixed windows andno valid opening for natural ventilation.
<Entire Building and Common Properties>
Building type

Off･Sch (Universities, etc)･Fct

Sch (Elementary/
Junior High/High Schools)

Level 1

Not adequate for level 3.

Not adequate for level 3.

Level 2

(No corresponding level)(No corresponding level)

Level 3Fixed windows and no valid opening for naturalventilation; or fixed windows and valid opening
area for natural ventilation of less than 25 cm2/m2;
or openable windows and valid opening area fornatural ventilation of at least 1/50 of the total floor
space of an occupied room.

Valid opening area for naturalventilation of at least 1/20 of
the total floor space of an
occupied room.

Level 4

Fixed windows and valid opening area for naturalventilation of at least 25 cm2/m2; or openablewindows and valid opening area for naturalventilation of at least 1/30 of the total floor space ofan occupied room; or where in-room air quality
improvement is expected with use of outdoor air
cooling system which can use more than double
the required outdoor air volume.

Valid opening area for naturalventilation of at least 1/15 of
the total floor space of an
occupied room.

Level 5

Fixed windows and valid opening area for naturalventilation of at least 50 cm2/m2; or openablewindows and valid opening area for naturalventilation of at least 1/15 of the total floor space ofan occupied room; or valid opening area fornatural ventilation is equivalent to Level 4, andin-room air quality improvement is expected withuse of outdoor air cooling system that can use
more than double the required outdoor air volume.

Valid opening area for naturalventilation of at least 1/10 of
the total floor space of an
occupied room.

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

73

2014 Edition

Ｑ１<Residential and Accommodation Sections>
Building type

Hsp･Htl

Apt

Level 1

Not adequate for level 3.

Not adequate for level 3.

Level 2

(No corresponding level)(No corresponding level)

Level 3Fixed windows and no valid opening for naturalventilation; or fixed windows and valid opening
2
2
area for natural ventilation of less than 50 cm /m ;or openable windows and valid opening area fornatural ventilation of at least 1/20 of the total floor
space of an occupied room.

Area of openable windows
at least 1/10 of floor spaceof occupied room.

Level 4

Fixed windows and valid opening area for naturalventilation of at least 50 cm2/m2; or openablewindows and valid opening area for naturalventilation of at least 1/15 of the total floor spaceof an occupied room; or where in-room air quality
improvement is expected with use of outdoor air
cooling system which can use more than double
the required outdoor air volume.

Area of openable windows
at least 1/8 of floor space ofoccupied room.

Level 5

Fixed windows and valid opening area for naturalventilation of at least 100 cm2/m2; or openablewindows and valid opening area for naturalventilation of at least 1/10 of the total floor spaceof an occupied room; or valid opening area fornatural ventilation is equivalent to Level 4, andin-room air quality improvement is expected withuse of outdoor air cooling system that can use
more than double the required outdoor air volume.

Area of openable windows
at least 1/6 of floor space ofoccupied room.

□Commentary
Evaluate whether enough openable windows are provided.
It is basically a precondition that air conditioning and ventilation equipment should provide thenecessary volume of outside air. Nevertheless, there are still cases where the usage of a roomcauses pollutant emission to temporarily exceed expectations, or where the pollutant
concentration is no problem, but occupants' physical condition or other factors make them want totemporarily improve air quality by bringing in outside air. Opening windows to bring in naturalventilation is important, as it gives occupants the power to control ventilation for their own needs at
will. Smoke vents are designed to operate on natural ventilation, so if they can be opened and shuteasily and the occupants can use that at will at any time, they can be regarded as naturalventilation openings for this purpose. Furthermore, an outdoor air cooling system is mainly
intended for energy efficiency. However, level 4 is awarded when the system can also be used to
improve in-room air quality.
In assessing openable windows referred to in residential sections, evaluate the area of non-fixedwindows. In this way the area of sliding windows does nto need to be halved. Also, assessment of
an Apt building is based on a representative dwelling unit. Evaluate individual rooms in the unit
and award the appropriate level based on the room with the lowest performance. For other building
types, evaluate the entire standard floor or another representative floor.
■Bibliography 35), 36)

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

74

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

4.2.3 Consideration for Outside Air Intake

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt！ Application condition
Exclude from assessment if there is no ventilation equipment in the building.
For Hsp, evaluate the outpatient waiting rooms and the medical examining rooms as the common
areas of the Hsp (assessment criteria are common to both).
<Entire Building and Common Properties>
Building type

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl

Level 1

Not adequate for level 3.

Level 2

(No corresponding level)

Level 3

The air intakes are oriented away from pollution sources, considering conditions
in areas surrounding the site. They are also oriented away from extraction ventsor positioned at least 3 m away.

Level 4

The air intakes are oriented away from pollution sources, considering conditions
in areas surrounding the site. They are also positioned at least 6 m away fromextraction vents.

Level 5The air intakes are oriented away from pollution sources, considering conditions
in areas surrounding the site. They are also oriented away from extraction ventsand positioned at least 6 m away.

Building type

Apt

Level 1

Not adequate for level 3.

Level 2

(No corresponding level)

Level 3

The air intakes are oriented away from pollution sources, considering conditions
in areas surrounding the site.

Level 4(No corresponding level)

Level 5The air intakes are oriented away from pollution sources, considering conditions
in areas surrounding the site. They are also oriented away from extraction ventsor positioned at least 3 m away.

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

75

2014 Edition

Ｑ１<Residential and Accommodation Sections>
Building type

Hsp･Htl

Level 1

Not adequate for level 3.

Level 2

(No corresponding level)

Level 3

The air intakes are oriented away from pollution sources, considering conditions
in areas surrounding the site. They are also oriented away from extraction ventsor positioned at least 3 m away.

Level 4

The air intakes are oriented away from pollution sources, considering conditions
in areas surrounding the site. They are also positioned at least 6 m away fromextraction vents.

Level 5The air intakes are oriented away from pollution sources, considering conditions
in areas surrounding the site. They are also oriented away from extraction ventsand positioned at least 6 m away.

Building type

Apt

Level 1

Not adequate for level 3.

Level 2

(No corresponding level)

Level 3

The air intakes are oriented away from pollution sources, considering conditions
in areas surrounding the site.

Level 4(No corresponding level)

Level 5The air intakes are oriented away from pollution sources, considering conditions
in areas surrounding the site. They are also oriented away from extraction ventsor positioned at least 3 m away.

□Commentary
Outside air intakes should be designed to take in the best outside air available. Pollution sources
should be taken to mean cars, factories, waste heat and air collected from adjacent buildings or
the subject building, cooling towers, garbage collection areas, and other sources based on othercircumstances specific to the site concerned. Consider also the positional relationships between
waste air vents and outside air intakes on each floor and in each dwelling of the subject building.
Exclude from assessment if there is no ventilation equipment in the building (window ventilation).
■Bibliography 37)

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

76

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

4.3 Operation Plan
4.3.1 CO2 Monitoring

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt！ Application condition
Exclude from assessment if the Law for Maintenance of Sanitation in Buildings does not apply tothe subject building.
<Entire Building and Common Properties>
Building type

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct

Level 1

Not adequate for level 3.

Level 2

(No corresponding level)

Level 3The system is based on manual measurement, with the minimum necessarylevel of recording.

Level 4The system is based on manual measurement, a management manual, etc. has
been provided for properly maintaining air quality, and it functions effectively.

Level 5The system has constant central monitoring of CO2. Also, a management
manual, etc. has been provided for properly maintaining air quality, and it
functions effectively.

<Residential and Accommodation Sections> Inapplicable□Commentary
Evaluate whether a system has been instituted for properly maintaining air quality, and whether thesystem functions effectively. Under the Law for Maintenance of Sanitation in Buildings, CO2monitoring is to consist of regular manual monitoring, but that should be regarded as minimum
management. There are variations over time and between seasons in the quality of indoor andoutside air, and temporary malfunctions of the equipment can also occur. Therefore a constantmonitoring system for CO2 is desirable wherever possible.
■Bibliography 38)

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

77

2014 Edition

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt！ Application condition
For Hsp, evaluate only outpatient waiting rooms as common areas of Hsp.
<Entire Building and Common Properties>
Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Hsp (Waiting Room)･Htl

Building typeLevel 1

Not adequate for level 3.

Level 2

(No corresponding level)

Level 3

There is a minimum level of measures, such as smoking booths, to avoid
exposing non-smokers to smoke.

Level 4(No corresponding level)

Level 5

Smoking is confirmed to be prohibited in the entire building. Alternatively, there isan adequate level of measures, such as smoking booths, to avoid exposing
non-smokers to smoke.

<Residential and Accommodation Sections> Inapplicable□Commentary
Evaluate whether thorough measures, such as a building-wide smoking ban or the installation ofsmoking booths, have been taken to avoid passive smoking.
Tobacco smoke contains many pollutants, including nicotine, carbon monoxide and particulates,
causing the problem of passive smoking of smoke from smokers and their cigarettes. At the sametime, there is the problem of the odor of tobacco smoke. Therefore as a minimum measure there
should be smoking booths with direct extraction of smoke to the outside, with no recirculation toother indoor spaces. For level 5, smoking must be prohibited in the entire building, or, if there aresmoking booths, they must be entirely isolated from other spaces, including via ceiling voids, toprevent any smoke dispersion to other space, with a constant negative pressure maintained inthem.
■Bibliography 38)

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

Ｑ１

4.3.2 Control of Smoking

78

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

Q2 Quality of Service
In assessing Hsp, Htl and Apt under Q2.1 Service Ability, evaluation is based on common
properties of each building (e.g. examination rooms in Hsp, public areas in Htl, common-use areas
for Apt, etc.). For private areas (e.g. in-patient rooms in hospitals, guest rooms in hotels, dwelling
units in apartments), apply criteria for <Residential and Accommodation Sections>.

1. Service Ability
Evaluate the service functions of the building for the functionality and usability of its spaces and, in a morepositive sense, how pleasant and comfortable it is. Also, evaluate the consideration for daily maintenance.

1.1 Functionality & Usability
1.1.1 Provision of Space & Storage

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt<Entire Building and Common Properties>
Building type

Off･Fct

Level 1

Not adequate for level 3.

Level 2

(No corresponding level)

Level 3

Working space* per person is at least 6 m2.

Level 4

Working space* per person is at least 9 m2.

Level 5Working space* per person is at least 12 m2* Working space refers to floor area allocated within the effective floor area of the office forordinary workers to go about their daily duties. It does not include common spaces such as
canteens, medical rooms, conference rooms, meeting rooms, private executive offices, filingrooms, space for refreshment (see 1.2.2) and similar spaces. Therefore the working space
includes meeting spaces (spaces for day-to-day discussions), OA equipment spaces,
management spaces, circulation spaces, etc.
<Residential and Accommodation Sections>
Building type

Hsp

Level 1

Not adequate for level 3.

Level 2

(No corresponding level)

Htl
Not adequate for level 3.
(No corresponding level)
22Level 3

Private rooms at least 8 m /bed,
multi-bed rooms at least 6 m2/bed.

Single room at least 15 m , twin room atleast 22 m2.

Level 4(No corresponding level)

Single room at least 22 m , twin room atleast 32 m2.

Level 5

Private rooms at least 10 m /bed,2
multi-bed rooms at least 8 m /bed.

2

2Single room at least 30 m2, twin room at2
least 40 m .

□Commentary
The primary aspect of interior service ability functionality and ease of use concerns spaciousness
and storage capacity. The spaciousness used here as an assessment indicator is not necessarily
directly linked to functionality and storage space, but its effects, such as giving more freedom inlayout of fixtures and allowing enough space for storage, can easily be imagined. Level 3 is thebare minimum currently required by related regulations in normal circumstances, while level 5 isregarded as extremely spacious, with reference to past examples.
Use the effective measurements (internal dimension) to calculate the area subject to assessment.
■Bibliography 1), 36), 39), 40)

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

79

2014 Edition

1.1.2 Use of Advanced Information System

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt

Ｑ２<Entire Building and Common Properties>
Building type

Off･Fct

Level 1

Not adequate for level 2.

Level 2*
Measures such as OA floors accommodate layout changes, and electricalsockets for OA equipment have at least 30 VA/m2 socket capacity. In addition,
optical fiber is routed into the building for communications.

Level 3

Measures such as OA floors accommodate layout changes, and electricalsockets for OA equipment have at least 30 VA/m2 socket capacity. Also, level 2
is satisfied for communications, and communications lines with capacity for one
data communications device per 8 m2 (one phone, one PC) is routed onto eachfloor.

Level 4

Measures such as OA floors accommodate layout changes, and electrical2
sockets for OA equipment have at least 40 VA/m socket capacity. Also, level 3
is satisfied for communications, lines for multiple communications carriers arerouted into the building, and space is provided for each communications carrier
to lay cables onto each floor.

Level 5

Measures such as OA floors accommodate layout changes, and electrical2
sockets for OA equipment have at least 50 VA/m socket capacity. Also, level 4
is satisfied for communications, Gigabit communications lines are routed onto
each floor, and tenant EPS is ensured for communications between floors.

<Residential and Accommodation Sections>
Building type*

Htl･Apt

Level 1

Not adequate for level 2.

Level 2

Communications lines able to carry telephone and broadcasting are routed into
each dwelling or guest room.

Level 3

Level 2 is satisfied, and Internet services not adequate for level 4 are provided.

Level 4Each dwelling or guest room is equipped with a communications environment
able to use 100 Mbit-class broadband.

Level 5

Each dwelling or guest room is equipped with a communications environment
able to use Gbit-class broadband.

OA floors refer to raised-access system floors. Structures with equivalent functions can be
included in this category.

□Commentary
In a highly computerized society, the installation of IT equipment is essential for all functional
space in buildings. Measures in offices should go beyond just increasing the capacity of thesockets. As much consideration as possible should be given to the building and its services tofacilitate the addition of IT equipment, and the relocation of such equipment for layout changes.
Level 3 is the level currently demanded in normal circumstances, while level 5 requires a more
active approach. For communications in office buildings, level 3 or better requires vertical cabling
within the building, and level 5 requires capacity for Gigabit communications. The communications
media corresponding to these levels are optical fiber and LAN cables. Guidelines for optical fibers
have been written by the NPO Optical Fiber Promotion Council.
Since June 2005, it has become permissible to install optical fiber cable within service shafts.

■Bibliography 1), 39), 41), 42)

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

80

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

1.1.3 Barrier-free Planning

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt<Entire Building and Common Properties>
Off･Sch･Fct･Apt
AND
Rtl･Rst･Hal･Hsp･Htl(building with a total floor space of lessthan 2,000 m2)

Rtl･Rst･Hal･Hsp･Htl
Building type(building with a total floor space of morethan 2,000 m2)

Level 1

Not adequate for level 3.

Not adequate for level 3.

Level 2

(No corresponding level)(No corresponding level)

Level 3The building satisfies the standard foreasing building use (the minimum level)
under the New Barrier-free Building
Law.

At least half of the building satisfies thestandard for easing building use (theminimum level) under the New
Barrier-free Building Law.

Level 4The building satisfies the standard foreasing building use (the preferred level)
under the New Barrier-free Building
Law.

The building satisfies the standard foreasing building use (the minimum level)
under the New Barrier-free Building
Law.

Level 5The building exceeds the standard foreasing and guiding building use (thepreferred level) under the New
Barrier-free Building Law, achieving theuniversal design level.

The building satisfies the standard foreasing building use (the desirable level)
under the New Barrier-free Building
Law.

<Residential and Accommodation Sections> Inapplicable□Commentary
Functional building must be open to all people who have the possibility of using it.
The New Barrier-free Building Law (the Law for Promoting Mobility and Accessibility for the Agedand the Disabled and Others) sets mandatory minimum standards for easing and guiding building2
use (the preferred level) for all Rtl, Rst, Hal, Hsp, Htl, and similar facilities of 2,000 m or morethat are used by the general public.
As a mandatory goal to work towards, there is also the standard for easing and guiding buildinguse (the preferred level), which is intended to allow the use of the building without significant
impediment.
For this item, evaluate compliance with the New Barrier-free Building Law in the Entire Building
and Common Properties.
When determining whether at least half of the building satisfies criteria specified in the BuildingStandards for Mobility Facilitation, use the criteria checklist to determine if at least half of the items
are applicable by the appropriate consideration during building planning.
■Bibliography 43), 44), 45)

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

81

2014 Edition

1.2 Amenity
Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt<Entire Building and Common Properties>
Building type

Off･Fct

Rtl･RstLevel 1

Not adequate for level 3.

Not adequate for level 3.

Level 2

(No corresponding level)
Ceiling height of at least 2.5 m in office space
and windows provide all occupants with
sufficient awareness of the outsideenvironment.
Ceiling height of at least 2.7 m in office space
and windows provide all occupants with
sufficient awareness of the outsideenvironment.
Ceiling height of at least 2.9 m in office space
and windows provide all occupants with
sufficient awareness of outside theenvironment.

(No corresponding level)

Level 3

Level 4

Level 5

Building type

Ceiling height at least 3.0 m insales area.
Ceiling height at least 3.3 m insales area.
Ceiling height at least 3.6 m insales area.
Sch (Elementary/
Junior High/High Schools)

Sch (Universities, etc)

Level 1

Not adequate for level 2.

Not adequate for level 3.

Level 2

Ceiling height of at least 2.7 m in classrooms.

(No corresponding level)

Level 3Ceiling height of at least 3.0 m in classrooms.

Ceiling height at least 2.7 m inmost classrooms.

Level 4

Ceiling height of at least 3.1 m in classrooms.

(No corresponding level)

Level 5

Ceiling height of at least 3.2 m in classrooms.

Ceiling height exceeding 2.7 m inclassrooms.

<Residential and Accommodation Sections>
Building type

Hsp･Htl･Apt

Level 1

Not adequate for level 3.

Level 2

(No corresponding level)

Level 3Ceiling height at least 2.3 m in residential and accommodation sections.

Level 4

Ceiling height at least 2.5 m in residential and accommodation sections.

Level 5

Ceiling height at least 2.7 m in residential and accommodation sections.

□Commentary
Buildings should be evaluated from the point of view that spaces that are perceived as spacious by
their users and offer them good views are psychologically comfortable. Evaluate flat ceiling height,
taking beam shape into account. The ceiling height indicator used here is not necessarily directly
explanatory of comfort, but it appears to be effective in imparting various benefits, such as a senseof space and openness. Level 3 is the bare minimum currently required by related regulations innormal circumstances, while level 5 is regarded as extremely high, with reference to pastexamples.
If an elementary school has multiple ceiling heights specific to grades, the ceiling height of thehighest grade can be applied.
■Bibliography 1), 36), 39), 40)

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

Ｑ２

1.2.1 Perceived Spaciousness & Access to View

82

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

1.2.2 Space for Refreshment

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt<Entire Building and Common Properties>
Building type

Off･Fct

Rtl

Level 1

(No corresponding level)(No corresponding level)

Level 2

There is no refreshment space.

Not adequate for level 3.

Level 3

Refreshment space is less than 1% of theworking space.

Rest space is at least 2% of the sales
floor area.

Level 4

Refreshment space is at least 1% of theworking space.

Rest space is at least 3% of the sales
floor area

Level 5

Refreshment space accounts for at least 1%of the working space and refreshment
equipment such as a vending machine isprovided.

Rest space is at least 4% of the sales
floor area.

□Commentary
Office work is often highly stressful, and with the increasing use of IT there is more time spentconcentrating on the computer screen. The ability to go for relaxation and refreshment is essential
for comfortable office life.Space for refreshment in offices generate new vitality in occupants. Many
users spend extended periods in retail facilities, so a generous allowance of rest space for themwould enhance their comfort.
Levels of multi-tenant buildings may be determined as to whether their facility planning and otherrelated factors are on the premise of providing refreshment space (including sports facilities,
outdoor terrace spaces, etc.) as well as other refreshment equipment such as vending machines.
The refreshment space includes sports facilities, outdoor terrace spaces and the like. The vending
machines refer to facilities that provide drinks and snacks effective for refreshment. Other services
and systems that would provide similar functions shall also be included in the assessment.
Note) When refreshment space is divided from working space by partitions, plants or otherelements, it must be excluded from the working space floor area evaluated in 1.1.1.
■Bibliography 1), 39), 46)

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

83

2014 Edition

1.2.3 Décor Planning

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt<Entire Building and Common Properties>
Building type

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt

Level 1

Not adequate for level 3.

Level 2

(No corresponding level)

Level 3

Applicable to two of the efforts to be evaluated.

Level 4

Applicable to three of the efforts to be evaluated.

Level 5

Applicable to four of the efforts to be evaluated.

<Residential and Accommodation Sections>
Building type

Hsp･Htl･Apt

Level 1

Not adequate for level 3.

Level 2

(No corresponding level)

Level 3

Applicable to two of the efforts to be evaluated.

Level 4

Applicable to three of the efforts to be evaluated.

Level 5

Applicable to four of the efforts to be evaluated.

Efforts to be evaluatedNo.

Description

1

The concept of the building as a whole is well defined, and specific efforts toreflect the concept are made at the décor planning stage. (For example, shifting
to natural and ecological materials in a building with an ecological theme).

2

The functions required of the building have been clarified, and specific measures
to encourage those functions are indicated at the décor planning stage. (Forexample, in Hotels and similar facilities, the interior is perceived as living space,and natural materials such as wood and stone are introduced in deliberate efforts
to produce a living room-like atmosphere).

3

Specific measures were taken during décor planning to integrate the lighting
design (e.g. effective use of indirect lighting specific to activity type, décor
planning in consideration of color temperatures of a light source, etc.).

4

Mockups and interior perspectives are used to verify the décor planning in
advance.

□Commentary
There is no general standard for interior planning, so it is very difficult to evaluate this item.
However, it is an essential assessment item for the creation of attractive and pleasant spaces.
Evaluate whether or not there are specific efforts here that consider the concept or functions of theentire building.
■Bibliography 1), 46)

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

Ｑ２！ Application condition
For Hsp, evaluate the outpatient waiting rooms and the medical examining rooms as the common
areas of the Hsp (assessment criteria are common to both).

84

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

1.3 Maintenance
Under the Law for Maintenance of Sanitation in Buildings (Building Sanitation Law), specified
buidings are subject to the Sanitation Management Standards for Buildings. Standards require thatthe specified buildings include measures to maintain a healthy environment, such as air
conditioning and water supply management systems. Furthermore, buildings not included in thespecified building category but which have many users are also required to have management
systems equivalent to the specified buildings. In this assessment, maintenance includes cleaning
management (i.e. cleaning inside and outside the building) and public health management (i.e. airenvironment, water supply/drainage, pest control, waste disposal), as referred to in the Sanitation
Management Standards for Buildings.

1.3.1 Design That Considers Maintenance

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt<Entire Building and Common Properties>
Building typeLevel 1
Level 2
Level 3
Level 4
Level 5

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt(No corresponding level)
Building plan includes insufficient level of consideration of maintenance. (0-2applicable measures included)
Building plan includes standard level of consideration of maintenance. (3-5applicable measures included)
Building plan includes higher-than-standard level of consideration ofmaintenance. (6-8 applicable measures included)
Building plan includes excellent level of consideration of maintenance. (9 ormore applicable measures included)<Residential and Accommodation Sections> Inapplicable
Efforts to be evaluatedDescription(1) Interior finishes: Interior walls use finish methods, materials, paints or coatings that arehighly dirt resistant.
(2) Interior finishes: Floors use finish methods, materials, paints or coatings that are highly dirt
resistant.
(3) Décor planning: The design and structure of floors enables washing with water.
(4) Décor design: Design of interior walls and floors avoids creating dust traps and places toleave objects.
(5) Décor design: The first and second doors of windbreak lobbies are distanced so that they
are not open at the same time, or are otherwise designed to prevent the entry of dust, etc.
(6) Décor design: Floor materials with very different maintenance methods are not placed
close together.
(7) Exterior finishes: Exterior walls and glass are designed with highly dirt resistantconstruction materials, or with finishes such as weather-resistant paint and hydrophilic
properties.
(8) Facade design: exterior walls are designed to maintain clean surface conditions by
preventing water pooling and wet-dry effects from rain water by using rain flashing.
(9) Facade design: Measures have been applied to prevent damage from the droppings ofbirds (pigeons, crows, starlings, etc.).
(10) Facade design: Metal parts exposed on the exterior are plated or otherwise treatedagainst corrosion.
(11) Décor and exterior space design: Movement routes, including outdoor spaces andmanagement areas, are designed to eliminate steps as far as possible (steps not exceedingaround 5 mm).
(12) Other: Efforts have been made in areas other than the above, with consideration for maintenance.

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

85

2014 Edition(2) Judging from the design documents, choose at least one from 1. Toilets, 2. Rest and smoking rooms, 3.
Food handling spaces, 4. Waste handling spaces, and count that as an effort if consideration has
clearly been given to it consistently throughout the building.
* Dirt-prone floors are generally finished in materials that are porous and water-absorbent or
water-soluble, mainly carpet, concrete and natural stone. However, even if these materials are used,effort can be judged to have been made if the materials have a water-repellent treatment or
dirt-resistant coating. Also, avoid using construction materials that are extremely susceptible todeterioration, such as wood and sandstone, or, if such materials are used, make sure the structure
allows easy replacement.
(3) Judging from the design documents, effort can be judged to have been made if such consideration has
clearly been given consistently throughout the building.
* The design and structure that allow washing with water assume daily dry cleaning using a wet mop.
However, there should be no gaps or joints on the floor surface so it does not remain wet when verypolluted or after regular cleaning. In the case of double floors, the materials must permit the use ofwater, and wiring, etc. must be waterproofed.
(4) Judging from the design documents, effort can be judged to have been made if such consideration has
clearly been given consistently throughout the building.
* For design to avoid dust traps and placement of objects, evaluate avoidance of protrusions andindentations wherever possible, and the use of curved finishing between walls and floor, andwall-mounted or movable structures for toilets and other fixtures.
(5) Judging from the design documents, the basis for windbreak lobbies with primary and secondary doors
should be to provide a space of at least 1 m in which the automatic doors will not detect movement
within the lobby. If the space is less than 1 m, but the windbreak lobby has manual doors, theplacement of windbreak walls, etc. can be counted as an effort.
(6) Judging from the design documents, effort can be judged to have been made if such consideration has
clearly been given consistently throughout the building.
* Reference examples for the assessmenta) When floor materials for which a large amount of water should not be used for cleaning (flooring,cork, and natural fiber carpet) and those for which a large amount of water may be used for cleaning(vinyl, plastic sheets, stone, and tile carpet) are used in combination, regardless of the size of the area
subject to construction, the washing water is expected to soak in from between the joints, which would
cause various problems to the floor such as warps, stains and changes in color. However, if thepossibility of the infiltration of washing water is taken into consideration, and the joint strip is made as
wide as possible (about 5 cm), such efforts shall be included in the assessment.
b) When multiple floor materials, all of which allow water use for cleaning (vinyl, plastic sheets, stone
and tile carpet), are used, if different materials are used in combination alongside each other for an
extremely small space (about 30 to 50 m2), since each material requires a different cleaning method,cleaning cycle and detergent, we cannot say that the actual maintenance and management isadequately taken into account. Therefore, ideally, when constructing the floor, a small number ofmaterials should be used to cover as much space as possible.
In addition, the Manual for Facilities Development According to the Ordinance for Town Developmentin Welfare City Tokyo (2009 edition) indicates that the combined use of multiple floor materials thathave a wide range of slip resistance (more than 0.2 in C.S.R.) should be avoided since a suddenchange of slip resistance may involve the considerable risk of slipping or tripping over.
http://www.fukushihoken.metro.tokyo.jp/kiban/machizukuri/manu21/kenchiku.files/manu2009-08.pdf(7) Judging from the design documents, effort can be judged to have been made if consideration has
clearly been given consistently throughout the facade design of the building.
* The design should include prevention of acid rain effects and other measures appropriate to thecharacteristics of the local area of the building (e.g. proximity to the sea, cold climate region).

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

Ｑ２□Commentary(1) Judging from the design documents, choose at least one from 1. Toilets, 2. Elevator halls, 3. Escalators,
4. Rest and smoking rooms, 5. Waste handling spaces, and count that as an effort if consideration has
clearly been given to it consistently throughout the building.
* Dirt-prone walls are generally finished in materials that are porous and water-absorbent or
water-soluble (for example, cloth wall coverings and water-based paints). However, even if porous
and water absorbent materials are used, effort can be judged to have been made if structural
measures have been taken to avoid dirt, or if a dirt-preventive coating is applied. Also, avoid using
construction materials that are extremely susceptible to deterioration, such as mud walls, plasterand diatom earth, or, if such materials are used, make sure the structure allows easy replacement.

86

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition* Unless the building is located in an area where weather resistance is particularly desirable, whenhigh-level antifouling building materials or paints are used for the outer wall surfaces or glass
portions that would save the trouble of cleaning the outer walls as much as possible, such efforts
shall be taken into account in the assessment.
(8) Judging from the design documents, effort can be judged to have been made if consideration has
clearly been given consistently throughout the facade design of the building.
* With respect to efforts made in the building design, if the building is designed to stay clean and avoid
moisture (i.e., weathering at the opening portions or a sloping skylight that would drain rain water),such efforts shall be taken into account in the assessment.
The difference between (7) and (8) is that the former refers to the use of stain-resistant materials
and the latter refers to the stain-resistant structure.
(9) Judging from the design documents, effort can be judged to have been made if consideration has
clearly been given consistently throughout the cladding design for places where equipment concernedwith the Sanitation Management Standard for Building contacts the outside of the building.
* For example, avoid the installation of structural elements above water tanks where birds could
shelter from rain, rest and make nests.
(10) Judging from the design documents, effort can be judged to have been made if consideration has
clearly been given consistently throughout the facade design of the building.
* Metal elements such as external staircases, air conditioning equipment stands and ladders which
are only painted are difficult to protect from corrosion in the long term. It is preferable to use
stainless steel, or to apply anti-corrosion treatments such as plating.
(11) Judging from the design documents, effort can be judged to have been made if consideration has
clearly been given consistently throughout the décor design and exterior space design within the area
under the management of the building.
* A great deal of transportation of goods, devices and equipment is involved in maintenance andmanagement; buildings designed to have as few steps or bumps as possible are rated highly in theassessment.
* With respect to designs that have as few steps and bumps as possible, the JIS T9251 standard(2001) for guide blocks for the visually impaired (*1) specifies that the degree of unevenness should
be up to 5 mm.
(12) Unusual efforts not included in (1)-(11) above items should be evaluated as one point.
* When evaluating "Other" efforts, state in the assessment software what kind of effort has been made,and attach documentation clearly comprehensible to a third party.

1.3.2 Securing Maintenance Functions

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt！ Application condition
2
Level 3 is awarded to all buildings with a total floor space of 500 m or less.
<Entire Building and Common Properties>
Building type

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt

Level 1

(No corresponding level)

Level 2Insufficient level of measures have been taken to ensure functionality ofmaintenance system. (0-8 applicable measures in place)

Level 3Standard level of measures have been taken to ensure functionality ofmaintenance system. (4-6 applicable measures )Level 4Higher than standard level of measures have been taken to ensure functionalityof maintenance system. (7-9 applicable measures)

Level 5Extensive level of measures have been taken to ensure functionality ofmaintenance system. (10 or more applicable measures)）<Residential and Accommodation Sections> Inapplicablec 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

87

2014 Edition

I. Efforts to be evaluated (measures for specified buildings as referred to in the Law for Maintenance ofSanitation in Buildings)[1] Adequate space has been used for cleaning staff rooms, relative to the floor area.
[2] Adequate space has been used for cleaning equipment rooms, relative to the floor area.
[3] The cleaning equipment rooms have washing areas with drainage channels to safe
drainage facilities.
[4] Space is planned for washing and drying mops and rags, for the sake of hygiene.
[5] Adequate space has been provided for sorting waste, materials for recycling, and bulky
garbage items, relative to the floor area, and an easy way to move those materials outside has
been planned.
[6] Cleaning sinks are installed for each toilet, or for each floor.
[7] Cleaning equipment for each type of floor material has been anticipated, and the layout of electrical
receptacles (numbers and spacings) for use in cleaning work has been planned accordingly.
[8] Design ensures that maintenance work can be performed safely on exterior glass and walls,
air supply and vent holes, light fixtures and other fixtures in high places.
[9] Suitable levels of lighting for cleaning purposes can be set.
[10] Valves and other devices requiring day-to-day adjustment are installed in positions whichallow convenient operation.
[11] Inspection access holes for equipment concealed in ceiling voids are at least 600 x 600
mm.
[12] Equipment that is not in private areas can be accessed from common areas formaintenance.
[13] Other than the above, points related to securing maintenance functions have been
identified and implemented.
ll.Efforts to be evaluated (measures for buildings other than I.)
Description[1] Storage space for cleaning materials is included in the design.
[2] Sink for cleaning materials with safe drainage is installed.
* Hospital buildings secure, in addition to the above, a space in which washing machines forcleaning materials are installed, depending on the number of beds.
[3] Areas cleaned with water (e.g. washrooms, garbage storage, kitchens) are designed with a
2% gradient.
[4] Adequate space for waste material storage and removal is included in the design.
[5] Dedicated sinks or water taps are installed.
[6] Power outlets for outside/hallway cleaning are included in the design.
[7] Safety of maintenance activities in high places (e.g. exterior glass, vents, lighting fixtures) isaddressed in the design.
[8] Water traps under all sinks in washrooms, hot water rooms, and kitchens can be removed for cleaning.
[9] Devices requiring day-to-day adjustment (e.g. valves) are installed in positions which allow
convenient operation.
[10] Inspection access holes for equipment concealed in ceiling voids are at least 600 x 600 mm.
[11] Equipment that is not in private areas can be accessed from common areas for maintenance.
[12] Other than the above, points related to securing maintenance functions have been identified andimplemented.

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

Ｑ２

Description

88

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition□Commentary
For this assessment, evaluate the basic measures for achieving a high level of maintenance.
Verify that established measures correspond to the assessment criteria. Assessment levels are
determined by the total number of applicable measures taken.
Note that separate assessment criteria are applied to specified buildings as referred to in the Law
for Maintenance of Sanitation in Buildings and other types of buildings.
Ⅰ Framework for evaluating specified buildings in the Law for Maintenance of Sanitation in
Buildings[1] Judging from the design documents, judge an effort to have been made if the area is at least
0.2% of the floor area.
The staff room refers to the area for the cleaning personnel to rest, take a short nap, change
clothes, conduct administrative work, or store personal items. Space shared with otheroccupants of the building for similar use can also be applied.
* The list of management room areas surveyed in 56 buildings in "10 Rules of Design andConstruction for Better Maintenance," (Bibliography 48) published by the Building andEquipment Life Cycle Association found the average area of cleaning staff rooms to be 0.15%
of floor area.
[2] Judging from the design documents, judge an effort to have been made if the area is at least
0.2% of the floor area.
In buildings where space provided for storage of cleaning equipment or maintenance isinadequate, cleaning materials may have to be delivered in smaller quantities and more
frequently, thus increasing transportation-related load.
* The list of management room areas surveyed in 56 buildings in "10 Rules of Design andConstruction for Better Maintenance," (Bibliography 48) published by the Building andEquipment Life Cycle Association, found the average area of the room for cleaning materials
to be 0.12% of floor area. Cleaning equipment rooms are used to store cleaning chemicals
and similar substances, so it is preferable that they be in a sterile location.
[3] Judge from design documents.
* A cleaning utensils storage area requires a space for washing cleaning utensils after use. It
also needs to have drainage facilities connecting to the sewer or a septic tank, through which
the washing water is properly drained.
[4] Judge from design documents whether space has been provided for washing machines.
* A space, in which washing machines are installed, proportional to the building area, is also
taken into account in the assessment.
[5] Judging from the design documents, judge an effort to have been made if the area is at least
0.3% of the floor area.
* Calculate space requirements for waste, recyclable materials and bulky garbage based on theamounts of such materials anticipated in guideline standards set independently by local
authorities on installation areas of storage facilities for garbage and recyclables. According to
the standard installation area guidelines in some municipalities in Tokyo including Minato
Ward, Shinjuku Ward and Shinagawa Ward, the ratio of a storage space to the total floor
2
space shall be 0.29% for 50,000 m , taking an office building as an example. (Bibliography49)[6] Judge from design documents.
* Performing cleaning work efficiently requires provision of cleaning sinks for every set unit ofarea, to shorten movement times and distances. Judge whether a cleaning sink has been
installed for each toilet (meaning each group of male/female/multi-purpose toilets).
[7] Judge from design documents.
* Use of extension cables to compensate for lack of electrical receptacles increases hazards
such as cables melting from overheating and people tripping over cables. It is important to becareful not to interrupt users' ongoing activities inside the building by providing electric outlets

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)89

2014 Edition[8] Judge from design documents.
* Do not use designs that make work difficult, such as exterior glazing and walls with curves orextreme setbacks from the parapet, and design for safe work by installing a rooftop gondolasystem in buildings of 10 floors or more. Also judge whether design allows work from theceiling down with hoist equipment for cleaning and replacing the bulbs, etc. in light fixtures inhigh places.
[9] Judge from lighting design documents.
* Lighting for cleaning should not use all lights, to save energy, but a minimum level is required
to enable safe work, and for checking the results of cleaning, so judge whether a suitable levelof lighting has been set for cleaning.
The JIS general lighting standard provisions Z9110-2010 (Bibliography 23) state that therecommended level of illuminance in corridors shall be 100 lx. Further, the JIS general lighting
standard provisions Z9110-2011, which supplement the previous edition, state that the rangeof illuminance in consideration of power saving shall be between 150 lx and 75 lx. Therefore,
the desired illuminance is at least 75 lx, the lowest level of the illuminance range.
[10] Judge from design documents.
* For efficient maintenance, valves and other adjustment devices should be positioned where
they are easy to operate.
[11] Judge from design documents.
* Adequate space must be provided for tasks such as replacing filters and adjusting humidifiersin equipment installed in ceiling voids.
[12] Judge from design documents.
* For efficient maintenance, a plan is required that allows the work to proceed without impeding
the activities of residents.
[13] Unusual efforts not included in items [1]-[12] above should be evaluated as one point.
When evaluating "Other" efforts, state in the assessment software what kind of effort has been
made, and attach documentation clearly comprehensible to a third party.
* "10 Rules of Design and Construction for Better Maintenance," (Bibliography 48) published by
the Building and Equipment Life Cycle Association recommends that general construction andservice engineers, the management company and others should participate from the building
concept planning and basic design stages, providing advice on maintenance aspects, toassist effective maintenance and energy saving after completion of the building.
Ⅱ Efforts subject to the assessment in cases of buildings that do not fall under the specified
buildings prescribed in the Law for Maintenance of Sanitation in Buildings[1] Evaluate based on design documents if the described space is included.
In buildings where space provided for cleaning equipment storage and maintenance isinadequate, cleaning materials may have to be delivered in smaller quantities and more
frequently, thus increasing transportation-related load. Therefore, building design should include
appropriate space for this purpose.
* A dedicated room or locked storage space is recommended in order to prevent unauthorizedaccess or accidental food contamination by cleaning supplies.
[2] Evaluate based on design documents.
* Space for washing the cleaning equipment after use is secure, and the drainage system
connects to sewage line or septic tanks where cleaning liquid and waste water can beproperly treated.

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

Ｑ２

in a different power system at regular intervals for maintenance and management purposes.
As electric cords for cleaning devices are usually about 8 m to 15 m long, if a private electric
outlet in an independent power system is located within at least a diameter of about 30 m incommon passageways, such effort shall be taken into account in the assessment.

90

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition* Especially in hospitals, from the aspect of in-hospital infection countermeasures, the number ofcleaning brushes and cloths required is higher than other buildings. Therefore, a space forwashing and drying such cleaning utensils that is proportional to the number of beds isdefinitely required. For example, a hospital accommodating 200 beds would require at least 2
compact-size (4.5 kg) washing machines.
[3] Evaluate based on design documents if a gradient of approximately 2% is provided for thedescribed areas.
* The sanitation maintenance manual for large cooking facilities (MHLW, March 24, 1997,
Appendix of Eishoku (Food hygiene) No. 85, last revised on February 1, 2013, Shokuan(Food Safety) issue 0201, No. 2) (Bibliography 50) states that the building structure should
include an appropriate slope (about 2/100 degrees) and drain pipes (having about an ascentof 2/100 to 4/100 degrees) in the portion where water is used on the floor, so that the water iseasily drained away.
[4] Evaluate based on design documents if the described space is included.
* A dedicated room or locked storage space is recommended in order to prevent pest damage
and to protect the environment of surrounding areas.
[5] Evaluate based on design documents.
* Dedicated sinks placed at a regular interval (every floor) facilitates efficient execution ofcleaning tasks by shortening travel time and distance.
[6] Evaluate based on design documents.
* Due to change of functions of buildings that occur over time, availability of power outlets forcleaning equipment tends to become an issue. As such, system-specific power outlets must
be included in the building design.
[7] Evaluate based on design documents.
* Exterior glass and walls must be designed to facilitate smooth and safe execution of cleaningtasks. Also, evaluate whether ease of tasks such as cleaning lighting fixtures and bulb
changes is addressed in the building design.
[8] Evaluate based on design documents.
[9] Evaluate based on design documents.
* Devices requiring adjustment (e.g. valves) must be appropriately positioned to facilitate anefficient maintenance.
[10] Evaluate based on design documents.
* Adequate space to perform filter changes or humidifier adjustment for equipment in ceilingspace must be provided.
[11] Evaluate based on design documents.
* Building design must facilitate efficient maintenance by securing access to equipment without
impeding occupant activities.
[12] Award one point to other measures not described above.
Describe the measures in this category in the assessment software and provide
documentation that is understandable to third parties.
* In "10 Rules of Design and Construction for Better Maintenance," (Bibliography 48) publishedby the Building and Equipment Life Cycle Association, it is recommended that collaboration ofgeneral construction and service engineers and building management companies begin at theconcept planning and primary design stages. Their perspectives provide insight into effective
maintenance and energy-efficient systems for proper building operation.

■Bibliography 23), 47), 48), 49), 50)

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

91

2014 Edition

2. Durability & Reliability
Evaluate the building's performance in terms of its seismic capacity and occupant comfort inwindy conditions.

2.1.1 Earthquake-resistance
Building type

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt

Off･Sch (Universities, etc.)･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Hsp･Htl･Fct･Apt

Level 1

(No corresponding level)

Level 2

(No corresponding level)

Level 3The building's earthquake resistance meets the requirements of the BuildingStandard Law.

Level 4The building's earthquake resistance exceeds the requirements of the BuildingStandard Law by a 25% margin.

Level 5The building's earthquake resistance exceeds the requirements of the Building Standard
Law by a 50% margin. Alternatively, damage control design has been used.

Building type

Sch (Elementary/Junior High/High Schools)

Level 1

(No corresponding level)

Level 2The building's earthquake resistance meets the requirements of the BuildingStandard Law.

Level 3The building's earthquake resistance exceeds the requirements of the BuildingStandard Law by a 25% margin.

Level 4(No corresponding level)

Level 5The building's earthquake resistance exceeds the requirements of the Building Standard
Law by a 50% margin. Alternatively, damage control design has been used.

□Commentary
For this assessment, evaluate earthquake safety based on the building's seismic capacity.
The idea of levels is described as follows:(1) Buildings other than Sch (Elementary/Junior High/High Schools)
Level 3 is equivalent to the seismic capacity that satisfies requirements under the BuildingStandard Law. Level 1 and 2 are not applicable in practice as they would represent violations of
the law. Using the Housing Quality Assurance Act as reference, a 25% or greater increase inseismic capacity compared to level 3 earns a level 4, and a 50% or greater earns a level 5.
(2) Sch (Elementary/Junior High/High Schools)
The Research Study Concerning Earthquake Resistance and Other Related Matters in Educational
Facilities (1999 brief version), an appendix to the Promoting Improvement of Earthquake Resistance of
Educational Facilities (Notice from the director-general of educational facilities dated April 20, 1999),
indicates that it is desirable to consider enhancement of the seismic design force (by 1.25 times).
Accordingly, buildings that have a 25% increase in the earthquake resistance prescribed under the
Building Standard Law shall be rated as Level 3, and those whose earthquake resistance meets thelevel required in the Act shall be rated as Level 2. As to Level 5, the same rules as for buildings otherthan schools (elementary, junior high and high schools) shall apply.
In cases where design includes damage control systems, level 5 is awarded on the basis that ahigh seismic capacity level is assumed. The damage control systems include use of seismic
isolation devices such as elasto-plastic dampers and low-yield steels.
Seismic isolation and vibration damping devices that are mainly intended to improve occupancy
comfort by reducing the impact of seismic motion and strong winds are excluded in this category
and evaluated under 2.1.2 Seismic Isolation & Vibration Damping Systems (systems that mainly
target earthquake impact control are referred to as seismic isolation systems and others as

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

Ｑ２

2.1 Earthquake Resistance92

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

vibration damping systems).
When determining increased seismic capacity, refer to the following:(1) Allowable stress design
The judgment is based on the importance factor, seismic story shear coefficient Ci, and otherrelated elements.
When the building proceeds to the secondary design, and the degree of increase is different in the
primary design and secondary design, the assessment is based on the secondary design.
(2) Limit load-bearing calculation
Evaluate based on the increase in external force.
When the building proceeds to the secondary design, the assessment shall include both thedamage boundary and safety limit.
(3) Time-history response calculation
Analyze the values of seismic ground motion or the inter-story deformation angles. Award level 4
when values exceed the level required in the Building Standard Law by 25%, and level 5 whenvalues exceed 50%.
Further, input values of the seismic motion in accordance with the method prescribed in the
Ministry of Construction Notification No. 1461 in 2000 or its equivalent are rated as Level 3. Further,
the inter-story deflection angle of 1/100, a value which is often used as a guide for seismic motions
occurring in extremely rare situations, is rated as Level 3.
Perform the assessment in consultation with the structural engineer, as some of the building's
structural calculation data are required for calculation.

2.1.2 Seismic Isolation & Vibration Damping Systems
Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt
Building type

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt

Level 1

(No corresponding level)

Level 2

(No corresponding level)

Level 3

No seismic isolation or vibration damping system is used.

Level 4

A vibration damping system is installed. Improved comfort in strong wind is considered.

Level 5

A seismic isolation system is used.

□Commentary
For this item, evaluate performance in preventing or reducing sway due to strong wind or
earthquake. Specifically, consider improved comfort in strong wind and protection of internal
equipment and fixtures in earthquakes.
In cases where a seismic isolation system is installed, award level 5 on the basis that protection ofindoor service equipment is ensured. Award level 4 when a vibration damping system intended to
improve occupancy comfort during strong winds is installed.
Vibration damping elements, such as elastoplastic dampers, can help to improve earthquake
resistance of any frame, but they should be evaluated under "2.1.1 Earthquake-resistance," asdamage control design (systems that mainly target earthquakes are named "earthquake damping,"
others are named "vibration damping").
However, when a seismic damping system is used that also prevents sway in warm wind, it can be
judged to be an installed seismic damping system and evaluated at level 4.
When designers evaluate this item, they must refer to parts of the structural calculation records, so
consultation with the structural engineer is advised.

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

93

2014 Edition

2.2 Service Life of Components

2.2.1 Service Life of Structural Materials
Building type

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt

Level 1

(No corresponding level)

Level 2

(No corresponding level)

Level 3

Level equivalent to Grade 1 in the assessment standards for wood, steel frameand concrete structures (MLIT directive 151 issued in 2014, regarding Section 3.
Reduction of Deterioration in the Japan Housing Performance Standards, underthe Housing Quality Assurance Act)

Level 4

Level equivalent to Grade 2 in the assessment standards for wood, steel frameand concrete structures (MLIT directive 151 issued in 2014, regarding Section 3.
Reduction of Deterioration in the Japan Housing Performance Standards, underthe Housing Quality Assurance Act)

Level 5

Level equivalent to Grade 3 in the assessment standards for wood, steel frameand concrete structures (MLIT directive 151 issued in 2014, regarding Section 3.
Reduction of Deterioration in the Japan Housing Performance Standards, underthe Housing Quality Assurance Act)

□Commentary
In this assessment, evaluate the service life of structural materials, not of the structure itself.
Award appropriate levels in accordance with the grades referred to in the Housing Quality
Assurance Act. The Japan Housing Performance System was developed for residential buildings
only; however, for this assessment, it was determined to be applicable to other building types since
the system only stipulates a minimum level of concrete cover depth (i.e. Grade 1 level that satisfies
requirements under the Building Standard Law).
Fibre reinforcement is not included in this category as it is intended mainly to prevent building
collapse caused by explosion or rupture in the event of fire.
(Reference) Japan Housing Performance Standard "3.1 Deterioration Countermeasure Grades(structural skeletons, etc.)"
Deterioration
The level of measures to prolong the period before replacement of materials
Countermeasure grade used in structural skeletons etc. or other large-scale refurbishment work is(structural skeletons etc.) required.
Grade 3

Measures have been applied as necessary to extend the period before
large-scale refurbishment work is required to three generations (around75-90), under normally-expected natural conditions and maintenance.

Grade 2

Measures have been applied as necessary to extend the period before
large-scale refurbishment work is required to two generations (around50-60), under normally-expected natural conditions and maintenance.

Measures stipulated under the Building Standard Law have been applied.
Grade 1
For more details, refer to the assessment standards under the Japan Housing PerformanceStandard (MLIT directive No. 151 issued in 2014).

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

Ｑ２

Evaluate the service life of building components by category (i.e. structural materials, exterior wallfinishing materials, main interior finishing materials, ventilation ducts, waterpipes for air
conditioning system and plumbing systems, and main service equipment).
In this assessment, service life does not refer to the social lifespan of construction materials. For
example, the social lifespan of building materials used in a project which operates for a short timeends at the time when the project is terminated and the building is no longer used. Service life
refers to the expected period of life which ends when the material or equipment breaks down orloses its required physical functions.
In achieving the target performance set in the building plan, it is also important to ensure accurate
construction. For this assessment, it is assumed the building and the systems were constructedwith sufficient accuracy. However, lower grades are given if the intended performance is notrealized when the building is in operation.

94

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

2.2.2 Necessary Refurbishment Interval for Exterior Finishes
Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt
Building type

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt

Level 1Less than 10 years

Level 210 years or more, less than 20 years

Level 320 years

Level 421 years or more, less than 30 years

Level 530 years or more□Commentary
In this assessment, repair intervals of exterior wall finishes refers to the intervals at which the walls
no longer function properly and repair work requiring scaffolding is carried out.
Ideally, service life of components should be determined by a thorough investigation by theassessor with regard to material lifespan catagorically based on the building life cycle plan andshould be verified by the manufacturers. Alternatively, however, service life values for exterior
walls and curtain walls specified in Appendix 1 can be applied. Further, Appendix 1 consists of 2
parts. In the assessment, figures provided by the Government Buildings Department shall be used.
However, in cases where no applicable figures are available, those provided by the BELCA or theArchitectural Institute of Japan indicated in the Reference Table may be used instead. As such, theassessor is required to specify the name of the standard being applied and the reasons for suchselection.
In cases where the targeted material is not included in Appendix 1, or specific external elements
causing deterioration exist (e.g. coastal location with high likelihood of salt damage), verify
individually with manufacturers and other sources.
When multiple components are used, evaluate based on the shortest repair interval.
■Bibliography 51)

2.2.3 Necessary Renewal Interval for Main Interior Finishes
Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt
Building type

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl

Apt

Level 1Less than 5 years

Less than 10 years

Level 25 years or more, less than 10 years

10 years or more, less than 15 years

Level 310 years

15 years

Level 4

11 years or more, less than 20 years

16 years or more, less than 25 years

Level 520 year or more

25 years or more□Commentary
In this assessment, renewal intervals of interior finishes refer to the intervals at which reinstallationof finishing materials or replacement of surface components occur.
Ideally, service life of components should be determined by a thorough investigation by theassessor with regard to material lifespan, catagorically based on the building life cycle plan andshould be verified by the manufacturers. Alternatively, however, the service life values for floors,interior walls and ceilings specified in Appendix 1 can be applied. Further, Appendix 1 consists of 2
parts. In the assessment, figures provided by the Government Buildings Department shall be used.

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

95

2014 Edition

When multiple components are used, evaluate based on the shortest renewal interval.
In assessing Hsp, Htl and Apt, evaluate based on the large occupied rooms in the building (i.e.
in-patient rooms, or examining rooms if larger, guest rooms, dwelling units).

2.2.4 Necessary Replacement Interval for Air Conditioning and Ventilation Ducts
Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt
Building type

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt

Level 1

(No corresponding level)

Level 2

(No corresponding level)

Level 3

Zinc-plated steel sheet used almost throughout.

Level 4

Exposed exterior ducts, kitchen venting ducts, high-humidity venting ducts andsimilar applications that would have shorter service lives than other applications
when made from zinc-plated steel sheet are made from stainless steel orGalvalume to extend service life. Alternatively, appropriate provision has been
made for drainage of internal condensation.

Level 5At least 90% of exposed exterior ducts, kitchen venting ducts, high-humidity
venting ducts and similar applications that would have shorter service lives thanother applications when made from zinc-plated steel sheet are made fromstainless steel or Galvalume to extend service life.

□CommentaryThis item evaluates the longevity of air conditioning and ventilation ducts.
The assessment method is based on the countermeasures used in duct specifications to lengthen
the lifespan of ducts likely to have reduced service lives if they were built with standard
specification (zinc-plated steel, etc.).

2.2.5 Necessary Renewal Interval for HVAC and Water Supply and Drainage Pipes
Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt
Building type

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt

Level 1

(No corresponding level)

Level 2

(No corresponding level)

Level 3

D or better used in almost all the top three main building types.

Level 4C or better used in at least two of the top three main building types.

Level 5B or better used in at least two of the top three main building types, and E is not
used.

□CommentaryThis item evaluates the longevity of HVAC and water pipes for water supply and drainage.
The method is to evaluate the materials and jointing methods used in the top three main buildingc 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

Ｑ２

However, in cases where no applicable figures are available, those provided by the BELCA or theArchitectural Institute of Japan indicated in the Reference Table of Appendix 1 may be usedinstead. Some items on the lists have multiple values. As such, the assessor is required to specify
the name of the standard being applied and the reasons for such selection.
In cases where the targeted material is not included in Appendix 1, or specific external elements
causing deterioration exist (e.g. coastal location with high likelihood of salt damage), verify
individually with manufacturers and other sources.

96

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

types, and the degree of lifespan extension achieved.
The top three building types are the ones with the largest total weights of pipe in the building, andthose should be evaluated. In buildings with only water supply and drainage, apply the above withtwo building types in place of three, and with one in place of two.
Refer to "Techniques to improve the Durability of Building Services" Building Maintenance &Management Center (1986) to judge types B-D.
First, determine the service life of pipe types B-D based on material and usage. Second, if themethod to connect the pipes improves the grade, apply the higher results. However, if the method
shows a lower grade, apply the first grade. If pipe material or connection method not included in
the list is used, verify with manufacturers and evaluate based on equivalent usage and method.

■ Reference: Assessment criteria for air conditioning and plumbing pipes
Pipe system typeType

Reference: joining method
WeldedCarbon-steel pipe for SGP
plumbing (white)

C

C

C

C

VLP

B

C

C

E

A

C

C

Polyethylene
powder-lined steel pipe

PLP

B

C

C

E

A

C

C

Stainless steel pipe forgeneral plumbing

SUS

C

C

Copper pipe

CUP

C

D

Lead pipe for drainage

LP

Rigid PVC pipe

VP

Heat-resistant PVC pipeHT

Polyethylene pipe forwater pipe

PEP

B
B

B
C

C

C

A

A

B

B

E

C

C

C

C

D

E

D

C

B

PVC-lined steel pipe

C

E

E

C

C
A

B

B
B

A
B

A

A

C

C

C

C

C

B

B

A

A
B

B

Lead caulking

C

Soft solder

C

TIG welding

C

B
C

Other

Adhesive

Mechanically-jointed

No-hub joint

Soldered

Pull out resistantElectrical welding

Material welding

Wrapping flange

Pipe-end coreD

Plated joints

D

ScrewedOil supply

E

Other

Fire extinguishing

B

Water circulation

AC

Air supplyAC

Hot waterAD

Hot and cold water

CIP

Carbon-steel pipe for SGP
plumbing (white)

Cooling water

Code

Cast-iron pipe for water system

Air venting

Misc. drainage

Sewage drain

Hot water supply

Water supply

Pipe materials

Steam

Rubber water stop

A/C

Hard solder

Sanitation

C

B
B

C
C

C

C

*1 Expected service life: A: 60 years or more, B: 40 years or more, C: 30 years or more, D: 20 years or more, and E: 15 years or more
*2 Assumed setting: use in a general office building*3 Based on interior conditions only; anticorrosion performance of pipe exterior not considered*4 Based on pipe performance only; specific water treatment not considered*5 Copper tubes used for refrigerant pipes shall be set as C. (See Appendix at the end of this manual.)

Source: Service Life Improvement Technology for Building Equipment, published by Building Maintenance & Management
Center in 1986 (*5 was added).

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

97

2014 Edition

2.2.6 Necessary Renewal Interval for Major Equipment and Services
Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt
Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt

Level 1Less than 7 years

Level 2

7 years or more, less than 15 years

Level 315 years

Level 416 years or more, less than 30 years

Level 530 years or more

□解 説
In this assessment, evaluate the repair and replacement intervals of main service equipment.
Main service equipment refers to the following devices:(1) For building types other than Apt, this refers to major equipment and services necessary for thebuilding to function, specifically power receiver and transformer equipment, generators, boilers,chillers, air conditioners, water tanks, pumps and other equipment.
(2) For Apt, it refers to the devices necessary for people to live in the building, such as water
heaters, room air conditioning, water tank and pumps.
Base data for renewal intervals for main service equipment are not yet complete. As such, a legal
service life of 15 years is considered as level 3 in this category, 16 to 30 years as level 4, and 30
years or more as level 5.
Evaluate using the following approach:(1) Identify the renewal interval of the devices most extensively used for each main service
eqipment based on the number of units and equipment capacity.
(2) Of such devices, determine the level based on the device with the shortest interval.
(3) Base the evaluation on the service life values for electrical equipment and mechanicalequipment specified in Appendix 1.
* Appendix 1 consists of 2 parts. In the assessment, figures provided by the Government Buildings
Department shall be used. However, in cases where no applicable figures are available, those
provided by the BELCA or the Architectural Institute of Japan indicated in the Reference Table
may be used instead. Some items on the lists have multiple values. As such, the assessor isrequired to specify the name of the standard being applied and the reasons for such selection.
In cases where subject materials are not included in Appendix 1, or specific external factors
causing deterioration exist (e.g. coastal location with high likelihood of salt damage), verify
individually with manufacturers and other sources. In assessing service equipment not includedin Appendix 1 with no specific external factors causing deterioration, evaluate renewal intervals
based on a typical office building operation (approximately 250 operation hours per month).
In cases where renewal work can reasonably be expected to take place when the device with theshortest service life reaches its renewal time, apply its service life value as a representative value.
When the renewal of the device with the shortest service life can be postponed until other work
becomes necessary, use its service life value as the work time and apply it as a representativevalue.
■Bibliography 51)

2.3 Appropriate Renewal
Inapplicable under CASBEE for Building (New Construction)c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

Ｑ２

Building type98

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

2.4 Reliability
Reliability expresses the ability of the building to maintain its functions in the event of an earthquake,other natural disaster or major accident. The following items (1)-(5) are evaluated here for the extent towhich their functions can be maintained in the event of an earthquake or other disaster. (1) HVAC
system, (2) water supply and drainage, (3) electrical equipment, (4) support method of machines andducts, (5) communications and IT equipment.

2.4.1 HVAC System

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt

Off･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl
Sch･Rtl･Rst･Apt
Building type (building with a total floor space of more (building with a total floor space of morethan 2,000 m2)
than 2,000 m2)
Level 1

No efforts to be evaluated.

No efforts to be evaluated.

Level 2

(No corresponding level)(No corresponding level)

Level 3

Applicable to one of the efforts to beevaluated. Alternatively, there is nocentralized HVAC system.

Applicable to one of the efforts to beevaluated. Alternatively, there is nocentralized HVAC system.

Level 4

Applicable to two of the efforts to beevaluated.

(No corresponding level)

Level 5

Applicable to three or more of theefforts to be evaluated.

Applicable to two or more of the efforts
to be evaluated.

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt

Building type(building with a total floor space of less than 2,000 m2)

Level 1

(No corresponding level)

Level 2

(No corresponding level)

Level 3

No applicable measure is established

Level 4

One applicable measure is established

Level 5

Two or more applicable measures are established

Efforts to be evaluated
No.
1
2
3

4

Efforts to be evaluatedCircuits are divided according to the importance of their ventilation equipment,
and more important circuits are given priority in operation after a disaster. Also,
ways of running the ventilation with reduced load capacity have been examined.
Dispersion and duplication of heat source types (electricity, gas, etc.), withbackups.
Countermeasures (such as suspended pipes) have been taken to ensure that
overall function can continue even when the building is partially damaged by anearthquake.
Circuits are divided according to the importance of their air conditioning
equipment, and more important circuits are given priority in operation after adisaster. Also, ways of running the air conditioning with reduced load capacity
have been examined.

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

99

2014 Edition

2.4.2 Water Supply & Drainage
Building type

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt

Off･Sch･Hal･Hsp･Htl･Fct･Apt

Rtl･RstLevel 1

No efforts to be evaluated.

No efforts to be evaluated.

Level 2

Applicable to one of the efforts to beevaluated.

Applicable to one of the efforts to beevaluated.

Level 3

Applicable to two of the efforts to beevaluated.

Applicable to two of the efforts to beevaluated.

Level 4

Applicable to three of the efforts to beevaluated.

(No corresponding level)

Level 5

Applicable to four or more of the efforts
to be evaluated.

Applicable to three or more of theefforts to be evaluated.

Efforts to be evaluatedNo.

Efforts to be evaluated1

Water-saving equipment is used.
This is limited to cases where it is used on a majority of the installed equipment.
Water-saving devices are those approved as Eco Mark products, or thoseequivalent to water-saving equipment that is the approval standard for Eco Markproducts (Toilet bowls: approx. 6 L/use, urinals: approx. 4 L/use).

2

Plumbing systems are separated as far as possible to reduce the portions that
become unserviceable in the event of a disaster.

3

The building has a pit for temporary waste water storage, in case mains sewerage
is unavailable after a disaster.

4

The building has two separate tanks, one for water reception and one elevated tank.

5

Planning enables the use of well water, gray water, etc.

6

The building is equipped with a simple filtration system allowing conversion of rainwater to potable water in the event of a disaster (Not applied to Rtl and Rst).

7

A faucet is provided in the water tank so that the water may be used for drinking incase of a power outage due to a disaster.

□Commentary
In this category, the reliability of water and sanitation systems is evaluated based on the number ofreliability improvement measures that have been established.
Unlike assessment under "LR2.1.1 Water Conservation," the use of water-saving devices
described in Item 1 of this section is assessed with respect to effective use of potable water in theevent of a disaster. Also, a partitioned water receiving tank described in Item 2 is not counted as
two units.
Measures not listed but which are equivalent to items in the criteria can be included in theassessment.

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

Ｑ２□Commentary
In this category, the reliability of air conditioning and ventilation systems is evaluated based on thenumber of reliability improvement measures that have been established.
Assessment is intended for operation management systems for air conditioning and ventilationequipment that covers multiple occupied rooms. Buildings with no such centrally-controlled operation
system are awarded level 3.
2
Most buildings with a gross floor area of less than 2,000 m are equipped with multi-split air conditioning
systems. In these cases, redundancy measures for air conditioning systems and key electrical systems
for areas such as a small-sized computer section earn additional points.
Measures not listed but which are equivalent to items in the criteria can be included in the assessment.

100

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

2.4.3 Electrical Equipment

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt
Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt

Building type(building with total floor space of more than 2,000 m2)

Level 1

No efforts to be evaluated.

Level 2

(No corresponding level)

Level 3

Applicable to one or more of the efforts to be evaluated.

Level 4

Applicable to three of the efforts to be evaluated.

Level 5

Applicable to four or more of the efforts to be evaluated.
Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt

Building type(building with total floor space of less than 2,000 m2)

Level 1

(No corresponding level)

Level 2

(No corresponding level)

Level 3

No efforts to be evaluated.

Level 4

Applicable to one of the efforts to be evaluated.

Level 5

Applicable to two or more of the efforts to be evaluated.

Efforts to be evaluatedNo.

Description

1

Emergency generator is installed.

2

Uninterruptible power supply system is installed

3

Redundant power receiving system for key service equipment is installed.

4

Measures described in Item A and B below have been established in order to avoid
power outages or damage to data network caused by flooding in power supply
equipment or precision machinery (in apartments, circuit breakers, distribution
boards, etc.), or Item C applies.
A. Power supply equipment and precision machinery are not installed below
ground level.
B. Water blocking devices (e.g. waterproof doors and panels, raised mounds, dry
ditches) and drainage system (e.g. pumps, etc.) are installed to prevent
flooding below ground level.
C. No danger of flooding.
2(Not applicable to buildings with a total floor space of less than 2,000 m )5Wiring is installed for lighting and other equipment available when connected to a
power-supply car.

6

Power supply is secured from two different substations.

□Commentary
In this category, the reliability of electrical systems is evaluated based on the number of reliability
improvement measures that have been established.
As with assessment under "2.4.1 Air Conditioning and Ventilation System," most small-sizedbuildings are equipped with emergency generators and an uninterruptible power supply system forareas such as a small computer section. In these cases, such measures earn additional points.
Measures not listed but which are equivalent to items in the criteria can be included in theassessment.

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

101

2014 Edition

2.4.4 Support Method of Machines & Ducts

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Hsp･Htl･Fct･Apt

Level 1

Not adequate for level 3.

Level 2

(No corresponding level)

Level 3

†1
Earthquake resistance class B (Human safety is assured and secondary
damage prevented after a major earthquake). Or, the design lateral seismic
coefficient KH is more than 1.0 after conducting the dynamic analysis.

Level 4

Earthquake resistance class A (In addition to Class B, important functions can be
secured without major repairs). Or, the design lateral seismic coefficient KH is
more than 1.5 after conducting the dynamic analysis.

Level 5

Earthquake resistance class S (In addition to Class A, all functions can be
secured without major repairs). Or, the design lateral seismic coefficient KH is
more than 2.0 after conducting the dynamic analysis.

□Commentary
Support methods for machinery and ducts are also important factors in improving reliability by
maintaining functionality in the event of a disaster. In this assessment, evaluate the reliability ofsuch supporting methods.
Level 3, a standard requirement level equivalent to Class-B seismic performance or the design
lateral seismic coefficient KH=1.0, is awarded when machinery and duct support measures ensure
prevention of injury to occupants in the event of a disaster. Level 4, equivalent to Class-A seismic
performance or if the design lateral seismic coefficient KH is more than 1.5, is awarded when suchsupport measures ensure not only occupant safety but also prevent key machinery and ducts fromfalling and facilitate continuous operation. The highest standard, level 5, equivalent to Class-S
seismic performance or if the design lateral seismic coefficient KH is more than 2, applies when allmachinery and ducts in the building are protected from falling and continuous operation is ensured.
Refer to Seismic Design and Construction Guidelines for Buildings Service Systems, published by
the Building Center of Japan, for specific criteria for Class B, A and S.
■Bibliography 52), 53)†1

Concept of "earthquake resistance class" is quoted from "Design and Construction Guidelines
for Earthquake Resistance in Building Services, 1997 Edition."c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

Ｑ２

Building type

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt

102

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

2.4.5 Communications & IT Equipment
Building type

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Hsp･Htl･Fct･Apt

Level 1

No efforts to be evaluated.

Level 2

Applicable to one of the efforts to be evaluated.

Level 3

Applicable to two of the efforts to be evaluated.

Level 4

Applicable to three of the efforts to be evaluated.

Level 5

Applicable to four of the efforts to be evaluated.

Efforts to be evaluatedNo.

Efforts to be evaluated1

Communications methods are diversified, using optical fiber cable, metal cable,
cellular telephone network, PHS network and others.

2

Connections are made from two telephone exchanges to secure two
communications links.

3Countermeasures Item A and B below have been taken or Item C applies, inorder to avoid damage to data networks due to water percolation into precision
machinery.
A. Installation of precision machinery below ground is avoided.
B. Devices to prevent the groundwater percolation (waterproof doors,
waterproof panels, embankments, dry ditches) and drainage equipment(pumps, etc.) are installed.
C. No danger of water percolation.

4

Wire telephones, FAX and community emergency radio systems are installed incase of a disaster.

5

Disaster information is available through a cable TV or other channels in theevent of a disaster.

6

An uninterruptible power supply system is installed for network devices.

□Commentary
In this category, the reliability of communications cables is evaluated based on the number ofreliability improvement measures that have been established.
Measures not listed but which are equivalent to items in the criteria can be included in theassessment.

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

103

2014 Edition

3. Flexibility & Adaptability
In this category, evaluate the floor-to-floor height and flexibility in floor layout with respects toadaptability to potential change in building use.
In Hsp, Htl and Apt, main occupied rooms on a standard floor are often located in residential or
accommodation areas of the building. As such, evaluate those rooms under the residential andaccommodation sections in this category. In the case of Hsp, the category includes in-patient
rooms. Other rooms such as examination rooms are evaluated under the common properties
section.

3.1.1 Allowance for Floor-to-floor Height

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt<Entire Building and Common Properties>
Building type

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Fct･Hsp(building with total floor space of more than 2,000 m2)

Level 1Less than 3.3 m

Level 2

3.3 m or more, less than 3.5 m

Level 3

3.5 m or more, less than 3.7 m

Level 4

3.7 m or more, less than 3.9 m

Level 5

3.9 m or more
Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Fct･Hsp(building with total floor space of less than 2,000 m2)

Building typeLevel 1Less than 3.1 m

Level 2

3.1 m or more, less than 3.3 m

Level 3

3.3 m or more, less than 3.5 m

Level 4

3.5 m or more, less than 3.7 m

Level 5

3.7 m or more

<Residential and Accommodation Sections>
Building type

Hsp･Htl

Apt

Level 1Less than 3.3 m

Less than 2.7 m

Level 2

3.3 m or more, less than 3.5 m

2.7 m or more, less than 2.8 m

Level 3

3.5 m or more, less than 3.7 m

2.8 m or more, less than 2.9 m

Level 4

3.7 m or more, less than 3.9 m

2.9 m or more, less than 3.0 m

Level 5

3.9 m or more

3.0 m or morec 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

Ｑ２

3.1 Spatial Margin

104

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition□Commentary
In this category, evaluate whether the floor-to-floor height is sufficient to facilitate potential change
in building use, system changes and/or system reinforcement, or for occupant comfort.
In assessing Off, Hsp, Htl and Apt, evaluate floor-to-floor height of a standard floor. For otherbuilding types, evaluate the average value of the entire building.
Determine levels according to the following criteria:
Level 1: Changing building types and equipment is extremely difficult.
Level 2: Changing building types and equipment is difficult.
Level 3: Changing building types and equipment is moderately difficult.
Level 4: Changing building types and equipment is relatively easy.
Level 5: Changing building types and equipment is easy.

3.1.2 Flexibility in Floor Layout

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Hsp･Htl･Fct･Apt<Entire Building and Common Properties>
Building type

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Hsp･Fct

Level 1

0.7 ≦ [Wall length/area ratio]

Level 20.5 ≦ [Wall length/area ratio] < 0.7

Level 30.3 ≦ [Wall length/area ratio] < 0.5

Level 40.1 ≦ [Wall length/area ratio] < 0.3

Level 5[Wall length/area ratio] < 0.1<Residential and Accommodation Sections>
Building type

Hsp･Htl･Apt

Level 1

0.7 ≦ [Wall length/area ratio]

Level 20.5 ≦ [Wall length/area ratio] < 0.7

Level 30.3 ≦ [Wall length/area ratio] < 0.5

Level 40.1 ≦ [Wall length/area ratio] < 0.3

Level 5[Wall length/area ratio] < 0.1

Wall length/area ratio is calculated by the following equation.
Length of perimeter walls (m) + length of bearing walls (m)Wall length/area ratio =c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

Exclusive area (m2)CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

105

2014 Edition■Points to consider concerning calculation subjects
If the calculation subject is a non-residential building type, calculate for one standard floor. For
residential building types, take the main occupied rooms.
■Calculation method for non-residential building types(1) Equipment spaces (PS, EPS, EV shafts) should be considered to be "areas for which room
configuration cannot be altered to accommodate future usage," and excluded from the exclusivearea.
(2) The walls of equipment spaces (PS, EPS, EV shafts) could become constraints on "areas forwhich room configuration can be altered to accommodate future usage (exclusive area)," soenter the length of such walls adjoining exclusive areas into the calculation as "length ofload-bearing walls."(3) The walls around courtyards surrounded by the building should be entered in the calculation as
exterior walls.
Example 1: For the center core
- Deduct the center core portion from the exclusive area.
- If the center core is surrounded by load-bearing walls, count them asload-bearing walls.
- Count other load-bearing walls, if there are any.
- The length of peripheral walls is the shaded area on the diagram on
the left.
* The core is the portion containing staircases, elevators and otherelements.
Example 2: For a side coreA

- Deduct the side core portion from the exclusive area.
- If there are load-bearing walls, count those in area A as load-bearing
walls.
- Count other load-bearing walls, if there are any.
- The length of peripheral walls is the shaded area on the diagram on theleft.

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

Ｑ２□Commentary
In this category, evaluate the flexibility in the floor layout based on the wall length/area ratio.
The wall length/area ratio indicates a fixed degree of a particular area. Lower values indicate ahigher flexibility in the floor layout.
Determine levels according to the following criteria:
Level 1: Scope for planning equipment and spaces is extremely limited by the building structure.
Level 2: Scope for planning equipment and spaces is limited by the building structure.
Level 3: There is freedom for planning equipment and spaces.
Level 4: There is ample freedom for planning equipment and spaces.
Level 5: There is a high level of freedom for planning equipment and spaces.

106

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition■Calculation method for residential building types(1) Columns with attached walls (regardless of whether they are load-bearing walls) or
free-standing interior columns should be added to the numerator as the long side x 3 (a x 3).
(2) For apartments, include water supply and drainage pipes in exclusive areas. The calculation
method for PS with attached walls or free-standing interior PS is to add the long side x 3 (b x 3)
for walls to conceal pipes, or the diameter x3 (c x 3) of the fattest pipe if there is no concealing
wall, to the numerator.
(3) If there is PS (or MB) facing outside, count the point of contact with the PS (or MB) as the endof the load-bearing walls (d).
(4) In walls with braces installed, add the distance between centers (e) to the numerator as
load-bearing wall. Conversely, do not count party walls that are not load bearing.
(5) Judge the length of exterior walls by the center-to-center length (f).
(6) If there is an open corridor, add the length of the wall side of the corridor as length of exteriorwall. However, if there is PS (MB) facing the corridor, add the length of contact between the PS(MB) and the exclusive area, and the lengths of walls of other areas on the corridor side, as
shown in the diagram below (g). If there is a middle corridor do not add the length on thecorridor side to the length of exterior wall.
dExterior wall side

Corridor(Load-bearing wall)
b
⑤

PS

③
PS, etc②

f(Exterior wall)①a⑥
Length g
c= diameter(With braces)eWith no concealing
wall

Reference diagram for residential building types (Example of an apartment with an open corridor)

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

107

2014 Edition

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt

The building's floor load margin is evaluated to consider the potential for future changes of buildingtype.
For Htl and Apt, the main areas that correspond to occupied rooms of standard floors are theresidential and accommodation sections, so evaluate this item under <Residential andAccommodation Sections>. For Hsp, evaluate for both the main occupied rooms of the standard
floor of <Residential and Accommodation Sections> (mainly wards) and the main occupied roomsof the standard floor of <Common Properties> (mainly examination rooms).
<Entire Building and Common Properties>
Building type

Off･Rtl･Rst･Hal (fixedseatings)･Fct･Hsp

Hal (non-fixed seatings)

Sch

Level 1

(No corresponding level)(No corresponding level)(No corresponding level)

22Level 2Less than 2,900 N/m

Level 32,900 N/m or more, lessthan 3,500 N/m2

3,500 N/m or more, lessthan 4,200 N/m2

Level 43,500 N/m2 or more, lessthan 4,500 N/m2

Level 54,500 N/m2 or more

2

Less than 3,500 N/m

Less than 2,300 N/m2

2

2,300 N/m or more, lessthan 2,900 N/m2

2

4,200 N/m or more, lessthan 5,200 N/m2

2

2,900 N/m or more, lessthan 3,500 N/m2

5,200 N/m2 or more

3,500 N/m2 or more

2

<Residential and Accommodation Sections>
Building type

Hsp･Htl･Apt

Level 1

(No corresponding level)

Level 2Less than 1,800 N/m2

Level 31,800 N/m2 or more, less than 2,100 N/m2

Level 42,100 N/m2 or more, less than 2,900 N/m2

Level 52,900 N/m2 or more□Commentary
If the values specified in administrative ordinances for imposed loads are used, they provide ahigher margin of safety than other loads, even for abnormal and unevenly distributed loads, suchas during remodeling. Therefore, rather than considering ample allowance for such short-term
situations, evaluate whether there is potential for conversion to other building types in future.
For offices, retailers, restaurants, halls, hospitals (common properties), factories and schools, theallowable load for rooms specified under Article 85 of the Order for Enforcement of the BuildingStandard Law is considered to be level 3. A 20% or greater increase in the allowable load
compared to level 3 earns level 4, and a 50% or greater increase earns level 5.
The permissible load for the room concerned, as stated for buildings incorporating residential andaccommodation sections (Hsp, Htl, Apt) in article 85 of the enforcement regulations for the
Building Standard Law is set as level 2. One rank higher for offices is set as level 5. This allowance
for load leaves potential for conversion to other uses. In practice, level 2 or below will be applicableto very few cases. Level 4 is a value interpolated between levels 3 and 5.
In this category, evaluation is based solely on the structural calculation values for floors as referred
to in Article 85 with the assumption that an equivalent increase of the allowable load is applicableto principal beams, studs, and basic and seismic structural calculation. If increases in those areas
are smaller than the value of the floors, lower the assessed level by one.

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

Ｑ２

3.2 Floor Load Margin

108

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

3.3 System Renewability
Evaluate system renewability per category with respect to versatility in potential change in buildinguse.
In this category, repair work refers to replacement of components with the same dimension andspecification, while renewal work refers to replacement of components with different specifications
as part of a system upgrade.

3.3.1 Ease of Air Conditioning Duct Renewal

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt

Building type

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt

Level 1

Air conditioning ducts cannot be replaced or repaired without damaging structuralelements.

Level 2

In some cases the air conditioning ducts can be replaced or repaired without
damaging structural elements, if spare sleeves are used, but that method cannot
be applied to all ducts.

Level 3

Space and routes for future use (future replacement work) have been provided,so that nearly all air conditioning ducts can be replaced or repaired without
damaging structural elements. Alternatively, there is no central air conditioning
equipment.

Level 4Exterior air conditioning ducts are used or ceiling space provided so that ducts
can be replaced or repaired without damaging either structural elements or
surface finishes.

Level 5ISS*, equipment floor installation or other measures allow easy replacement or
repair of air conditioning ducts without damaging surface finishes.

□Commentary
In this category, evaluate the renewability of the air conditioning ducts.
Evaluate the specifications for the parts which support the main functions corresponding to thebuilding's function (main parts of the air conditioning pipes themselves).
Cases where there is no plan for renewal of air conditioning ducts, and ducts cannot be replacedor repaired without partial demolition of structural elements such as beam, columns and bearing
walls, result in new repair works and generation of solid waste. Such cases are assigned level 1,
the lowest level.
If replacement or repair work can be carried out without damage to surface finishes, level 4 or level
5 is assigned, depending on the ease of the work. Buildings with no central air conditioning
equipment are assigned level 3.
Buildings where space and routes for future use (future replacement work) have been provided, sothat nearly all air conditioning ducts can be replaced or repaired without damaging structuralelements, are assigned level 3.
* ISS: Interstitial Space System. System that architecture and facilities are integrated.

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

109

2014 Edition

3.3.2 Ease of Water Supply and Drain Pipe Renewal
Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt
Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt

Level 1

Repair and replacement are not possible without damaging structural elements
and finishes.

Level 2

Repairs can be made without damaging structural elements, but replacements
cannot.

Level 3

Repairs can be made without damaging structural elements and finishes, but
replacements cannot.

Level 4

Repairs and replacements can be made without damaging structural elements.

Level 5

Repair and replacement are possible without damaging structural elements orfinishes.

□Commentary
In this category, evaluate the renewability of the water pipes.
Evaluation is based on specifications of sections which provide key functions required for eachtype of building use (i.e. the main sections of the building's plumbing system).
Cases where there is no plan for renewal of water supply and drainage pipes, and the pipes
cannot be repaired or replaced without partial demolition of structural elements such as beams,
columns, load-bearing walls, exterior walls and floor slabs result in new repair works andgeneration of solid waste. Such cases are assigned level 1, the lowest level. In this case, repair
means works to replace water supply and drainage pipes with new pipes of the same dimensions
and specifications, while renewal means upgrades, etc. to replace pipes with others of different
specifications.
Award level 3 if repair is possible without damaging structural elements and finishes, but renewal isnot. Award level 4 or level 5 if spaces and routes have been provided for future use, facilitating
renewal, choosing between the two levels according to the amount of repair and waste generationfrom elements other than water supply and drainage pipes.
Determine levels according to the details of pipe types and positions as shown in the table next
page. All criteria from main riser pipes to exterior wall joints for the same level must be satisfied (ifthese vary, award the lowest level that applies). In cases where special measures have been
established (e.g. modified pipe specifications), determine levels solely on such measures.

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

Ｑ２

Building type

110

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

Pipe types and positions

Evaluation reference
Method 2: Determine
the level based on
Method 1: Determine the level at
Degree of potential Degree of potential
this item alone
which all criteria are satisfied
damage to building damage to building*
Appliesonlywhenmaterials during
materials during
Level * If results vary, award the lowest level that applies used in more than half
repairrenewal* Ignore these criteria if evaluated in Method 2.
of the correspondingarea.
Main riser Other pipes Lateral pipe Exterior wall Pipe specifications, Structural Finishes Structural Finishes
pipe
joint
etc.
materialmaterial
Through-sl*2
ab (excl. Embedded Embedded
High
High
High
Sleeved(N/A)
High
in walls (RC, in structure1
piping inetc.)(slab)
pipe shaft)
Embedded Embedded*1
In pipein walls
in cinder
Sleeved
(N/A)
Low
High
High
High
2
shaft
(LGS, etc.)
concrete
In ceiling
In pipe
In pipe shaft voids of the
Sleeved
(N/A)
Low
Low
High
High
3
shaft
floor spaces
below
In ceiling voidof said floor(gyptoneboards,rockwool
Spare
Spare
acoustic
Spare space
(N/A)
Low
Low
Low
High
4
space
sleeveceiling
panels)orInside raised
floor space
In ceiling
Spare
Spare space voids of said
Spare
Unit-type plumbing
space oror
floor or ISS sleeve or
Low
Low
Low
Low
5 Mechanical Mechanicalor underThrough-pa or washroom system
plumbing
void
void
floor pipe
nel
space

*1 "Other pipes" stands for those that constitute a separate system diverging from the main pipe (in cases
where a riser pipe system serving as a sub riser pipe exists).
*2 The degree of potential damage to structural and finishing materials is indicated in "high" and "low" termsof whether solid waste is generated or new repair work required (excluding handling of the pipes
necessary for system operation).

Figure 1: Main riser pipe, other pipes and lateral pipe samples

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

111

2014 Edition

3.3.3 Ease of Electrical Wiring Renewal

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt

Level 1

Wiring cannot be replaced or repaired without damaging structural elements.

Level 2

(No corresponding level)

Level 3

Wiring can be replaced or repaired without damaging structural elements.

Level 4(No corresponding level)

Level 5

Wiring can be replaced or repaired without damaging structural elements or
surface finishes.

□Commentary
In this category, evaluate the renewability of the electrical wiring.
Evaluation is based on specifications of sections which provide key functions required for eachtype of building use (i.e. the main sections of the building's wiring system).
Award level 3 when renewal or repair work can be carried out without damage to the structuralcomponents.

3.3.4 Ease of Communications Cable Renewal
Building type

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt

Level 1

Communications cables cannot be replaced or repaired without damaging
structural elements.

Level 2

(No corresponding level)

Level 3

Communications cables can be replaced or repaired without damaging structuralelements.

Level 4(No corresponding level)

Level 5

Communications cables can be replaced or repaired without damaging structuralelements or surface finishes.

□Commentary
In this category, evaluate the renewability of the communications cables.
Evaluation is based on specifications of the sections which provide key functions required for eachtype of building use (i.e. the main sections of the building's communications cables).
As with Section 3.3.3 above, award level 3 when renewal or repair work can be carried out without
damage to the structural components.

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

Ｑ２

Building type

112

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

3.3.5 Ease of Equipment Renewal
Building type

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Hsp･Htl･Fct･Apt

Level 1

No machine hatches or routes to accommodate replacement of major service
equipment are provided, and building functions cannot be maintained throughreplacement and repair.

Level 2

(No corresponding level)

Level 3

Machine hatches or routes to accommodate replacement of major service
equipment are provided, but building functions cannot be maintained throughreplacement and repair.

Level 4

A temporary space to accommodate replacement of major service equipment issecured, and building functions can be maintained through replacement andrepair.

Level 5

Machine hatches or routes to accommodate replacement of major service
equipment are provided, and building functions can be maintained throughreplacement and repair.

□Commentary
Evaluate for non-generation of solid wastes and new repair requirements, and the ability tomaintain building functions during renewal and repair, using backup equipment.
In this category, the ability to maintain the building's functionality during renewal or repair work
refers to when worker access to system routes or machine hatches does not cause disruption inother service functions and when backup devices for use during the work are installed (including
multiple devices with divided service loads which can be used as backups during the work).
Evaluate level 3 if there are routes and machine hatches that accommodate renewal and repair,but some destruction of simple partition walls, etc. is required.
The term "major equipment" refers to the following equipment.
(1) For building types other than Apt, this refers to major equipment and services necessary for thebuilding to function, specifically power receiver and transformer equipment, generators, boilers,chillers, air conditioners, water tanks, pumps and other equipment.
(2) For Apt, it refers to the devices necessary for people to live in the building, such as water
heaters, room air conditioning, water tank and pumps.

3.3.6 Provision of Backup Space
Building type

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt

Level 1

(No corresponding level)

Level 2

(No corresponding level)

Level 3

There is no planned provision of space for backup equipment.

Level 4

There is planned provision of space for backup equipment.

Level 5(No corresponding level)□Commentary
In this category, evaluate whether adequate backup space is provided.
Evaluate the specifications for the parts which support the main functions corresponding to thebuilding's function (main building service systems).
If the plan for equipment replacement or repair works secures space to install backup equipment,
the building's functions can be maintained while the replacement or repair takes place. Therefore,
if plans have been made for securing backup space, the assessment is level 4.

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

113

2014 Edition

Q3 Outdoor Environment (On-site)□Scoring method
If the planned content actually applies to the content of each of the efforts to be evaluated, add thecorresponding points, and determine the level according to the point total.
* In the "Other" column, points can be added in case of the efforts that do not appear in the Efforts
to be evaluated table. When scoring the "Other" column, describe the efforts in the "Summary for
Design for Environment (DfE)" column of the software.

1. Preservation & Creation of Biotope□Assessment stage

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt

Building type

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt

Level 1

No consideration has been given to the conservation and creation of habitat,and efforts are inadequate.(0-3 assessment points)

Level 2

Some consideration has been given to the conservation and creation of
habitat, but efforts are still somewhat inadequate.(4-6 assessment points)

Level 3

Consideration has been given to the conservation and creation of habitat, anda standard level of efforts are being carried out.(7-9 assessment points)

Level 4

Consideration has been given to the conservation and creation of habitat, anda relatively high level of efforts are being carried out.
(10-12 assessment points)

Level 5

Thorough consideration has been given to the conservation and creation of
habitat, and a high level of efforts have been carried out.
(13 or more assessment points)

Efforts to be evaluated
Assessment Item

Description

Point

I. Identification of local 1) Local characteristics of the site and surrounding areas
regarding habitat are identified and an appropriate
characteristics andbiotope plan policy has been establishedbiotope plan policy

2

II. Conservation andrestoration of
biological resources

21) Biological resources on site are protected or restored(e.g. flora and fauna, topsoil, wetland area composition)c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

Ｑ３

In the assessment under Section Q3, evaluate each criteria item based on the point scoring
system. Use the total points in a five-level assessment. Most items included in Section Q3 areassessed qualitatively. As such, provide detailed descriptions and additional comments on actual
measurements actually in effect in the "Summary for Design for Environment (DfE)" column
included in the scoring software.

114

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Editionlll. Use of GreenSpace

IV. Quality of GreenSpace

1) Green areas account for 10% or more but less than 20% of
the total outside property area and mid/high trees are planted.
(1 point)
Green areas account for 20% or more but less than 50% of
the total outside property area.
(2 points)
Green areas account for 50% or more of the total outsideproperty area.
(3 points)

1-32) Building greenery index is measured at 0.05 or higher but
less than 0.2.
(1 point)
Building greenery index is measured at 0.2 or higher.
(2 points)

1-2

1) The greenery plan facilitates conservation of native/local
species.

12) The greenery plan is appropriate for site and building
characteristics.

13) The greenery plan facilitates conservation of natural areas
inhabited by small animals.

11) Equipment necessary for the maintenance of green areasat the building operation stage have been installed, andV. Management andmanagement policies have been established.
use of biological
2) An environment and facilities have been provided in which
resourcesbuilding users and local people can encounter living
creatures and enjoy nature.
VI. Other

1) Independent efforts other than the above evaluated items
have been implemented to protect and create habitat.

1

1

1

□Commentary
Under this item "Q3.1 Preservation & Creation of Biotope," evaluate the content of efforts made foreach of six assessment items (I-VI) for whether consideration has been given to conservation andcreation of habitat by the building (the site as a whole, including the building and exterior areas),with a view of protecting and restoring the national natural environment and securing biodiversity.
The term "habitat" used here refers to areas inhabited by small wild animals and which support thegrowth of plants (biotopes).
I. Identification of site characteristics and setting of plan policies
Conservation of the local habitat requires setting conservation goals suitable for the local
characteristics of the site, and consideration of conservation policies and related efforts to achieve
such goals. From that standpoint, evaluate this item as to whether the habitat-related local area
characteristics of the planned site have been identified, and whether the plan policies forconservation and creation of habitat are suitable for the above characteristics.
Award 2 points when an appropriate biotope plan policy has been clearly established based on thelocal characteristics of the site and surrounding areas. No points are awarded when suchcharacteristics are not identified or reflected in the plan.
Furthermore, as the spatial scope and targets under assessment in this category vary greatly,
establish an appropriate assessment area for the building site.
Provide documentation that supports the relation between the local characteristics of the site andthe biotope plan policy. Minimum documentation requirements for third-party verification are as
follows:<Supporting documents>- Aerial photograph of the site and surrounding area
- Topographic or land usage map covering the photographed area
- Baseline information on existing biotopes and source information (if independent research iscarried out, include details of research methods, etc.)- Plan policy statement that reflects the identified characteristics

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

115

2014 Edition

Ｑ３<Examples of efforts>
Eco Village Matsudo
Site design was based on ecologicalplanning
which
includedwater,
vegetation and wind elements based on
an extensive environmental analysis.
Characteristics of local ecosystems andwind environment are also reflected.
Green zone analysis of a 5-km radiusaround the site found open biotopes consisting of a large green spaces
and bodies of water, a linear biotope formed by wetlands along the Fuji
River and island biotopes formed by trees belonging to shrines andtemples, green slopes and small parks. Site design included a tree
sanctuary and a dragonfly pond as point biotopes with the long-termgoal of enhancing an extensive ecological network.
An ongoing follow-up study after completion of construction foundincreased sightings of birds and insects in the area.

Green
zone
analysis:
vibrant green areas arescattered in a 5-km radiusaround the site (images
providedby
Taisei
Corporation)

II. Conservation and restoration of biological resources
Trees and wetlands on the building site, as well as nutrient-rich topsoil comprised of compost andother organic matter, are local, established ecological elements. As such, handling of theseresources should be given priority in the building's biotope conservation plan. From thisperspective, this section evaluates the environmental protection measures of such resources on
the building site with respect to conservation and restoration.
- Conservation refers to measures to maintain biological resources already existing on the site. In
addition to measures to preserve the existing conditions, evaluate resource relocation(replanting) within the site.
- Restoration refers to measures to recreate biological resources within the site that were lost
during construction. Also evaluate measures to restore biological resources within the site whichwere assumed/confirmed to have existed prior to building construction.
- Measures to relocate (or recreate) local biological resources from surrounding areas to thebuilding site are also included in the evaluation.
Provide documentation that supports the conservation and restoration status of the site. Minimum
documentation requirements for a third-party verification are as follows:<Supporting documents>- Aerial photograph/topographical map indicating past and present land uses of the site andsurrounding areas- Descriptions of biological resources targeted in conservation/restoration measures, plan
objectives and details- Descriptions of current status and locations, as well as planned locations, of biological resources
targeted in conservation measures, with an up-to-date photograph- Descriptions of current status and locations, as well as planned locations, of biological resources
targeted in restoration measures, with a photograph<Examples of efforts>
Case Studies of Preservation of Biological Resources
Aoyama Gakuin University, Sagamihara Campus
Zelkova and other existing tall trees were preserved or
relocated to achieve environmental conservation effects.

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

116

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition<Examples of efforts>
Case Study of Restoration (Regeneration) of Biological
Resources
The Kansai-Kan of the National Diet Library
The hills and woods that form the original scenery have been
restored (recreated) through rooftop planting and tree planting,particularly of blue Japanese oak and quercus serrata.

III. Securing the amount of greenery
Evaluate the efforts to green the site under this item, which considers efforts to provide an amount ofgreenery, according to the amount of greenery in the exterior of the site and of the building. Assessmentin this category includes vegetation targeted in conservation/restoration measures under the previous
section and new trees and plants added to the site. Refer to Appendix 2 "Calculation of Tree Canopy
Size and Green Area" to determine sizes of exterior and building green spaces.
[1] Exterior green space: evaluate based on the exterior green space index obtained with thefollowing formula: Award 1 point where exterior planting index is 10% or more but less than 20%
and medium/high trees are planted. Exterior planting index is 20% or more, but less than 50%,
earns 2 points, while 50% or more earns 3 points.
Exterior
planting index =Exterior planting area (Horizontal projected area of medium and1tall trees + area planted with low trees and ground cover etc.)*2
Exterior area*

x 100 (%)

*1 In cases where the horizontal projection area of medium/tall tree canopies and the area plantedwith low trees and ground covering overlap, apply both area values.
*2 Exterior area = site area – building area (including areas of supplementary facilities)*3[2] Building green space: evaluate rooftop and wall greenery based on the building planting index
obtained from the following formula. Award 1 point to a building planting index of 5% or more,
but less than 20%. A building planting index of 20% or more earns 2 points.
Building planting
Index =

Building planting area (total roof planting*3 + wall planting)
Building area*4

x 100 (%)

*3 Regarding the calculation for the rooftop greenery area, in cases where the horizontal projection
area of medium/tall tree canopies and the area planted with low trees and ground covering
overlap, apply both area values.
*4 Building area = Horizontal projected area of areas occupied by the building (legal construction area)
IV. Quality of green space
High quality green space contributes to habitat conservation and creation, and improved
sustainability. From this standpoint, this category evaluates measures to promote the healthy
growth of plants and development of green space that supports local biodiversity. Specifically,assess measures which facilitate biological stability of green space (e.g. planting native species,
selecting appropriate tree types, attracting small animals such as birds to the area, etc.). Suchstability creates sustainable biological resources and eases management burdens (e.g. reduction
in agrichemicals).
Award one point each for the following types of measures: planting native species, selecting
appropriate tree types, and creating a natural habitat for small animals. Determine levels based on
the total points where multiple measures listed above are established.
<Examples of efforts>[1] Conservation of native species
Evaluate whether trees compatible to the local geographic characteristics are used indevelopment of the building's green space. Ideally, seedlings should also be native to the areac 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

117

2014 Editionand produced locally with a traceable production process.

* Data used for buildings in Tokyo, Chiba, Saitama and Shizuoka areas are shown below as
examples for the above process:1. Map displaying the target area
- National zoning map
2. Published data that identify types of trees compatible with the local geographic characteristics- Plant data for prefecture zone
3. Published data that identify native species of the targeted area
- Botanical journals
4. Published data that identify the suitable planting environments- Landscape Handbook, Japan Institute of Landscape Architecture (Ghihodo Shuppan, 1978)- Garden Trees and Green Space Planting, Ryo Iijima and Toshihiro Ahiru (Seibundo Shinkosha
Publishing, 1974)- Encyclopaedia of Green Environment, Japan Society of Re-vegetation Technology (Asakura
Publishing 2005)
5. Local plant data sources- Japan Greenery R&D Center- Universities, national or prefectural research institutes, etc.
<Example of local plant use>
Japan Highway Public Corporation (highway slope greenery)
Former Japan Highway Public Corporation (currently NEXCO East, NEXCO Central and
NEXCO West) created green spaces using local plants on slopes created as part of highway
structures. Specifically, seeds from trees native to the areas surrounding the highways werecollected and cultivated in containers at nurseries operated by the corporation for two to three
years. These second-generation seedlings that contained the area's unique heritage and genetic
characteristics were then planted to create green highway slopes.
Aeon Mall Kusatsu
Aeon Mall Kusatsu, built by Lake Biwa, has extensive green space initiatives including planting
approximately 68,000 local trees and reintroducing native cogon grass and Elymus humidus,
which were previously harvested at the building site prior to construction, to newly-developed
biotopes on the site.
[2] Creation of green space appropriate for the planting conditions- Adaptation to daylight conditions (suitable layout of sun trees and shade trees, etc.).
- Adaptation to space available for growth (planting in spaces that can accommodate future tree
growth, etc.).
- Adaptation to growth infrastructure (provision of adequate soil or pots for plants to grow in, etc.).
- Adaptation to environmental pressures (introduction of plants able to resist wind, salt, etc.).
[3] Secure habitat for small animals and birds- Layout of green space to provide continuity with surrounding habitat.
- Provision of nesting and hiding areas.
- Design of green space with consideration for the introduction of feed plants.
- Provision of green space and water space that encourages natural behavior.

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

Ｑ３* To identify native species, refer to the following process:1. Refer to a national zoning map to verify the area of the building site.
2. Identify its prefectural authority.
3. Confirm existing plants in the area and identify native species based on published plant-related
data for the prefecture. Exclude woodland areas.
4. Based on the published plant-related data for the prefecture, confirm characteristics of thenative species identified above.
5. Select suitable native species based on the environmental characteristics of the building site
and the green plan policy.
6. Develop green space according to specific characteristics of the selected species.

118

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition<Case Studies of Provision of Habitat for Small Wild Animals>
Osaka Gas experimental group housing – Next21
2
This project provides over 1,000 m of three-dimensional
space by the deliberate greening of terraces, verandahs andcommon walkways, as well as rooftops, to attract migrant birds
from Osaka castle park, which is approximately 1.5 km to thenorth. Many wild birds visit the site, and the habitat supports alarge insect population. Indigenous plants have also been
observed there.

V. Management and use of habitat
Proper management of green space etc. at the building operation stage is essential for maintenance of
healthy habitat, and it is important to give thorough consideration in advance, at the planning anddesign stages, to habitat management and related measures. From that perspective, this item
evaluates the efforts for the maintenance of conserved or created habitat.
Award one point if facilities necessary for the maintenance of green space, such as irrigation
facilities, and a plan is in place for maintenance of such facilities, and one point if facilities havebeen provided for enjoying close contact with nature.
<Examples of efforts>[1] Setting up equipment and management policies for the maintenance of green spaces, etc.
- Appropriate installation of irrigation equipment.
- Provision of planting infrastructure, such as suitable soil volume.
- Annual process plan for supervision patrols, tree pruning, grass cutting, etc.
- Policies for the implementation of countermeasures against insect pest damage.
- Planning for organism monitoring etc., reflected in management.
[2] Provision of facilities for enjoying close contact with nature- Installation of nature observation trails for observing plants and animals, and exhibition
facilities.
- Installation of flowerbeds and tree planting areas that can be used by building users.
- Installation of facilities providing information on nature, and provision of information aboutorganisms etc. through regular events or other channels.
- Installation of plant nameplates and benches.

<Examples of efforts>
Case Study of Management and Use of
HabitatGlobe Court Omiya Minami-Nakano
Vegetable patches and fruit orchards werebuilt with a view to coexistence with natureand the community, and dwellings are joined
by wooden planters, pergolas and othermeans. Residents participate voluntarily inproposing ways of building their environment,
and in forming project teams for maintaining
and improving the environment in biotopes
and the central pond. Resident-led
environmental improvement efforts are still
continuing.
VI. Other
Unusual efforts not included in I to V above items should be evaluated as one point.
When evaluating "Other" efforts, state in the assessment software what kind of effort has been
made, and attach documentation clearly comprehensible to a third party.

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

119

2014 Edition

2. Townscape & Landscape
Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt

Building type

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt

Level 1(0 points)

Level 2

Sufficient level of measures for the surrounding landscape have notestablished. (1-2 points)

Level 3

Sufficient level of measures for the surrounding landscape have been
established. (3 points)

Level 4More than the sufficient level of measures for the surrounding landscape havebeen established. (4 points)

Level 5Extensive level of measures for the surrounding landscape have been
established. (or the building has won local landscape-related awards; 5 ormore points)

Efforts to be evaluated
Assessment Item

Description

Point

1. Integration withsurrounding landscapethrough positioning anddesign of the building

Building features are designed in harmony withsurrounding landscape (i.e. height, wall positions, colorand form of exterior finish, roof, eaves, openings fences,etc.).

2

2. Use of green space
to enhance landscape

Aesthetic landscape is created by the building's green
space.

1

3. Conservation ofhistoric landscapeHistoric landscape is maintained through conservation,
restoration or recreation of the exterior of historic buildings
and the existing natural environment the area.

1

4. Use of local materials
to enhance landscape

Locally-significant materials are used in the building
exterior to create aesthetic landscape.

1

5. Aesthetics from main
viewpoints ofsurrounding area

Aesthetic panoramic view of the building and surrounding
areas is offered from nearby parks and gathering space or
distant viewpoints.

1

6. Other

Describe other measures

1□Commentary
Local landscape offers a sensory experience of the environment that encompasses the interactionof nature, buildings and people in the area, thus creating a sense of community for both residents
and visitors. In the time of globalization, it has become an important cultural medium (social asset)
for the expression of local individuality. As such, this category evaluates reduction of the negative
impact of the building (including its outside areas) on the surrounding landscape as well as
contributions to enhance landscape aesthetics. In this regard, note that the level of aesthetics is
not evaluated in CASBEE. Therefore, the visual superiority of buildings and the surrounding
environment is not included in the scope of this assessment.
Assessing landscape aesthetics poses the question of who (occupants/users, passersby, etc.) andwhere (short-, mid-, long-distant views) the viewpoints should be based. In this section, apply thec 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

Ｑ３！ Application condition- Evaluate level three if the building is almost entirely unseen from public spaces, or if there is no
way to give consideration to urban context and scenery.
- Evaluate level five if scenery is clearly stated as a reason for winning a local scenery prize, or any
similar situation indicating the building has gained a certain level of positive assessment.

120

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

following approach.
Firstly, evaluate the fundamental aesthetic element, that is, whether the building's location andshape are in harmony with the surrounding area. Then evaluate whether the building contributes toenhancement of landscape in terms of improvement of local green space, heritage conservationand the active use of local materials in the building exterior design. Furthermore, measures toimprove aesthetics of the panoramic view of the building and surrounding areas from main
viewpoints are also included in the assessment. Evaluate the building as level three if it is almost
entirely unseen from public spaces, or if there is no way to give consideration to urban context andscenery. Further, evaluate as level five if scenery is stated as a reason for winning a local scenery
prize, or any similar situation, indicating the building has gained a certain level of positive
assessment.
The following are examples of matters that should generally be considered and specific measures
which could be used for forming good scenery.
State the specific content of the efforts to be evaluated, and append documents that will becomprehensible to a third party.
[1] Harmonize the positioning and form etc. of the building with nearby urban context.
The building's location and shape are the most fundamental elements in integration with thesurrounding landscape. Insufficient consideration of these elements creates difficulty in enhancing
landscape even with excellent architectural details. In this category, evaluate whether thebuilding's location and shape are in harmony with the surrounding area based on the following
criteria:
1. Consider the positions of wall lines of adjacent buildings with a view to consistency of walllines in the urban context.
2. Consider how the building will look from roads, and take measures to avoid creating an
oppressive atmosphere, such as reducing the number of floors in roadside portions of thebuilding.
3. Bear in mind that low-rise portions have a more approachable "human scale" when
composing the form of the building.
4. Consider roads and other public spaces, and take steps to create an impression of openness
from those areas.
5. Consider the skyline formed with surrounding building groups.
6. Make the esthetic design of building rooftops, openings, walls etc. harmonize with the urban
context.
7. Consider the effect of the building's color on the surrounding scenery.
8. Avoid harming the urban scenery with the size and coloration of the building itself, or withbillboards etc.
9. If there is equipment on the roof or top of the building, consider how it is viewed from thesurroundings.

<Examples of efforts>
Examples of building layouts and forms that
harmonize with urban context
Globe Court Omiya Minami-Nakano
Arranging blocks with visual depth when seenfrom the main road reduces the oppressive
atmosphere created on the road.

Apartment blocks seen from the approach
plaza (Photographer: Isao Saito)

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

121

2014 Edition

Ｑ３

Shimonoseki, Ichinomiya prefectural housing
Placing high-rise blocks on the north side andreducing height to three floors on the east andsouthwest sides, adjacent to existing residential areas,
mitigated the oppressive effect on those adjacentresidential areas and restored the original scenery of
the natural skyline.

(Diagrams provided by Yamaguchi prefecture
Department of Civil Engineering, Housing Section)[2] Use of green space to enhance landscapeIn this category, evaluate measures which offer a soothing green landscape which integrates theplanting of trees around the building in order to contribute to the enhancement of the area's naturallandscape.
1. Trees are planted along the streets to provide continuity of the green landscape
2. Tree selection is based on symbolic significance and integration with existing trees on
adjacent properties and streets
3. Large-sized parking space facing the public roads is landscaped with trees, water features, etc.
<Examples of efforts>
Case Study of Use of Green Space to Form Good SceneryGreen space along roads in a commercial district (Shinjuku)
There is a mixed wood of sakura, quercus serrata andcarpinus tschonoskii in the middle of the business district.
Together with flagstones and undergrowth, it creates arefreshing scene in early spring. (Keio Plaza Hotel)

Green space along roads in a commercial district(Shirogane)
Small but vivid flowers and foliage of horse chestnut trees
color the street, creating a soothing atmosphere that signals
the onset of spring.

Green space along roads in an apartment (Yoyogi)
The blazing foliage of the maple trees, placed on corners
as symbols of the building, give a feeling of the seasons.

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

122

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

Metropolitan Forest (Nagoya)
A scenic simulation was used to vary
ratios of evergreen to deciduous trees,
forming a wide range of forest scenery
while maintaining a set tree density. For
areas such as parking lots, where
greenery even in winter is important, theratio was seven evergreen to three
deciduous trees, while the ratio wasreversed in areas of bright forest
comprising mostly scrub trees. (Noritake
no Mori)

SpringAutumnSummer

Winter(Images provided by Taisei Corporation)[3] Conservation of historic landscapeEvaluate conservation measures for historic landscapes that reflect local history and culture.
1. Historic structures which have contributed to forming the scenery of the region are partiallypreserved.
2. Existing trees on street corners are preserved for continuity in local scenery.
3. Existing plants, landforms, springs are preserved, restored or recreated in order to conserve
historic landscape.
[4] Formation of good scenery with materials of local character"Materials of local character" are those that are traditionally used locally, or associated with the site.
There are examples of exterior wall materials traditionally available in a region being used to makethe design harmonize better with the existing urban context. Such materials have relaxed tones
and easily become familiar. It is preferable to choose colors that will harmonize with thesurroundings. In recent years there has been a trend away from primary colors, and more relaxedearth tones are commonly selected.
1. Locally-significant materials such as stones, roof tiles and lumber are used effectively in thebuilding exterior to create an aesthetic landscape.
[5] Aesthetics from main view points* of the surrounding area
Evaluate the measures to enhance aesthetics from the view points identified in the landscape baseplan of the area that includes the building. In cases where no such plan exists, initiatives based on
self-established view points can be assessed. Specify the policy and details of such initiatives
including descriptions of view point selection, target view areas and building characteristics.
* A view point refers to a specific location that provides an opportunity for viewing the landscape.
Generally, it is a point from which an aesthetic panoramic view is offered such as a hilltop, bridge,
or a location that involves many people as observers such as a station or wide street. Creating anaesthetic panoramic view from such visual points means conservation and creation of areas thatoffer excellent views in the community, thus enhancing public benefit of the landscape. View
points are established based on a comprehensive analysis of positional relationship with thetarget area (view angle and distance), landforms, background views and the number of visitors. It
is important to develop a building plan that includes consideration of views from such locations
with an appropriate verification process.
Reference: Examples of Landscaping Methods and Design Themes (Urban Design Portal on
Urban Renaissance Agency website)[6] OtherAward one point for independent measures other than the above assessment items.
When evaluating "Other" efforts, state in the assessment software what kind of effort has been
made, and attach documentation clearly comprehensible to a third party.

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

123

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

3. Local Characteristics & Outdoor Amenity
3.1 Attention to Local Character & Improvement of Comfort
Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt

Ｑ３

Building type

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt

Level 1

No efforts have been made for local characteristics and outdoor amenity. (0 points)

Level 2

Efforts based on local characteristics and outdoor amenity are inadequate.
(1 point)

Level 3

Efforts based on local characteristics and outdoor amenity are at a standard
level. (2-3 points)

Level 4

Efforts based on local characteristics and outdoor amenity are at a relatively
high level. (4 points)

Level 5

Efforts based on local characteristics and outdoor amenity are thorough andextensive. (5 or more points)

Efforts to be evaluated
Assessment Item

Description[1] Conservation of historic built spaces etc.
Historic interior and exterior spaces building remains preserved,
restored or regenerated, contributing to local culture. (Do not
I. Continuation of evaluate if measures here overlap with areas evaluated underunique local
urban context and scenery.)character, history[2] Use of locally-significant materials
and culture
Local materials are partially used in the building's structure,interior finishes or exterior space. (Do not include measures
evaluated under the local landscape section.)[1] Local contribution by provision of space
Structural measures such as provision of alcoves, piloti andeaves are used to provide amenity for people using urban
spaces, in the form of places to shelter from rain or wait for
II. Local
people.
contribution
Or, space is provided in plazas, paths and side streets tothrough provision provide amenity for people using the local area, in the form ofof functional
rest areas and similar spaces.
spaces and[2] Local contribution by provision of facilities and functions
facilities
Part of the building is equipped to provide public facilities andfunctions, such as meeting rooms, community halls andexhibition spaces, community centers, and community use ofschools, contributing to greater activity in the community.

III. Formation ofrich intermediatezones linking thebuilding interior
and exterior[1] Formation of rich intermediate zones linking the building
interior and exterior
Open spaces that allow the passage of wind and light, such as
courtyards, terraces, balconies, sun rooms, roofed plazas, lightand air voids, and atria are skillfully linked to interior spaces.
Or, in areas where private and public spaces intersect, such asaround entrances and balconies, light and air voids, flower
beds, pergolas, deep balconies and similar elements have been
built to form rich intermediate spaces which give a lived-in
atmosphere.

Point

1

1

1

1

1

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

124

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition[1] Consideration for crime prevention
Crime prevention performance is considered, so that in spaces
outside the building, such as plazas, trees are placed to avoid
blocking lines of sight, nocturnal lighting and security cameras
are installed, windows are placed where they will be useful for
crime prevention, and other measures are used.
IV. Consideration Or, if there are no plazas or pedestrian walkways, consideration
for crime
is given to crime prevention in the form of avoiding the creation of
prevention
blind spots, such as blind alleys and paths out of lines of sight,
placing windows where they will be useful for crime prevention,and other measures.
Or, if there are boundary barriers around the site, crime anddisaster prevention are considered, in the form of fences or low
hedges which afford clear lines of sight, rather than continuous
walls or similar barriers which block lines of sight.

1[1] Participation of building users etc.
User satisfaction assessments (POE) are used to involve building
V. Participation ofusers in the design process for cooperative housing etc.
building users
Or, residents and occupants work directly on plant managementetc.
and cleaning activities and formulate operation plans, and areotherwise participating in the maintenance of the building.

1

VI. Other[1] Other (State content)

1□Commentary
The goal under this item is to evaluate efforts such as continuation of local history, contribution tocity and district amenities, activities and vitality, formation of rich intermediate spaces on the plot,
local crime prevention and participation by building users, for the sake of a living environment witha high level of local amenity.
I. Continuation of unique local character, history and culture
There are many historical and cultural resources which reflect the unique way of life of a region orcommunity. It is important that the building plan should discover such resources and reflect them invarious forms while building a modern environment. Local memory, which has been built up in the longcourse of history on that land, is an important environmental asset, which should be passed down as it
is told between generations. Assess how that kind of local context is picked up and reflected in plans.
Examples include the preservation, restoration and regeneration of historic spaces inside andoutside existing building, and of building remains, and the use of materials with local character(locally-produced materials, traditional materials of the region or district, other materials associatedwith the site). It is difficult to judge the range within which locally-produced materials can still becalled local, but if efforts to use such materials are related to measures by local authorities topromote the use of locally-produced materials, follow the definition employed by the local authority.
Other measures envisaged include use of exterior areas or designs which reflect aspects of local
context, such as character, history and culture, or serve to promote local industries by, for example,
using local personnel, skills and other resources for building construction and operation. If there
are such efforts, state their specific details in the "Other" column.
<Examples of efforts>
Case Studies of Use of Materials with Local Character
Setagaya Fukazawa Symbiotic Housing ProjectWith replacement houses, the tiles from the old house can beused in the exterior and old wells and trees preserved and reused.

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

125

2014 Edition

II. Local contribution by provision of spaces, facilities and functions
This item evaluates diverse forms of amenity through use of the building, with the aim of creating arich local environment.

Ｑ３<Examples of efforts>
Case Studies of Local Contribution through Provision ofSpace
Public open space at Sumitomo Realty and Development's
Shinjuku Oak Tower
This small square, which provides shade in summer,
has benches where people can wait for each other or takea lunchtime break.

III. Formation of rich intermediate zones linking the building interior and exterior
Rather than isolating the interior of the building from the exterior, and the site from its surroundings,
they can be joined attractively through intermediate and semi-outdoor spaces, with reference tothe site's orientation and surrounding environment. Providing such buffer zones alleviates
psychological stress for building users and thermal loads for the building, creating expansive andrich spaces.
<Examples of efforts>
Case Studies of Forming Rich Intermediate
Spaces Linking Building Interior and Exterior
Setagaya Fukazawa Symbiotic Housing Project
Apartment balconies function as excellent
intermediate zones that link the outsideenvironment and the dwelling units. The image on
the right shows greenery placed by an occupantwhich shades the balcony on a sunny summerday. Shading effects and watering of the plants
help create a thermal buffer zone. Furthermore,
open space created within the building's echelon
structure offers a spatial buffer for common-use
corridors and dwelling units. The same area also
works as a thermal buffer in the summer as it
creates a cool air pocket with continuous shadethroughout the day.

Deep balconies provide
space for ample
vegetation

An open space provides
both light and air for units
on the north side of thebuilding.

IV. Consideration for crime prevention
The goal of considering crime prevention performance is to evaluate the ability of the building toexert an influence to resist crime and disasters in public spaces, to create safe local environments
where people will not feel at risk.
V. Ease of participation for building users etc.
Facility user satisfaction assessments accurately identify the needs of facility users and existing
problems, and examines those needs before the design stage begins, to evaluate them for use inprogramming. POE (Pre/Post Occupancy Evaluation) is a kind of facility user satisfaction
assessment that evaluates facilities before and after they are occupied. It uses methods such asgroup interviews and questionnaires to make a scientific investigation and assessment of howeasy the facilities are to use.
VI. OtherAward one point for independent measures other than the above assessment items.
When evaluating "Other" efforts, state in the assessment software what kind of effort has been
made, and attach documentation clearly comprehensible to a third party.

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

126

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

3.2 Improvement of the Thermal Environment on Site
Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt
Building type

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt

Level 10 points in the table of the efforts to be evaluated.

Level 2

1-5 points in the table of the efforts to be evaluated.

Level 3

6-11 points from the table of the efforts to be evaluated.

Level 412-17 points from the table of the efforts to be evaluated.

Level 518 points or more in the table of the efforts to be evaluated.

Efforts to be evaluated
Assessment Item

Description[1] The planned form and layout of buildings guides
wind onto the plot.

I. Guide wind into thesite to relieve thethermal environment

II. Shaded space iscreated during thesummer to alleviate
thermal impact onpedestrian areas on thesite

III. Green and water
spaces are provided toalleviate thermal impact
on pedestrian areas on
the sitePoint
2[2] Secure paths for air movement by providing green
spaces of lawn, meadow and bushes etc., andsuitable spaces and paths within the plot.
Open space ratio is
40% or more, less than 60% (1 point)
60% or more, less than 80% (2 points)
80% or more (3 points)

1～3[1] Shaded areas are created with the use of medium/talltrees, piloti, eaves, pergolas, or other similar measures.
Rate of horizontal projection area of medium and talltrees, piloti, etc. is
10% or more, less than 20% (1 point)
20% or more, less than 30% (2 points)
30% or more (3 points)

1～3[1] Surface and near-surface temperatures are controlledby establishing green and water spaces.
Total rate of green-covered areas, water-covered areasand horizontal projection areas of medium and tall trees
is
10% or more, less than 20% (1 point)
20% or more, less than 30% (2 points)
30% or more (3 points)

1～3[2] Endeavor to reduce the area of paving on the plot.
Percentage of paved area is
20% or more, less than 30% (1 point)
10% or more, less than 20% (2 points)
Less than 10% (3 points)

1～3

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

127

2014 Edition

V. Heat vents forservice equipment areappropriately located toalleviate thermal impact
on pedestrian areas on
the site

2～3[2] Appropriate exterior wall materials for thermal control
are used.
Percentage of exterior walls with appropriatematerials is
Less than 10%(1 point)
10% or more, less than 20%(2 points)
20% or more
(3 points)

1～3[1] Heat vents for main service equipment (e.g. air
conditioning system) are installed in high locations.
At least half of cooling towers or outdoor units
generating waste heat are installed 10 meters or
higher above ground level.
(1 point)
Most cooling towers or outdoor units generating
waste heat are installed 10 meters or higher above
ground level OR no units are installed.
(2 points)

1～2[2] High-temperature heat vents for main service
equipment (e.g. combustion equipment) are installedin high locations.
At least half of high-temperature heat venting units
are installed 10 meters or higher above ground level.
(1 point)
Most high-temperature heat venting units are
installed 10 meters or higher above ground level OR
no units are installed.
(2 points)

1～2

Ｑ３

IV. Exterior finishes ofthe building promotealleviation of thermal
impact on pedestrianareas on the site

[1] The green space plan includes accessible rooftop
areas (including artificial base).
The building has an accessible rooftop area that ispartially covered with plants.
(2 points)
The building has an accessible rooftop area that is
extensively covered with plants.
(3 points)□ Commentary
Evaluate measures to alleviate thermal impact on pedestrian areas on the site during the summer
by creating a wind corridor, shaded space and green and water surfaces, as well as using
appropriate exterior materials for thermal control and effective placement of heat vents. Verify
measures which have been established and award an appropriate level according to the total
number of points. Note that thermal measures to improve the off-site environment are evaluatedunder "LR3.2.2 Heat Island Effect."
I. Wind corridors which include pedestrian areas on the site are created to alleviate thermal impact
Item 1 in this category evaluates the building's layout and shape with respect to wind corridors
which include pedestrian areas on the site. Evaluate qualitatively and award 2 points when any
measures are included.
<Examples of efforts>- Wind corridors which also includes adjacent open spaces are considered in the layout design- Both daytime and nighttime wind patterns are considered in the layout design

Site boundary
Building

Building

Park

Building

Figure 2 Layout of a wind corridor
including the adjacent spacec 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

128

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

Item 2 in this category evaluates the building's layout plan with respect to wind corridors on the site
created by green spaces such as lawns, meadows and shrubs, or open spaces including paths.
- Evaluate based on percentage of open space to the total site area.
<Open space ratio> = 100 (%) - <Building coverage ratio> (%)
Piloti and eaves more than 1 m deep are generally included in a building coverage ratio. In thisassessment, however, they can be included as open space based on the following formula:(<Site area> - <1F Floor area>) / <Site area> x 100 (%)- When the building accommodates a specified structure prescribed in the Building Standard Law,
the floor space thereof shall be included in the calculation of the building coverage ratio or 1F
floor area.
- Award 1 point to open space of 40% or more, less than 60%, 2 points for 60% or more, less than
80%, and 3 points for 80% or more.
Provide documentation for third-party verification that supports corresponding measures (e.g. wind
pattern analysis of the site and surrounding areas, drawings that includes design measures suchas building layout and shapes, green spaces, open spaces, and paths).
II. Shaded spaces are created during the summer to alleviate thermal impact on pedestrian areas
on the site
In this category, evaluate measures to alleviate thermal impact on pedestrian areas of the site suchas creating shaded spaces, specifically in areas that are under direct daylight (south and west
sides of the building), by placing objects such as medium/tall trees, piloti, eaves or pergolas.
- Evaluate effectiveness based on percentage of Horizontal Projection Areas of medium/tall trees,piloti, eaves, or pergolas- Obtain the percentage of Horizontal Projection Area using the following formula:<Percentage of Horizontal Projection Area>=<Horizontal projection areas of medium/tall trees> +<Horizontal projection areas of piloti, eaves, pergolas, etc.><Site area>

×100（％）- Horizontal shaded area of medium/tall trees is based on the canopy of the trees. Refer toAppendix 2 "Calculation of Tree Canopy Size and Green Area" to determine the canopy sizes.
- Horizontal shaded area of piloti, eaves, pergolas, etc. is determined based on the methods
shown in Figure 4.
- Award 1 point to a total percentage of horizontal projection areas of 10% or more, less than 20%,
2 points to 20% or more, less than 30%, and 3 points to 30% or more.

Site boundary
Building

Medium/tall trees

Tree canopy
PergolaFigure 3 Horizontal projection areas of medium/tall trees and pergolac 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

129

2014 Edition

Building

Building

Building
PergolaEaves

Ｑ３

PilotiHorizontal projection area

Horizontal projection area

Horizontal projection area

Figure 4 Horizontal projection areas of medium/tall trees, piloti, eaves, pergolas, etc.
III. Green and water spaces are provided to alleviate thermal impact on pedestrian areas on the site
Item 1 in this category evaluates measures to control surface and near-surface temperatures bycreating water and green spaces (e.g. lawn, meadows, shrubs, medium/tall trees) in order toalleviate thermal impact on pedestrian areas of the site.
- The assessment is carried out based on the sum of percentages of green-covered area utilizing
lawn, meadows and shrubs, water-covered area, and horizontal projection area of medium/talltrees, obtained in the following formulae:<Sum of the percentages of green-covered area, water-covered area, and horizontal projection
area of medium/tall tree> = <Percentages of green-covered area> + 2.0 x <Percentage ofwater-covered area> + 1.5 x <Percentage of horizontal projection area of medium/tall tree>* Coefficient values that multiply the percentages of water-covered area and horizontal projection
area of medium/tall trees
Water surface has a higher water evaporation rate compared to green-covered space such as alawn area, thus it is considered to provide a greater temperature control effect. As such, apply
the coefficient value of 2. Similarly, leaves on medium/tall trees that spread three-dimensionallyhas a higher evaporation rate compared to the green space with the same projection area. Thus,
apply the coefficient value of 1.5.
- Obtain each percentage using the following formula:<Percentage of green-covered area> = <Green area>/<Site area> x 100 (%)<Percentage of water-covered area> = <Water surface area>/<Site area> x 100 (%)<Percentage of horizontal projection area of medium/tall tree> = <Horizontal projection area of
medium/tall tree>/<Site area> x 100 (%)- Refer to Appendix 2 "Calculation of Tree Canopy Size and Green Area" to determine sizes ofgreen area and horizontal projection area of medium/tall trees.
-In cases where an evaporation cooling system, such as water misting, is used as a temperature control
measure, evaluate by converting the transpiration rate during misting to an equivalent size of green
area. Obtain the equivalent green space (lawn) area value using the formula below. The transpiration2
rate for the lawn space is set as 0.01 L/(min-m ) on a sunny summer daytime condition.
<Equivalent green space for water misting>= (Mist volume per nozzle (L/min-unit) x number of nozzles) / (transpiration rate of lawn space (L/min-m2))- Evaluate based on a total percentage ofgreen-covered areas (e.g. lawn, meadows, shrubs),
water-covered area and horizontal projection areaof medium/tall trees. Award 1 point to a total of 10%
or more, less than 20%, 2 points to 20% or more,less than 30%, and 3 points to 30% or more.
<Examples of efforts>
Case Studies of Thermal Control Using Water
Mister2005 Aichi Expo Site(photo)
Water mister example:
2005 Aichi Expo
c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

130

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

Item 2 evaluates measures to alleviate thermal impact on pedestrian areas of the site such as
minimizing paved areas, or more specifically, not placing a large paved space (e.g. parking lots)
under direct daylight (south and west sides of the building).
- Obtain the percentage of paved area using the formula below:<Percentage of paved area> = <Paved area> / <Site area> x 100 (%)- Exclude areas with water-retentive paving materials, which provide effective thermal control
performance can be excluded.
- Exclude paved areas that are clearly not under direct daylight and piloti areas can be excluded.
- Award 1 point for a percentage of paved area of 20% or more but less than 30%, 2 points to 10%
or more but less than 20%, and 3 points to less than 10%.
IV. Exterior finishes of the building promote alleviation of thermal impact on pedestrian areas on
the site
Item 1 qualitatively evaluates use of green space in accessible rooftop areas in order to promotealleviation of thermal impact on pedestrian areas. When approximately 80% or more of the rooftop
area is covered with greenery, it is considered as extensive.
Item 2 evaluates the use of greenery or water-retentive materials, especially on the south and west
sides of the exterior walls, to promote alleviation of thermal impact on pedestrian areas on the site.
- Obtain percentage of the thermal-efficient exterior walls using the formula below. Refer toAppendix 2 "Calculation of Tree Canopy Size and Green Area" to determine the size ofgreen-covered areas on the exterior walls.
<Percentage of thermal-efficient exterior walls> =<Green-covered exterior wall area> + <Exterior wall area with water-retentive materials><Total exterior wall area>

x 100 (%)

V. Heat vents for service equipment are appropriately installed in a way to alleviate thermal impact
on pedestrian areas on the site
Item 1 evaluates heat vents for main service equipment (e.g. air conditioning system) installed inhigh locations to alleviate thermal impact on pedestrian areas on the site.
- Evaluate the locations of the cooling towers and external units- A high location in this assessment refers to 10 meters or higher above ground (generally theheight of the 3rd floor or higher).
- Award 2 points where a district heating and cooling system is used.
- Award 2 points for residential sections.
- In apartments, establish appropriate points based on points from non-residential sections andresidential sections (i.e. 2 points) using the building's gross floor area ratio.
Item 2 evaluates the high-temperature heat vents for main service equipment (e.g. combustion
equipment) that are installed in high locations to alleviate thermal impact on pedestrian areas on
the site.
- Evaluate heat vents with chimneys (e.g. co-generation units, absorption refrigerators, boilers).
- High-temperature heat here refers to approximately 100°C or higher.
- A high location in this assessment refers to 10 meters or higher above ground (generally theheight of the 3rd floor or higher).
- Award 2 points where a district heating and cooling system is used.
- Award 2 points for residential sections.
- In apartments, establish an appropriate level based on points from non-residential sections andresidential sections (i.e. 2 points) using the building's gross floor area ratio.

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

1312014 Edition

2. LR: Environmental Load Reduction of Building

LR1 Energy

1. Control of Heat Load on the Outer Surface of Buildings
Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt！ Application condition
The assessment of all building types except Apt is based on the annual load standard BPI
addressed in the 2013 energy conservation standards. Apt is evaluated according to the Energy
Saving Countermeasure Grade Classifications under the Housing Quality Assurance Act.
Building type

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Hsp･Htl
Assessment based on [BPI]

Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Level 4
Level 5

Regions 1-7

Region 8

Level 1: [BPI] ≧ 1.03
Level 2: [BPI] ＝ 1.00
Level 3: [BPI] ＝ 0.97
Level 4: [BPI] ＝ 0.90
Level 5: [BPI] ≦ 0.80
Those that fall between the above
levels are evaluated based on the BPI,
utilizing the linear interpolation to thefirst decimal place.

Level 1: [BPI] ≧ 1.03
Level 2: [BPI] ＝ 1.00
Level 3: [BPI] ＝ 0.97
Level 4: [BPI] ＝ 0.93
Level 5: [BPI] ≦ 0.85
Those that fall between the above
levels are evaluated based on the BPI,
utilizing the linear interpolation to thefirst decimal place.

Assessment based on the Model Building Method [BPIm](Building with a total floor space of 5,000 m2 or less)Level 11.00 < [BPIm]

1.00 < [BPIm]

Level 20.97 < [BPIm] ≦ 1.00

0.97 < [BPIm] ≦ 1.00

Level 30.90 < [BPIm] ≦ 0.97

0.93 < [BPIm] ≦ 0.97

Level 4

[BPIm] ≦ 0.90

[BPIm] ≦ 0.93

Level 5(No corresponding level)(No corresponding level)

Building type

Apt

Level 1

Corresponding to grade 1 of the Japan Housing Performance Standard "5-1
Energy-saving Countermeasure Grade."

Level 2

Corresponding to grade 2 of the Japan Housing Performance Standard "5-1
Energy Saving Countermeasure Grades."Level 3

Corresponding to grade 3 of the Japan Housing Performance Standard "5-1
Energy Saving Countermeasure Grades."Level 4(No corresponding level)

Level 5

Corresponding to grade 4 of the Japan Housing Performance Standard "5-1
Energy Saving Countermeasure Grades."* Regarding Apt, in cases where each building has different specifications, the assessment may be
carried out based on proportions of the total number of dwellings that fall under the grades
corresponding to respective levels.
* Apt, to which the Japan Housing Performance Standard prior to its amendment in 2014 applies,
are evaluated in accordance with CASBEE 2010 edition.

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

ＬＲ１

Assessment of energy is based on methods in accordance with current laws and regulations, suchas the 2013 energy conservation standards of the Energy Conservation Law, and the "5-1 Energy
Saving Countermeasure Grade" of the Japan Housing Performance Standard under the Housing
Quality Assurance Act to be enacted in April 2015.

132

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition□Commentary
Evaluate the efforts to improve the reduction of thermal gains and losses due to insolation andinterior-exterior temperature gradients, and thermal load control as a means of reducing energy
consumed by cooling and heating.
(1) Measures in the building site plan, such as building form and core position, to reduce thermal loads.
(2) Level of use of highly insulative construction methods and materials in walls, roof and elsewhere.
(3) Level of use of louvers, eaves and other sun-shading methods on windows, which should take into
account seasonal variations in sun height between winter and summer.
(4) Use of measures such as highly insulative multipane glass windows, airflow windows and double skins.
The assessment of Off, Sch, Rtl, Rst, Hal, Hsp and Htl, is based on the annual thermal load standard
BPI†1 converted from the annual thermal load factor PAL* that is calculated according to the evaluation
2
standards of building owners. Buildings having a total floor space of 5,000 m or less may be evaluatedbased on the annual thermal load standard BPIm in the Model Building Method.
When the PAL* is used in the assessment, based on the annual thermal load standard BPI, levels
are determined in a line chart as shown in Figure 5.
BPI=Design PAL* / Standard PAL* (Formula 1),
where, Standard PAL*: Evaluation standard value of the building owner by purpose2of the building or by region [MJ/year-m ]2
Design PAL*: PAL value of the subject building [MJ/year-m ]Figure 5: Level evaluation utilizing [BPI]†2
The annual thermal load standard BPIm in the brief assessment method is a value obtained by
dividing the design value of the Model Building Method by the standard value of the same. In order
to differentiate from the BPI calculated in the PAL* calculation program, "m", meaning the Model
Building Method, is added.

In Apt, according to the 2013 energy conservation standards and the Japan Housing PerformanceStandard (revised in February 2014) under the Housing Quality Assurance Act based thereon, theinsulation performance of the outer surface is evaluated under the Thermal Load Control of
Building Outer Surfaces items.
In cases where the energy conservation standards differs between individual dwellings, in principle,
the assessment may be carried out according to proportions of the number of dwellings that fallunder the individual grades corresponding to respective levels.
†2

BPI (Building PAL* Index) is an annual thermal load standard calculated based on the annual load factor
PAL* that was established upon the amendment to the Energy Conservation Law in 2013. Conventionally, if the
PAL* reduction rate is defined in the same manner as defining the PAL reduction rate that has been used in 1.
Thermal Load Control of Building Outer Surfaces, the BPI shall be expressed as follows:
BPI = 1-PAL*Reduction rate = 1-(Standard PAL*-Design PAL*) / Standard PAL* x 100 [%] = Design PAL* /Standard PAL*
†3
BPIm is an annual thermal load standard in the Model Building Method created upon the amendment to theenergy conservation standards in 2013.

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

133

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition■Reference 1) The Standard for Judgment by Owner Regarding the Rational Use of Energy
Relating to Buildings
Regional categories
Building type

Region1 Region2 Region3 Region4 Region5 Region6 Region7 Region8
430

430

450

450

450

450

590

Guest rooms

560

560

560

450

450

450

500

690

Banquet halls

960

960

960

1250

1250

1250

1450

2220

Medical wards

790

790

790

770

770

770

790

980

Non-medical
wards

420

420

420

430

430

430

440

670

Stores engaged in sale of
goods

610

610

610

710

710

710

820

1300

Schools

390

390

390

450

450

450

500

690

Restaurants

680

680

680

810

810

810

910

1440

Libraries

540

540

540

550

550

550

550

670

Gymnasiums

770

770

770

900

900

900

900

1100

Cinemas

1470

1470

1470

1500

1500

1500

1500

2100

HotelsHospitals

Halls■Reference 2) Japan Housing Performance Standard "5-1 Energy Saving Countermeasure
Grades"Energy Saving
Degree of insulation measures in order to prevent heat loss through outer
Countermeasurewalls, windows and the like
GradesMeasures against a great heat loss, the degree of which is equivalent to theGrade 4
Evaluation Standards for Clients and Owners of Specified Buildings
Concerning Rational Use of Energy, are taken.
Grade 3

Measures against a certain level of heat loss are taken.

Grade 2

Measures against a slight heat loss are taken.

Grade 1Othersc 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

ＬＲ１

430

Offices

134

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

2. Natural Energy Utilization
Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt
From the 2014 edition, in terms of natural energy utilization, the assessment is based on the direct
use only. The converted use is evaluated in 3. Efficiency in Building Service System. Forms ofnatural energy utilization in CASBEE are defined as follows:
Form of use

Definition

Notes

Direct use ofnatural energy

Natural energy is used directly as energy, without theuse of mechanical force, as in the use of daylight andnatural air movement and ventilation.

Evaluated in 2.
Natural Energy
Utilization

Converted use ofnatural energy

Photovoltaic generation, solar heat use and othersemi-mechanical means are used to convert naturalenergy to electrical power, hot and cold water andother forms, before it is used as energy.

Evaluated in 3.
Efficiency in
Building Service
SystemIn principle, the assessment is based on the introduction method and scale in a qualitative manner.
In order to obtain Level 5, the quantitative assessment based on the amount used per unit floor
space equivalent to the annual primary energy consumption would be required. In this regard,
however, the assessment of apartments and schools (elementary and junior high schools) is
carried out based solely on the introduction method and scale in a qualitative manner.
Building type

Off･Sch (Universities, etc.)･Rtl･Rst･
Hal･Hsp･Htl･Fct

Sch (Elementary/Junior High/High
Schools)･Apt

Level 1

(No corresponding level)(No corresponding level)

Level 2

(No corresponding level)

Natural lighting and ventilation do notmeet level 3.

Level 3

No measures of the assessment
criteria are implemented.
Although some methods are used,their effectiveness, however, has notbeen examined.

Nearly all private areas (at least 80%) ofclassrooms or apartments face exterior
walls on two sides, ensuring effective
natural lighting and ventilation.

Level 4

Level 5

In some of the methods used as part ofthe efforts subject to the assessment,
their effectiveness has been confirmed.
(excluding monument design)

In addition to the above, building
measures, such as ventilation voids, havebeen used to enhance efficacy. They
influence a majority (50% or more) of thebuilding.

Same as level 4 and direct energy The above building measures cover atusage of 15 MJ/m2-yr or moreleast 80% of the buildingc 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

135

2014 Edition

Efforts to be evaluatedDescription

１

Use of natural light: Planning for natural light systems that use daylight in placeof lighting equipment. (E.g., light shelves, top lights, high side lights†4, etc.)２

Use of natural ventilation: Planning for the use of natural ventilation andventilation systems that are effective in replacing the use of air conditioning
equipment and reducing cooling loads. (E.g., automatic dampers, manuallyoperated openings and windows (those with a plan for an operational
management method), night purging, ventilation systems linked to atria, solar
chimney ventilation towers, etc.)

３

Use of geothermal energy: Planning for the use of geothermal heat usage
systems that are effective in replacing the use of heat sources and air
conditioning equipment and reducing heating and cooling loads. (E.g., cool andheat tubes and pits, etc.)

４

Other: Planning for the effective use of nature in other systems.

□Commentary
Evaluate the unconverted use of natural energy, such as light and ventilation. Solar cells, solar
panels and other methods for converting natural energy into electricity or heat should be evaluatedunder "3 Efficiency in Building Service System."
Evaluate measures for direct use of natural energy within the building appropriate to its scale, typeand surrounding area. Localized energy use (such as for a monument) does not contribute toeffective energy management, and thus is considered to be level 3. Level 4 or 5 is awarded tomeasures that are expected to achieve a substantial reduction in energy use.
In assessing direct use of natural energy in Apt and Sch (elementary/junior high/high schools),
evaluate measures implemented in private areas of apartments or classrooms. Many suchbuildings have natural lighting and ventilation as basic energy-saving measures. As such, the level3 standard for these building types requires most of the private areas or classrooms to havenatural light and ventilation on at least two sides.
Furthermore, orientation and layout of the building also contribute to natural energy measures andare recognized as level 4 and 5.

†4

High side light; windows provided by design for the effective use of natural light, installed at highplace near ceiling.

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

ＬＲ１

NO.

136

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition□Reference
A sample qualitative assessment of the natural energy utilization required for obtaining Level 5 isprovided below.
Use of natural light - Light shelf installation sample(1) Building outline
Building type: Hall
2
Total floor space: 10,000 m
Light shelf installation area: 1,000 m2(2) Calculation conditions- Through general-purpose simulations, confirming that floor illuminance of more than 200 lx (62W/m ) can be secured in the daytime of a sunny day.
- Effective period: 5 h, Number of effective days: 245 days/year- Assuming that the sunny day rate is 60%.
(3) Calculating the use of natural energy- Calculation of the annual direct use
22
1,000 [m ] x 0.006 [kW/m ] x 9.76 [MJ/kWh]* x 5 [h] x 245 [Day/year] x 60 [%] ≒43.0 [GJ/year]- Calculation of the use of natural energy2243.0 [GJ/year] ÷ 10,000 [Total Floor m ] ≒ 4.3 [MJ/m -year]

Use of natural ventilation - Introduction example of natural ventilation system(1) Building outline
Building type: Offices
Total floor space: 5,000 m2
2(including the area in which natural ventilation is introduced: 1,000 m )(2) Calculation conditions- Number of occupants in rooms subject to natural ventilation: 100 people, thermal load perperson: 55 W/Person (Sensible heat load)2- Power consumption for lighting during natural ventilation: 12 W/m , Power consumption for2electric outlets during natural ventilation: 3.0W/m- Assuming that the monthly average system COP (primary) of heat source is 1.0.
- Rated power consumption for air-conditioning fans: 11.0 kW, Number of units: 2, VAV-controlled
average air volume ratio for air-conditioning fans: 60%- Based on the annual thermal load calculation, confirming that effective periods for naturalventilation are in-between periods (April-June, October-November, 10 h during the day).
- Setting the effective periods as 50% in light of the sunny day ratio and other factors.
(3) Calculating the use of natural energy- Calculation of the annual direct use
22
2
Thermal load: 100 [Person] x 0.055 [kW/Person] + (0.012 [kW/m ] + 0.003 [kW/m ]) x 1,000 [m ]≒ 20.5 [kW]Heat source substitutes: 20.5 [kW] x 3.6 [MJ/kW] ÷ 1.0 [-] x 152 [Day/year] x 10 [h] x 50 [%] ≒56.1 [GJ/year ]Air conditioning substitutes: 11.0 [kW] x 2 [Units] x 60 [%] x 9.76 [MJ/kWh]* x 152 [Day/year] x 10[h] x 50 [%] ≒ 97.9 [GJ/year]- Calculation of the use of natural energy22154.0 [GJ/year] ÷ 5,000 [Total Floor m ] ≒ 30.8 [MJ/m year]* In accordance with the Evaluation Standards for Clients and Owners of Specified Buildings
Concerning Rational Use of Energy (Notification No. 1 of MLIT and METI in 2013), the primaryenergy equivalent is set as 9.76MJ/kWh.

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

137

2014 Edition

3. Efficiency in Building Service System

Efficiency evaluation of building service system

Assessment of
non-private areas
in apartments

Assessment of private areas in apartments

Building with a gross floor area more than 5,000 m2

YES

NO

Evaluate according to the Model Building Method

NO
3a. Assessment Based on
the Primary Energy
Consumption (Buildings)

YES
3b. Assessment
based on BEIm of
the Model Building
MethodAssessment based on the
primary energy consumption

Calculation of BEI (including theassessment of other energy
saving methods EM andenergy-efficient facilities ES)

3c. Assessment Based on
the Primary Energy
Consumption (Apartments)

Assessment based on the
primary energy consumption

Calculationof BEIm

Calculation of BEI (including theassessment of other energy
saving methods EM andenergy-efficient facilities ES)

For common/private areas of apartments, evaluate based on the higher values.**Apartments require two assessments: 3a for common areas and 3c for private areas. Divide theassessment result (Levels 1-5) proportionately between respective floor spaces of the common
and private areas.

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

ＬＲ１

The assessment of increased efficiency of building service systems is carried out by obtaining the
Building Energy Index (BEI) value based on the primary energy consumption of the entire service
system prescribed in the 2013 energy conservation standards, or the Building Energy Index for
Model Building Method (BEIm), a standard for the primary energy consumption of the entire
building based on the Model Building Method.
Select one of the assessment methods stated below (3a, 3b or 3c).

138

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

3a. Assessment Based on the Primary Energy Consumption (Buildings)
Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Hsp･Htl･Fct･Apt (Common Areas)！ Application condition
Apply when the assessment is carried out according to the primary energy consumption of the entire
service system prescribed in the 2013 energy conservation standards. (When evaluating in accordancewith the Model Building Method, apply 3b.)
For Apt, assess the common areas only. (Private areas of Apt are evaluated in accordance with 3c.)
Building type

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Hsp･Htl･Fct･Apt (Common Areas)
Level 1: [BEI Value] ≧ 1.10
Level 2: [BEI Value] = 1.05
Level 3: [BEI Value] = 1.00
Level 4: [BEI Value] = 0.90
Level 5: [BEI Value] ≦ 0.70

Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Level 4

Note: assessment for each level is based on BEI values to one decimal placeusing linear interpolation

Level 5The Building Energy Index (BEI) value is a comprehensive index based on the calculation result of
the primary energy consumption of the entire service system in accordance with the 2013 energy
conservation standards, which indicates the ratio of the primary energy consumption of thedesigned service system to that of the standard service system, as expressed in Formula 3.

BEI ＝

Designed primary energy consumption of the building subject to assessment
Standard primary energy consumption of the building subject to assessment

＝

ET
EST

＝

(EAC + EV + EL + EHW + EEV - ES + EM) x 10-3
(ESAC + ESV + ESL + ESHW + ESEV + ESM) x 10-3

(Formula 3)* BEI is expressed with a value rounded off to two decimal places.
In this case,
ET= Designed primary energy consumption (GJ/year)
EAC= Designed primary energy consumption of air conditioning (MJ/year)
EV= Designed primary energy consumption of mechanical ventilation facilities other than air
conditioning (MJ/year)
EL= Designed primary energy consumption of lighting (MJ/year)
EHW= Designed primary energy consumption of hot water supply equipment (MJ/year)
EEV= Designed primary energy consumption of elevators (MJ/year)
EM= Designed primary energy consumption (everything other than air conditioning, ventilation,lighting, hot water supply and elevators) (MJ/year)
Note: In cases where energy-saving measures, such as a DC distribution system, are includedin the building plan and the basis for calculation of the corresponding reductions in energy
consumption is identified, the reductions can be reflected in the assessment.
ES= Reduction of designed primary energy consumption due to the use of energy-efficientfacilities (MJ/year)
Note) When energy saving methods other than solar power generation facilities andco-generation systems that are subject to the calculation in the 2013 energy conservation
standards are planned, and if evidence is sufficiently provided, the reduction effect may
be included in the scope of assessment.
EST= Standard primary energy consumption (GJ/year)
ESAC= Standard primary energy consumption of air conditioning (MJ/year)c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

139

2014 Edition

ESV= Standard primary energy consumption of mechanical ventilation facilities other than air
conditioning (MJ/year)
ESL= Standard primary energy consumption of lighting (MJ/year)
ESHW= Standard primary energy consumption of hot water supply equipment (MJ/year)
ESEV= Standard primary energy consumption of elevators (MJ/year)
ESM= Standard primary energy consumption (everything other than air conditioning, ventilation,lighting, hot water supply and elevators) (MJ/year)[subscripts] Indicate energy applications;
AC = Air conditioning application, V = Ventilation application, L = Lighting application, HW = Hot
water supply application, EV = Elevator application, S = Equipment for improving energy
efficiency, M = Other applications (electrical outlets, water supply and drainage, and otherapplications. Thus, it includes all applications other than air conditioning, ventilation, lighting, hotwater supply and elevators.)

Level [-]

□Commentary
When the assessment is based on the primary energy consumption of the entire service system,
the level assessment expressed in a line chart as shown in Figure 6 is carried out, utilizing the BEI
value that integrates assessment results of individual facilities.

Figure 6 Levels for system evaluation based on the primary energy consumption [BEI] only
1) Other energy consumption assessment
The 2013 energy conservation standards includes assessment of seven systems: air conditioning,
ventilation, lighting, hot water supply, elevators, others and energy efficiency improvement systems.
CASBEE, in principle, covers all applications of energy consumption. However, in other applications, interms of the primary energy consumption of EM: Others (any applications other than air conditioning,
ventilation, lighting, hot water supply and elevators) in the calculation formula of the BEI, a calculation
method with no difference, Denominator = Numerator (=EM), is adopted. On the other hand, whenenergy saving measures such as a DC distribution system are implemented, and the corresponding
reduction in energy consumption is certainly expected, such effect may be included in the EM in the
numerator (specify the basis for energy reduction calculations).
2) Assessment of energy efficiency improvement systems
Energy efficiency improvement systems in the 2013 energy conservation standards are only
applicable to solar power generation systems and co-generation systems. Installation of such
systems would enable efficient energy use in the entire building, and therefore, a certain energy
saving effect can be expected.
When measures other than such systems that would positively affect the energy consumption in
the entire building are used, based on the assessment in accordance with the primary energyc 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

ＬＲ１Note) Symbol key
E= Primary energy consumption (GJ/year) (MJ/ year)

140

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

standard, such efforts may be included in the scope of assessment by calculating ES: Reduction of
the designed primary energy consumption due to the introduction of energy-efficient facilities(specify the basis for energy reduction calculations).
3) Common areas in apartments
Regarding common areas in apartments, facilities which are subject to assessment in the 2013 energy
conservation standards, such as air conditioning, ventilation, lighting, hot water supply, elevators, othersand energy efficiency improvement systems, are evaluated just like other types of buildings. Private
areas of apartments (See 3c.) are also subject to assessment. The results of the BEI assessment incommon areas and private areas are divided proportionately in accordance with the respective total
floor spaces, which would serve as the final assessment values for apartments.

3b. Assessment based on BEIm of the Model Building Method
Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt！ Application condition
Apply when the assessment of service systems is based on the Model Building Method. Buildings
having a total floor space of more than 5,000 m2 are evaluated in accordance with 3a.
The assessment based on the Model Building Method is only applicable to non-residential buildings
2
having a total floor space of 5,000 m or less. Therefore, Apt is excluded from the assessment. (Private
areas and common areas of Apt are evaluated in accordance with 3a and 3c, respectively.)
Building type

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Hsp･Htl･Fct

Level 11.05 < [BEIm value]

Level 21.00 < [BEIm value] ≦ 1.05

Level 30.90 < [BEIm value] ≦ 1.00

Level 4[[BEIm value] ≦ 0.90

Level 5(No corresponding level)□Commentary
The assessment of this item is carried out based on the calculation result of the BEIm of the target
building utilizing the Model Building Method in the primary energy consumption calculation
program (hereinafter referred to as "the calculation program") in the energy conservation
standards for non-residential buildings (announced in January 2013). (The BEIm is a value
obtained by dividing the design value based on the Model Building Method by the standard value
based on the same. In order to differentiate from the BEI calculated in the primary energy
consumption calculation program, "m", meaning the Model Building Method, is added.)
For more details of the calculation program and its commentaries, please refer to the website of
the Building Research Institute.
http://www.kenken.go.jp/becc/index.html
1) For other energy consumption
The Model Building Method is a calculation method in which the primary energy consumption is not
calculated. Therefore, buildings, in which energy saving measures including a DC distribution
system are applied and even the reduction of energy consumption is certainly expected, areexcluded from the assessment.
2) Assessment of energy efficiency improvement systems
Energy efficiency improvement systems in the Model Building Method are only applicable to solar
power generation systems. Installation of such systems would enable efficient energy use in the entire
building, and therefore, a certain energy saving effect can be expected. Further, as the primary energy
consumption is not calculated in the Model Building Method, energy efficiency improvement systems
other than solar power generation systems are excluded from the assessment.

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

141

2014 Edition

3c. Assessment Based on the Primary Energy Consumption (Apartments)
Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Hsp･Htl･Fct･Apt (Private Areas)！ Application condition
Evaluate the service system in private areas in Apt. In the 2014 edition, the reduction ratio of the
primary energy consumption for purposes other than home electronics and cooking is evaluated inaccordance with the calculation method specified in the 2013 energy conservation standards.
Apt (Private Areas)

Level 1

Levels of this assessment item are expressed as a value to the first decimal place
converted from the primary energy consumption ratio (Design value/Standard
value). The corresponding levels are defined as the following consumption ratios:
Level 1: The primary energy consumption ratio is more than 130%.
Level 2: The primary energy consumption ratio is more than 120%.
Level 3: The primary energy consumption ratio is 110%.
Level 4: The primary energy consumption ratio is 100%. (Equivalent to the 2013
standard)
Level 5: The primary energy consumption ratio is less than 90%. (Equivalent to
the low carbon standard)

Level 2
Level 3
Level 4
Level 5

□Commentary
In this item, the assessment is carried out based on the calculation result of energy consumption of
the residential building subject to the assessment, utilizing the primary energy consumption
calculation program (hereinafter referred to as "the calculation program") in the energy
conservation standards for residential buildings (announced in January 2013).
For more details of the calculation program and its commentaries, please refer to the website of
the Building Research Institute.
http://www.kenken.go.jp/becc/index.html
1) Setting assessment levels
Assessment levels are defined in accordance with 5-2 Primary energy consumption grades (tobe enacted in April 2015) specified under the Japan Housing Performance System (revised in
February 2014). Grades 5 and 4 correspond to Levels 5 and 4, respectively, whereas theassessment is proportionally distributed from Levels 3 to 1.
Primary energy consumption grades
Grade 5
Grade 4
Grade 1[Equivalent to the low carbon standard][Equivalent to the 2013 energy conservation standards]
Other

Levels of this assessment item are determined depending on the ratio (consumption ratio) of thestandard primary energy consumption and the design primary energy consumption (both of which
exclude the energy consumption due to home electronics), as shown in the following formula.
Consumption ratio (%) = Design primary energy consumption (excluding home electronics) /Standard primary energy consumption (excluding home electronics) x 100
Level of LR1.3c = -0.1 x Consumption ratio + 14 (The lowest level is 1 and the highest is 5.)

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

ＬＲ１

Building type

142

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition5

レベル[-]
Level
[-]

4
3
2
1
140

130

120

110

100

90

80

Consumption
ratio [%]
消費率[%]

Figure 7: Relationship between the assessment level of LR1.3c and consumption ratio

Regarding the assessment of service systems in private areas, as one of the assessment methods
that do not utilize the calculation program, the following method may be used.
Level 1: Not adequate for Level 4
Level 4: Both the Standard Concerning Prevention of Heat Loss through Outer Walls and Windows
and the Standard for the Primary Energy Consumption prescribed in the Guidelines for
Design, Construction, Maintenance and Conservation Concerning Rational Use ofEnergy in Housing (Notification No. 907 of MLIT in 2013) (hereinafter referred to as "theGuidelines for Design and Construction") are fulfilled.

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

143

2014 Edition

4. Efficient Operation
4.1 Monitoring

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Hsp･Htl･Fct･Apt

Building type

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Hsp･Htl･Fct

Level 1

(No corresponding level)

Level 2

(No corresponding level)

Level 3

It must be possible to identify the annual consumption of each kind of energy
used in the building and use the base unit for energy consumption, or othermeans, for benchmark comparison.

Level 4

Beyond level 3, the breakdown of energy consumption*1 for each major building
type must be identified, trends in consumption identified and analyzed, and theirappropriateness confirmed.

Level 5

Beyond level 4, the system efficiency* of major equipment systems must be
evaluated in order to evaluate the performance of the systems.

2

Building type

Apt

Level 1

(No corresponding level)

Level 2

(No corresponding level)

Level 3

No efforts to be evaluated.

Level 4Equipment that indicates the amount of energy consumed,
environmental-load-reducing devices and the like, are employed.

Level 5

A system for managing energy is established and efforts for reducing energy
consumption are made therein.

*1 Broadly, monitoring must be planned which will be able to identify the breakdown, by application, of amajority of the total energy consumption.
*2 Broadly, efficiency assessment must be performed on at least four of the types listed in table 1. If there aremany systems, such as air conditioning, lighting and ventilation, it is permissible to estimate the whole fromthe assessment of representative systems.

□Commentary"Monitoring" evaluates ongoing monitoring of energy consumption quantities use in the operation of thebuilding in the Construction Completion Stage, and subsequent efforts to establish measurement andquantification systems that would lead to more efficient operation.
In evaluating the level of these kinds of monitoring, award higher levels to systems that are capable ofmore detailed assessment and analysis for the objectives (1)-(3) below.
(1) It must be possible to identify the annual consumption of each kind of energy used in the building*3
and use the base unit for energy consumption, or other means, for benchmark comparison.
*4(2) Furthermore, the breakdown of energy consumption for each major building type must be identified,trends in consumption identified and analyzed, and their appropriateness confirmed.
(3) BEMS or a similar tool must be introduced so that the system efficiency*5 of major equipment
systems can be evaluated in order to evaluate the performance of the systems. Assessment of fouror more systems, such as the examples in table 1, must be possible.
*3 Primary energy consumption per unit floor area for each building type, based on statistical data.

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

ＬＲ１！ Application condition
The assessment of all building types except Apt is carried out in terms of ongoing monitoring ofenergy consumption in the operational phase of the building after its construction is completed,and subsequent efforts to establish measurement and qualification systems that would lead tomore efficient operation. Apt is evaluated in accordance with "LRHU1.3.2 Management and Control
of Energy" in CASBEE for Dwelling Unit.

144

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition*4 Breakdown of primary energy consumption. The breakdown should include items that accountfor particularly large shares of consumption, such as heat sources, air conditioning motor power,
lighting, receptacles and hot water supply.
*5 It must be possible to compare the energy-saving effects of introducing various methods, using
the COP of heat source systems, system COP (of compound equipment), the WTF of pumped
conveyance and the ATF of air movement (see table).
However, if district heating and cooling has been introduced, it is possible to evaluate according toa well-defined system COP, so evaluating efficiency is sufficient.
Furthermore, data obtained by devices with control sensors can also be applied in the efficiency
assessment.

Table 1 Efficiency Assessment Examples
Equipment Item

Assessment Item
Heat source machine COP
assessment

1

2

3
4

Heat source
equipment

Air conditioning
equipment

Ventilationequipment
Lighting
equipment

5

Hot water
supplyequipment

6

Elevator

7

Other

Assessment Summary
Amount of generated heat/energy consumed by the heat source(based on primary energy)/Available heat of heat storagetank/Utilization efficiency of heat storage tank

COP assessment of heatsource systems

Amount of generated heat/energy consumed by the heat source
and related equipment (based on primary energy)

Heating medium
conveyance WTF
Air conditioner conveyance
ATF
Total enthalpy heatexchange effectCooling effect by external air
Multi-COP assessment forbuildings
Assessment of variable air
volume control
Assessment of various
types of control
Heat source machine COP
assessment
COP assessment of heatsource systems
Heating mediumtransmission WTF
Individual control operation
effectAssessment of solar power
generation facility

Amount of heat carried/energy consumed by pump (based on
secondary energy)
Amount of heat carried/energy consumed by fan (based on
secondary energy)

CGS assessment
Coordinated controls
Other

Notes

Includesintroductionof
districtheatingand coolingAmount of heat reduced, amount of energy
Amount of heat reduced, amount of energy
Efficiency in multi-split A/C system

Amount of energy saved by the use of daylight, occupant sensors,
etc.
Amount of generated heat/energy consumed by the heat source(based on primary energy)
Amount of generated heat/energy consumed by the heat source
and related equipment (based on primary energy)
Amount of heat carried/energy consumed by pump (based on
secondary energy)
Reduced energy
Power generation efficiency/Rating efficiency/Annual efficiency
Electricity generation efficiency, overall efficiency, energy saving
rateLighting/ventilation on/off control linked with security sensors
A/C CO2 control effect, Ventilation CO2 control effect, Task ambient
A/C effect, Task ambient lighting effect, etc.

In Apt, the assessment is carried out in accordance with "LRHU1.3.2 Management and Control ofEnergy" in CASBEE for Dwelling Unit.
Level 4 is given when one of the following measures (a-c) is taken.
a. Equipment that indicates the amount of energy consumed is installed for one of the following
services: electricity, gas or water. (The energy consumption may be expressed as the amount ofenergy consumed, energy costs, or any other related forms.)b. Devices that indicate the amount of electricity or gas consumed are installed, which areconnected to terminals such as electric plugs and gas valves rather than connected directly tothe devices.
c. A distribution board having a function of breaking the branch circuit (a distribution board with apeak-cut function) depending on the use of power-consuming devices is installed.
Level 5 is given when, in terms of the information concerning the energy consumption of thedwelling, the amount of electricity for air conditioning, lighting and the like, used by the building
owner or occupant, is individually measured, the related information may be accumulated andprovided as necessary, and the Home Energy Management System (HEMS), which has a control

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

145

2014 Edition

function in order to adjust the power use, is installed. The standard for the HEMS is in accordancewith the low-carbon building certification manual issued by the Housing Performance Assessment
and Indication Association, and the Japan Sustainable Building Consortium.

4.2 Operation & Management System

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Hsp･Htl･Fct･Apt！ Application condition
The assessment of all building types except Apt, the operation and management system is not, in
itself, design content, but rather a system that would be applied by the building owner. Therefore,
the assessment is carried out based on how far the designer went for proposing the establishmentof the Operation and Management System in relation to the reduction of environmental loads tothe building owner. Apt is evaluated in accordance with "LRHU1.3.1 Presentation of Lifestyle
Advice" in CASBEE for Dwelling Unit.
Building type

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Hsp･Htl･Fct

Level 1

No operation and management has been planned.

Level 2

Organizations, systems or management policies have been planned for operationand management.

Level 3

In addition to level 2, there must be an organized operation and management
system, designated manager.

Level 4

In addition to level 3, target values for energy consumption in the whole buildings
have been planned and presented to the building owner, based on calculation ofannual energy consumption.

Level 5In addition to level 4, there must be regular verification of equipment performance
during building operation, with specific actions planned for repair of malfunctions
etc. (commissioning system)

Building type

住Level 1

No efforts to be evaluated.

Level 2

(No corresponding level)

Level 3User manuals for individual facilities are provided to the occupants.

Level 4

In addition to satisfying the requirements for Level 3, general instructions
regarding an energy-saving way of living are given to the occupants.

Level 5In addition to satisfying the requirements for Level 3, appropriate instructions
regarding the facilities and specifications installed in the subject dwelling unit,
suitable for the respective building and life style, are given to the occupants.

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

ＬＲ１(Reference) HEMS (Home Energy Management System)
All of the following (1) to (4) should be satisfied.
(1) Power consumption data is obtained, and its measurement and retrieval occur every 30
minutes or less, in terms of the entire residential block as well as one of the following: every
branch circuit, room, equipment, power generation, power storage and discharge.
(2) Measured electric consumption data is available inside the dwelling unit.
(3) The period for storing data measured by HEMS devices is one of the following:- More than 1 month when the predetermined time unit of power consumption indicated is lessthan 1 hour
- More than 13 months when the predetermined time unit of power consumption indicated is lessthan 1 day(4) Power consumption adjusting functions of ECHONET Lite (control functions for adjusting power
use through automatic control, remote control and the like) are available.

146

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition□Commentary
The operation and management system is not, in itself, design content, but rather a system thatwould be applied by the building owner. Therefore, this assessment should examine how far thedesigner went in preparing such a system, for cutting environment loads, and proposing it to thebuilding owner.
The assessment should cover management systems and goal setting for planned and organized
operation, maintenance and preservation of the building, the setting of target values for annual
energy consumption, and the implementation of a target management plan to achieve the goals
and targets. Level 5 is for "target management is applied to energy consumption," with marks
allocated for the anticipated final targets. Evaluate energy-saving efforts in the area of operationand management, such as the use of data gained from various monitoring systems to reduceenergy consumption through testing and verification of equipment performance in operation,equipment diagnostics, and support for optimum operation.
In Apt, even if the building or facility focuses on energy saving, the expected effects may not be
achieved depending on how they are used. In this section, the assessment is carried out as towhether information for promoting an energy-saving way of living is available to the occupants.
Sample effort required in Level 3:
The assessment is carried out as to whether user manuals for built-in facilities of the building
including a water heater and air conditioning are provided to the occupants. User manuals would
enable the occupants to conduct appropriate maintenance work, which would contribute tomaintaining facilities' performance such as energy consumption efficiency.
Sample effort required in Level 4:
An explanation of an energy-saving way of living is provided in a manual for the
subject apartment. Alternatively, an explanation of an energy-saving way of living
based on leaflets that are publicly available, including the Smart Living Guide
issued by the Energy Conservation Center, Japan, is provided. The Smart Living
Guide can be downloaded from the website below (As of October 2013).
http://www.eccj.or.jp/pamphlet/living/06/index.html
Sample effort required in Level 5:
Appropriate explanations of facilities and specifications installed are provided to the extent of how
they actually work or their effective use, depending on the individual conditions. For instance,
when an inventive approach to ventilation as part of a passive system is applied, the designconcept of the subject dwelling unit is described and an explanation regarding when and which
opening should be used in order to achieve effective ventilation is provided, depending on thegeographical conditions.

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

147

2014 Edition

LR2 Resources & Materials
1. Water Resources
1.1 Water Saving

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt

Building type

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt
No systems for saving water.

Level 2

(No corresponding level)

Level 3Major faucets are equipped with water-saving valve.

Level 4

In addition to water-saving valve, other water-saving equipment (such as
flush-mimicking sound systems, water-saving toilets) is used.

Level 5(No corresponding level)□Commentary
Evaluate the water-saving methods installed on the building's water supply equipment.
In this context, "major faucets" refers to faucets in everyday use. For example, in a home the term
would refer to those in the kitchen, bathroom, restrooms, etc. This also depends on the level ofwater-saving effect, but it is generally necessary to have water-saving measures attached to amajority of faucets.
■Reference) Examples of water-saving equipment(1) Save water by regulating water
Faucetsflow volume

Water- saving valve
Fixed flow volume valves
Foaming faucets etc.

(2) Simplify operation of the equipment Automatic faucets
to save water by reducing wasteful flow.
Fixed flow faucets (self-closing faucets)
Water-saving (1) Toilet bowls(Approx. 6 L/use)
toilets(2) Urinals(Approx. 4 L/use)

Other

Water-saving appliances (Improvements towater supply routes and bowl and trap
shapes secure waste evacuation
performance while saving water).
Water-saving flush valves (Continuous flush
prevention mechanism, with regulatable
discharge volume).
Flushing in response to usage, with user
sensor.
Fixed-time control system (Combination
with lighting, fan switch linkage and 24-hour
timers).
Privacy noise generators, etc.

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

ＬＲ２

Level 1

148

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

1.2 Rain Water & Grey Water
1.2.1 Rain Water Use System
Building type

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt
Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt

Level 1

(No corresponding level)

Level 2

(No corresponding level)

Level 3

No systems for using rain water.

Level 4

Rain water is used.

Level 5Rain water usage brings the rain water usage rate to at least 20%.

□Commentary
Evaluate the level of rain water use based on the system and usage rates.
The rain water usage rate specified in level 5 is calculated by the formula below.
Rain water
usage rate＝Rain water use (m3)
Potable water use (m3) + Rain water use (m3) + Waste water use (m3)

In this case,33
3
3
Waste water use (m ) = grey water use (m ) + sewage water use (m ) + industrial water use (m )The denominator indicates the overall water demand in the formula. Apply annual values forcalculation.
In areas where a recycled water/grey water infrastructure is provided, use of such system isconsidered as industrial water use.
Groundwater use is included in rain water use except in the cases below:(1) Groundwater is used only as heat source water
Ground water used only in a water heat pump system is excluded from this assessment since itdoes not contribute to reduction of regular domestic water use. However, ground water can be
included if it is recycled for domestic use after it is used as a heat source.
(2) Groundwater used for disaster response
Such groundwater use is limited to emergency situations and does not affect regular domestic
water use and is thus excluded from this assessment.
(3) Groundwater is stored but not utilized.
(4) Use of groundwater may cause land subsidence, or the amount of water pumped may exceed
the limit prescribed in the regulations.

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

149

2014 Edition

1.2.2 Grey Water Use System

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt！ Application condition
Small buildings with a gross floor area of less than 2,000 m2 are excluded from this assessment.
Building type

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl(No corresponding level)

Level 2

(No corresponding level)

Level 3

No systems for reusing grey water.

Level 4

Grey water is reused.

Level 5More than two types of waste water are used

□Commentary
In CASBEE for Building (New Construction), evaluate utilization of grey water, sewage water andindustrial water (collectively referred to as waste water) based on how many types of waste water
are being used. Level 5 is awarded where more than two types of waste water are used.
In areas where recycled water/grey water infrastructure is provided, the use of such systems is
considered as industrial water use.

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

ＬＲ２

Level 1

150

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

2. Reducing Use of Non-renewable Resources
2.1 Reducing Use of Materials

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt！ Application condition
Buildings with wood as the main structural component are excluded from this assessment.
Building type

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt

Level 1

(No corresponding level)

Level 2Major structural elements are made of non-wood materials (RC/SRC/S), andearned 0 points in the table of the efforts to be evaluated.

Level 3Major structural elements are made of non-wood materials (RC/SRC/S), andearned 1 point or more in the table of the efforts to be evaluated.

Level 4

Major structural elements are made of non-wood materials (RC/SRC/S), andearned 3 points or more in the table of the efforts to be evaluated.

Level 5Major structural elements are made of non-wood materials (RC/SRC/S), andearned 5 points or more in the table of the efforts to be evaluated.

Efforts to be evaluatedMeasures subject to assessment

Point

Concrete strength FC and main rebar strength F of main structure (unit: N/mm2)
1 point

More than Fc = 36, and less than F = 390

3 points

More than Fc = 60, and less than F = 490

4 points

More than Fc = 100, and less than F = 590

Steel frame strength F in main structure frame (unit: N/mm2)
1 point

F = 325 or more but less than 355

3 points

F = 355 or more but less than 440

4 points

F = 440 or more

Other measures related to major structural elements
1 point

Use of pre-stressed concrete (which reduces material cross section, thereby
reducing materials used).

1 point each Equivalent measures.
□CommentaryHigh-strength materials contribute to a reduction in overall material use. As such, evaluate use ofvarious components in RC, S and other structures. Apply the assessment criteria to all building
types, as it may be difficult to determine the type of structure in some cases. In cases wheremultiple methods are combined, such as SRC, evaluate each structure and combine all points todetermine the result for the entire building.
In cases where more than two types of materials are used, evaluate the material that is used most.
Exclude assessment of CFT structures as reduction in the use of steel material is not clearly
demonstrated.
<Examples of other structural measures>- Use of BCPs (cold-press-formed rectangular steel tubes)- Reduction in steel reinforced using specific embedding methods, etc.
In cases of multiple measures, combine all points earned for each measure.
Exclude measures intended mainly to prevent building collapse caused by explosion or rupture in
the event of a disaster or to reduce overall material use during the entire life cycle of the building.

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

151

2014 Edition

2.2 Continuing Use of Existing Structural Frame, etc
Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt！ Application condition
Recycled use of existing building frames in temporary buildings is excluded from this assessment.
Building type

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt(No corresponding level)

Level 2

(No corresponding level)

Level 3The existing building frame is not reused.

Level 4(No corresponding level)

Level 5

Existing building frame is reused.

□Commentary
Usually the weight of the existing building skeleton of non-wooden structures consists of about
90% of the entire building, and about 70% in case that it is the energy consumption rate of thematerial production. Therefore, when construction is to be carried out on a site with an existingbuilding, the resource productivity of the new building will differ greatly depending on whether theskeleton of the existing building is reused or entirely removed in favor of a completely new building.
This item evaluates the level of reuse of existing building structural elements, such as reuse ofexisting piles and preservation of existing building perimeter walls, from the point of view ofresource productivity.
Further, reuse, removal and reconstruction of parts of the frames used for a building locatedon-site or off-site are included in the assessment of the reuse of the existing building frames.
It is natural that existing buildings cannot be reused unconditionally, considering their earthquake
resistance and state of deterioration, but if the existing building skeleton is not used for suchreasons, the new building should be able to achieve a high level on the Q (Quality) item.
Further, parts of the reused existing building frames used for temporary-use purposes are
excluded from the assessment.

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

ＬＲ２

Level 1

152

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

2.3 Use of Recycled Materials as Structural Materials
Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt
Building type

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt

Level 1

(No corresponding level)

Level 2

(No corresponding level)

Level 3

No recycled materials are used in the main parts for structural strength.

Level 4(No corresponding level)

Level 5

Recycled materials are used in the main parts for structural strength.

□Commentary
Evaluate whether recycled materials are used in the building's main structure.
This category covers recycled materials used for building structure listed as the Eco Mark Productsby the Japan Environment Association and the Designated Procurement Items under the Law
Concerning the Promotion of Procurement of Eco-Friendly Products in Public Projects or theGreen Procurement Law, enacted in May 2000. Wooden materials produced from sustainable
forests, such as timbers from forest thinning, are evaluated in "2.5 Timber from Sustainable
Forestry."
Unless the quantity is extremely limited, include all materials used.
Recycled materials used in the foundation of wooden structures are deemed used in the mainparts for the building's structural strength in the assessment.
Examples of recycled materials(1) Green procurement items (public works)
Blast furnace slag aggregate
Ferronickel slag aggregate
Copper slag aggregate
Electric furnace oxidized slag aggregate
Blast furnace cement
FA cement
Eco cement
Lumber(2) Wood board with Eco Mark (Product Category No. 111)
(3) Products using thinned lumber, reused and unused wood materials, etc., with Eco Mark
(Product Category No. 115)
Since the list of the Designated Procurement Items under the Green Procurement Law andinformation regarding the Eco Mark Products are constantly updated, it is advisable to refer to thefollowing websites prior to the assessment.
- Green Procurement Law: designated item information (MOE, temporarily unavailable as of April
2014)
http://www.env.go.jp/policy/hozen/green/g-law/gpl-db/material.html- Eco Product Net (Green Purchasing Network)
http://www.gpn.jp/econet/- Eco Mark Products Search Site (the Japan Environment Association)
http://www.ecomark.jp/search/search.php

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

153

2014 Edition

2.4 Use of Recycled Materials as Non-structural Materials
Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt

Building type

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt
No recycled materials are used.

Level 2

(No corresponding level)

Level 3

One type of recycled material is used.

Level 4

Two types of recycled material are used.

Level 5Three or more types of recycled material are used.

□Commentary
Evaluate the use of recycled materials in non-structural applications.
This category covers recycled materials used for non-structural materials listed as the Eco Mark
Products by the Japan Environment Association and the Designated Procurement Items under the
Law Concerning the Promotion of Procurement of Eco-Friendly Products in Public Projects or theGreen Procurement Law, enacted in May 2000.
Assessment method- The assessment is based on the number of items used as recycled materials. When multiple
materials belonging to the same category are used, count them all as one item. Further, thoughtimbers from forest thinning are included in the Designated Procurement Items, they areevaluated in 2.5 Timber from Sustainable Forestry. Therefore, they are excluded from theassessment in this section.
- When a product is recognized as both an Eco Mark Product and a Designated Procurement Item,
count it as one item.
- Unless it is a very small quantity, include all materials used.
- Since the list of the Designated Procurement Items under the Green Procurement Law andinformation regarding the Eco Mark Products are constantly updated, it is advisable to refer tothe following websites prior to the assessment.
Green Procurement Law: designated item information (MOE, temporarily unavailable as ofMarch 2014)
http://www.env.go.jp/policy/hozen/green/g-law/gpl-db/- Eco Product Net (Green Purchasing Network)
http://www.gpn.jp/econet/- Eco Mark Products Search Site (the Japan Environment Association)
http://www.ecomark.jp/search/search.php
Examples of applicable targeted recycled materials and calculation methods are shown below as
reference.
Examples of recycled materials
Assessment subjects
Designated Procurement Items
under the Green Procurement Law

Material nameRecycled soil processed from construction sludge
Granulated blast furnace slag for earthworks
Caisson filler using copper slag
Caisson filler using ferronickel slag
Steelmaking slag for ground improvement
Recycled heated asphalt mixtures
Asphalt mixtures with added ferrous slag
Roadbed material with added ferrous slag
Steel slag blocks
Sprayed concrete using FA
Paving blocks (fired) using recycled materials
Paving blocks (precast, non-reinforced concrete) using recycled

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

ＬＲ２

Level 1

154

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

Assessment subjects

Tiles and blocks that have been
awarded the Eco Mark (Productcategory No. 109)
Boards using wood materials thathave been awarded the Eco Mark
(Product category No. 111)
Products using thinned lumber,reused and unused materials, etc.
that have been awarded the Eco Mark
(Product category No. 115)

Construction products (for interior
decorating finishes) that have been
awarded the Eco Mark (Productcategory No. 123)

Construction products (cladding andexterior parts and materials) that havebeen awarded the Eco Mark (Productcategory No. 137)
Construction products (material-type
parts and materials) that have been
awarded the Eco Mark (Productcategory No. 138)

Material namematerials
Ceramic tile
LumberLaminated wood
Plywood
Laminated veneer lumber
Flooring
Particle board
Wooden-type cement panels
Vinyl flooring
Tile
Block
Brick
BoardsOutdoor materials (Civil engineering and construction materials:
Small logs)
Exterior materials (Civil engineering and construction materials:
Laminated wood)
Exterior materials (Civil engineering and construction materials:
Plywood)
Exterior materials (Exterior)Interior materials (Floor materials)
Interior materials (Wall materials)
Interior materials (Sliding door frames)
Interior materials (Doors)
Activated carbon (for moisture regulation)
Soil improvement materials
Wood flooring
Paper screens and sliding partitions
Paper to cover paper screens and sliding partitions
Board
Tatami matting
Wallpaper
Thermal insulation
Acoustic absorption materials and anti-vibration mats
Vinyl floor covers
Staircase anti-slip treatment
Braille nails
Free access floor
Accordion doors
Roofing
Roof materials
Cladding materials
Plastic decking materials
Composite materials of recycled wood and plastic
Construction stone
Hard PVC pipes for drainage and ventilation
Sumps for residential land

Calculation example: Brick products A and B (Eco Mark Product category No. 109) and ceramic tile
product C (a Green Procurement Item) are used.
→ Both brick products A and B are counted as one item, and combined withceramic tile product C counted also as one item for a total of two items used.
Award level 4.

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

155

2014 Edition

2.5 Timber from Sustainable Forestry

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt！ Application condition
Inapplicable if no timber is used.
Building type

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt(No corresponding level)

Level 2

Timber from sustainably managed forests is not used.

Level 3

Timber from sustainably managed forests supplied less than 10% of timber usage,
or no timber is used, even in the structural skeleton.

Level 4

Timber from sustainably managed forests supplies 10-50% of timber usage.

Level 5

Timber from sustainably managed forests supplies 50% or more of timber usage.

Use the formula below to calculate the proportion of timber used.
Proportion oftimber used＝Total quantity of timber used from sustainable forests (volume)
Total quantity of timber used in the building (volume)□Commentary
Timber is a material that should be renewable, and this item expresses the level of timber use in abuilding. However, when timber comes from tropical rainforests or illegally logged forests, it cannot
be described as renewable. Therefore, the level of use of timber from sustainably managed forests
is evaluated here. The assessment procedure is as provided in (1) and (2) below.
(1) Method for determining timbers produced in sustainable forestry
Wooden materials and timbers from forest thinning accompanied by a certificate of origin thatguarantees their places of origin as sustainable forests are treated as timbers from sustainable
forestry.
Further, coniferous woods are most likely from sustainable forests. Therefore, in principle, they arealso treated as timbers from sustainable forestry. However, those which obviously seem otherwise
are not treated as timbers from sustainable forestry.
Wooden materials including laminated wood and plywood made from wood that conforms to theabove definition may also be treated as timbers from sustainable forestry. However, molding
materials and frame members are excluded from the assessment.
■ Methods for verifying wooden materials with a certificate of a sustainable forest as their place oforiginThe verification procedure is in accordance with the following: (1) Verification method utilizing theforest certification system and chain of custody certification system, (2) Verification by companies
authorized by related associations or institutions in forestry and timber industry, and (3) Verification
by individual companies utilizing their original measures, under the Guideline for Verification on
Legality and Sustainability of Wood and Wood Products (Forestry Agency of Japan, April 2006).
(Figures 8-10, Source: Guideline for Verification on Legality and Sustainability of Wood and Wood
Products, Forestry Agency of Japan, April 2006)

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

ＬＲ２

Level 1

156

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

Figure 8: Schematic view of Verification Method based on the Forest Certification System andChain of Custody Certification System

Figure 9: Schematic view of Verification by Companies Authorized by Related Associations orInstitutions in Forestry and Timber Industry

Figure 10: Schematic view of Verification by Individual Companies Utilizing Their Original Measuresc 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

157

2014 Edition(2) Method for calculating the proportion of timbers used
1. Identify building condition
2. List the timber materials used, by position and tree type.
3. Identify the volumes of wood materials user, by position and type.
4. Calculate the total volume of timber used.
5. Use the formula below to calculate the proportion of timber used that is produced fromsustainable forests.
Total quantity of timber used from sustainable forests (volume)
Total quantity of timber used in the building (volume)

Collect and study the estimates.

2. List the materials used, by
position and tree types.
* Excludes temporary
constructions.

4. Judge whether each tree type wasproduced in sustainable forests.

3. Identify the volumes ofwooden materials used, by
position and type.

5. Calculate the total quantity of timber used
Total quantity of timber used (volume)
Total quantity of timber used from sustainable forests (volume)

6. Calculate the proportion of timber from sustainable forests within total
timber volume
Total quantity of timber used from sustainable forests (volume)
Total quantity of timber used in the building (volume)Figure 11: Method for calculating the proportion of timbers used

■Bibliography 54)

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

ＬＲ２

1. Identify building conditions
Collect and study the drawings.

158

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

2.6 Efforts to Enhance the Reusability of Components and Materials
Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt
Building type

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt

Level 1

(No corresponding level)

Level 2

(No corresponding level)

Level 3

No measures, as the efforts to be evaluated, to encourage recycling of materials
on demolition has been used.

Level 4

One point of measures to be evaluated, which are taken as efforts to promotematerial recycling on demolition, has been used.

Level 5

Two points or more of measures to be evaluated, which are taken as efforts topromote material recycling on demolition, have been used.

Point

Efforts to be evaluated

1 point

The structure of finishing materials can be separated easily.

1 point

Interior finishes and equipment are not entangled, and each can easily beremoved separately for demolition, refurbishment and remodeling.

1 point

Reusable unit materials are used.

1 point

Structural materials or their units can easily be disassembled and reused.

□Commentary"2.3 Use of Recycled Materials as Structural Materials" and "2.4 Use of Recycled Materials as
Non-structural Materials" expresses the degree of reused materials in the building at the time of its new
construction or refurbishment, as the starting point of its life cycle. This item evaluates measures suchas easier recycling which can promote recycling at the demolition and disposal stage, which is the endof the building lifecycle. In this category, evaluate measures to facilitate recycling at the end of thebuilding lifecycle (i.e. demolition and disposal stage) such as material segregation.
"The structure and finishing materials can be separated easily" for this assessment means thatstructural materials and internal finishes, including underlay materials, can be separated easily.
Therefore, S structures with cement panels, or RC structures with curtain walls, are not evaluated under
this item.
The following are specific examples. In these examples, measures indicated as "easy separation,""relatively easy separation" and their equivalent may be included in the scope of assessment.
<Examples of easy separation>(1) Structural frames with painted finishes(2) Structural frames + light steel + finishing materials (FP panels used for insulation)<Examples of relatively easy separation>(3) GL construction method (Sprayed insulation (urethane etc.) used)<Examples of difficult separation>(4) Plastered walls(5) Mortar and tile
"Interior finishes and equipment are not entangled" means cases designed for changing interiordécor, such as SI (skeleton/infill) methods, and cases in which pipes and wires are no embedded
in structural frames and finishing materials, as with the GL method and others. Conversely, do notevaluate in cases with mortar and tile or plastered walls on the structure.
"Reusable unit materials" include OA floors and movable partitions.
In "Reusable structural materials or their units," the assessment is carried out regarding design
efforts in which structural materials and their units can be easily detached from each other andreused, the examples of which include a case where beam-column joints of a steel construction
are all replaced with bolted connections.

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

159

2014 Edition

3. Avoiding the Use of Materials with Pollutant Content
3.1 Use of Materials without Harmful Substances
Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt
Building type

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt(No corresponding level)

Level 2

(No corresponding level)

Level 3

There is no building materials to be evaluated without substances specified in the
Pollutant Release and Transfer Register Law. Or the inspection has not been
carried out.

Level 4

There are 1-3 building materials to be evaluated without substances specified in
the Pollutant Release and Transfer Register Law.

Level 5

There are 4 or more building materials to be evaluated without substances
specified in the Pollutant Release and Transfer Register Law.

Category

Building materials to beevaluated

Category

For vinyl tile floors and seating
For tile

For fittings (wooden and metal)
PaintsAdhesives

Waterproofing
materials

For wooden parts (frames forfloor and ceiling)

For wallpaper

For structural materials

For floor board

For walls

For sash
Sealants

Building materials to beevaluated

For glass

For frames
Anti-corrosion
treatment
For materials other than frames

For tile joint

Undercoats

For materials for coated floors

For wall joint

Floor
coverings

For finishing wax

Primer for waterproofing

Preservatives

For wooden parts

For paint (surface coating)□Commentary
In this assessment, evaluate the reduction of chemicals which may affect interior air quality andalso the overall environment.
Various materials are used in buildings and these contain various chemical substances. Thesechemicals may have a harmful impact on human health and cause problems such as sick house
syndrome and endocrine disruption due to environmental hormones. Materials with a low risk of
causing health problems (except for sick house syndrome caused by VOCs) are considered asmaterials with no harmful substances in this assessment.
Targeted substances include Class I and II chemicals referred to in the law governing improved
reporting and management of specific chemicals released into the environment. Class I
designated chemical substances are defined as follows:(1) The chemical substance concerned threatens to harm human health, or to impair the lives or
growth of animals.
(2) Condition (1) is applicable to chemical substances which can easily be generated from thesubstance concerned through the action of nature.
(3) The chemical substance concerned depletes the ozone layer, harming human health throughc 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

ＬＲ２

Level 1

160

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

the increased penetration of ultraviolet radiation to the surface.
In addition to any one of the above, the following condition must apply to designated substances.
(4) The physical or chemical state of the chemical substance and the conditions of its manufacture,import, use and generation are recognized to result in its continuing presence in theenvironment over a wide area.

■ Reference: Examples of class I designated chemical substances and class II designatedchemical substances
Volatile organic compounds
Benzene, toluene, xylene etc.
Organochlorines

Dioxins, trichloroethylene etc.

Agrochemicals

Methyl bromide, fenitrothion, chlorpyrifos etc.

Metallic compounds

Lead and its compounds, organic tin compounds

Ozone-depleting substances

CFCs, HCFCs etc.

In evaluating the level of usage of materials which do not contain harmful substances, it is logicalto indicate the total volumes of each substance type covered by the PRTR Law that are used in theevaluated building. However, that is not practically possible, for the following reasons.
(1) As of August 2011, (Japanese) government ordinances have designated 462 types under"Type one designated chemical substances" alone.
(2) The Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) have not been written for the chemical substancesused in buildings that must be managed.
(3) It would be a huge task to calculate the volumes of materials used in the building.
Instead, it is more practical to consider applications where there is a certain probability of thesesubstances appearing, and count the number of such categories of building materials that are
free of substances designated under the PRTR Law.
The categories of materials which have at least a certain probability of containing materials withhealth risks are adhesives, resilient sealants, parting agents, waterproofing agents, anti-corrosion
treatments, paints and undercoats. For this assessment of the use of materials which do notcontain harmful substances, the number of those categories (materials to be evaluated) which arefree of chemical substances designated under the PRTR Law should be counted.
In principle, MSDS should be used for this assessment, but in some cases it could be difficult tojudge what is covered by the assessment in practice. In such cases, check with the manufacturer
and judge accordingly.
■Bibliography 55)

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

161

2014 Edition

3.2 Elimination of CFCs and Halons

3.2.1 Fire Retardant

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt！ Application condition
Buildings that have no fire-extinguishing equipment or have sprinklers only, and those having nogas fire extinguishing facilities are excluded from the assessment. A foam extinguisher is also
excluded from the assessment.
Building type

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Hsp･Htl･Fct･Apt

Level 1

Halon flame retardants with high ODP/GWP are used (incl. critical uses).

Level 2

Halogenated flame retardants are used.

Level 3

(No corresponding level)

Level 4

Inert gas flame retardants are used. Or, flame retardants with 0 ODP and lessthan 50 GWP are used.

Level 5(No corresponding level)□Commentary
Evaluate flame retardants based on ODP/GWP impacts. In this assessment, chemicals in flame
retardants are evaluated. Thus, buildings with absolutely no fire-extinguishing system or whichcontain only a fire sprinkler system are excluded.
Assessment levels are defined as follows:
Level 1: high ODP/GWP
Level 2: very low ODP/high GWP
Level 4: zero-ODP/very high GWPHalon flame retardants have been banned in principle since 1994. However, exception has been
made for applications deemed essential to public safety, termed as critical use. Critical use of
halon in designated/non-designated flame retardant materials is permitted as stated in notices
issued by the Fire and Disaster Management Agency (Fire Prevention Notice 87 and Hazard
Notice No.84, issued on April 28, 2005). In this assessment, however, critical and non-critical usesof halon are both evaluated as level 1 from the standpoint of their impact on the global
environment.

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

ＬＲ２

Atmospheric emissions of CFCs and halons pose a global threat to the ozone layer. In theconstruction field, such substances have been used frequently as flame retardants, foaming
agents (insulation materials, etc.) and refrigerants. In Japan, current regulations allow only the useof low ozone-depleting potential (ODP) CFCs and halons; however, careful handling is stillrequired due to high global warming potential (GWP).
In this assessment, evaluate use of low-ODP and GWP CFCs and halons in flame retardants,
foaming agents (insulation materials, etc.) and refrigerants.
ODP, or ozone depletion potential, is a relative scale which compares the global loss of ozone
caused by 1 kg of a given substance with the global loss of ozone due to 1 kg of CFC-11, which isfixed at an ODP of 1.0. A substance with absolutely no potential for ozone depletion has an ODP ofzero.
GWP (Global Warming Potential), or global warming potential, is a relative scale which compares
the gas in a given substance with that of the same mass of carbon dioxide, which is fixed at a GWP
of 1.

162

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition■Reference: Critical-uses for which halon fire retardants may be used.
Types of facility
Examples of facility
Communications
equipment etc.

Communications
equipment rooms
etc.

Broadcastingstudios etc.

Communications equipment rooms, wireless equipment
rooms, telephone exchange rooms, magnetic disk
rooms, computer rooms, telex rooms, telephoneexchange switching rooms, communications equipment
control rooms, data print rooms
TV relay rooms, remote centers, studios, lighting control
rooms, musical equipment rooms, adjustment rooms,
monitor rooms, broadcasting equipment rooms

Control rooms etc. Electrical power control rooms, operation rooms, control
rooms, management rooms, disaster prevention centers,
dynamometer rooms
Film storage rooms, lighting control rooms, relay desks,
VTR rooms, tape rooms, projector rooms, tapestorerooms
Measurement
Measurement equipment rooms in hazardous material
equipment rooms in handling facilities
hazardous material
handling facilities
Exhibition rooms Important cultural assets, artwork repositories, exhibition
Historical assets
etc.
rooms, showrooms
Print rooms containing rotary presses
Workshops etc.
Other
Film storages etc

Car parks

Car parks, etc.

Automated parkade, mechanical parkade (where drivers
enter fire-protected areas))

Excerpts from Fire Prevention Notice No. 87, Hazard Notice No. 84 (issued on April 28, 2005)

3.2.2 Foaming Agents (Insulation Materials, etc.)
Building type

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Hsp･Htl･Fct･Apt

Level 1

Insulation foaming materials with ODP = 0.2 or above are used.

Level 2Insulation foaming materials with ODP = 0.01-0.2 are used.

Level 3Insulation foaming materials with ODP = 0.0-0.01 are used.

Level 4Insulation foaming materials with ODP=less than 0.01 and low GWP (less than 50,
100-year value) are used.

Level 5Insulation foaming materials with zero-ODP and low GWP (100-year value is 1 orless) are used; or, no insulation foaming material used.

□Commentary
Evaluate foaming agents (insulation materials, etc.) based on ODP/GWP impacts.
Insulation materials are classified into mineral fiber materials (e.g. glass wool, rock wool andasbestos), expanded plastic materials (e.g. polyurethane, polystyrene and polyethylene) andnatural materials (e.g. carbonized cork, cellulose fiber and wool). Of these, CFCs and HCFCs havebeen used in the expanded plastic materials listed below in Reference 1.

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

163

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition■ Reference 1) Foaming agents used in expanded plastic insulating materials
Types of expanded
insulation materials

GWP

Period of use

Foaming agent name

ODP

Before 1995

CFC-111

4,750

Start of 2000s

HCFC-141b

0.11

725

Next generation

HFC-134a0

1430

HFC-245fa

0560

Cyclopentane C5H10

0

3

Before 1995

CFC-12

1

10,900Start of 2000s

HCFC-142b

0.065

2,310

Next generation

HFC-134a0

1,430

Before 1995

CFC-113

0.8

6,130

Since 2000

Dichloromethane CH2Cl2

0(100-year value)

Urethane foam

Urethane modified
isocyanurate foam

Phenol foam

Only expanded insulation materials of extremely low ODP are commercially available in Japan,
thus ODP = 0-0.01 is considered standard and defined as level 3. However, GWPs ofcurrently-used foaming agents are not necessarily low. Therefore, materials with ODP = 0 and avery low GWP are considered level 5. ODPs and GWPs of various foaming agents are shown
below in Reference 2.
■Reference 2) ODP and GWP values of foaming gases
ODP
Persistence in
Substance
atmosphere(CFC standard)

GWP (CO2 standard) 100 years

CFC－11
CFC－12
CFC－113
CFC－114
CFC－115

50
120
85
300
1700

1.0
1.0
0.8
1.0
0.6

4,750
10,900
6,130
10,0007,370

HCFC－22
HCFC－123
HCFC－124
HCFC－141b
HCFC－142b
HCFC－225ca
HCFC－225cb

13.3
1.4
5.9
9.4
19.5
2.5
2.6

0.055
0.02～0.06
0.022
0.11
0.065
0.25
0.033

1,810
77
609
725
2,310
122
595

HFC－23
HFC－32
HFC－125
HFC－134a
HFC－143a
HFC－152a
HFC－227ea
HFC－236fa
HFC－245ca

264
5.6
32.6
14.6
48.3
1.5
36.5
209
6.6

0

14,800
675
3,500
1,430
4,470
124
3,220
9,810
560

FC－14
FC－116
FC－218
FC－C318

50000
10000
2600
3200

0

6500
9200
7000
8700

In addition to the data above, ODPs and GWPs can be verified using the following documents.
- MOE 2008 Annual Report on Ozone Layer Monitoring, volume 4 appendix, P. 139-147, issued
August 2009 (http://www.env.go.jp/earth/report/h21-02/full.pdf)

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

ＬＲ２

Styrene olefin foam

164

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

3.2.3 Refrigerants

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt！ Application condition
Exclude from assessment if no refrigerant gases are used.
Building type

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt

Level 1

(No corresponding level)

Level 2

HCFC is used as the refrigerant.

Level 3

Refrigerant of ODP = 0 is used as the refrigerant.

Level 4Natural refrigerants and new chilling systems (ODP = 0) with GWP less than 50
are used.

Level 5(No corresponding level)□Commentary
Exclude all specified CFC refrigerants, and evaluate the use of CFC substitutes.
Due to the widespread use of CFC substitutes as refrigerants, zero-ODP is considered as level 3.
Natural refrigerants and new chilling systems in level 4 include the following items:(1) Natural refrigerants are CO2 and hydrocarbons such as ammonia, propane and butane.
(2) New chilling systems (MH chilling systems) are those using hydrogen-occluded alloy (MH alloy).
MH alloy is able to store up to 1,000 times its own volume of hydrogen. When it absorbs
hydrogen, it emits heat, and absorbs heat when it emits hydrogen, and these properties areused for refrigeration.

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

165

2014 Edition

LR3 Off-site Environment
In evaluating LR3, employ a point system for individual efforts indicated in the "Efforts to beevaluated" which are the scoring items, and derive a five-level assessment from the total score. As
most of the assessment items under LR3 are qualitative, the scoring software includes the"Summary for Design for Environment (DfE)" column, which should be used to describe thecontent of the efforts to be evaluated and make other comments.

1. Consideration of Global Warming
Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt
Building type

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt
The level for this item is expressed by the value of the lifecycle CO2 emission rate
converted to a 1-5 score (rounded to 1 decimal point).

Level 1-5

Levels 1, 3 and 5 are defined by the following emission rates.
Level 1: Lifecycle CO2 emission rate is 125% or more of the reference value.
Level 3: Lifecycle CO2 emission rate is 100% of the reference value.
Level 5: Lifecycle CO2 emission rate is 75% or less of the reference value.

□Commentary
Use lifecycle CO2 as the index for evaluating the level of effort for consideration of global warming.
Among the global environmental problems, global warming causes the greatest concern. In
general the level of impact on global warming is expressed by converting to the equivalent amountof CO2, as the representative GHG. Lifecycle CO2 (LCCO2) is the total amount of that kind of CO2
emission generated by the building in its entire lifespan.
Calculation of LCCO2 for a building is normally a very large task, but CASBEE uses anapproximate calculation method (i.e. Standard Calculation) in order to simplify the process. For
details of the calculation procedure and conditions, refer to Part III 2.3 Assessment Method.
Specifically, a reference LCCO2 emission for each building application is set based on the LCCO2
emission of a standard building that satisfies the evaluation criteria for building owners as referred
to in the Energy Conservation Law. Using the reference values, calculation is performed
more-or-less automatically based on the CO2-related assessment results (scores) at each stage ofa building lifecycle (i.e. construction, operation, maintenance/upgrade/demolition).
1) Construction stage
LR2 Resources & Materials evaluates "Continuing Use of Existing Structural Frame, etc." and"Use of Recycled Materials." The CO2 related to the manufacture of construction materials(embodied CO2), which is considered in relation to these measures, is approximately calculated
from the usage rate of existing structural skeletons and the blast furnace cement usage rate.
2) Operation stage
Use BEI, the primary energy consumption ratio, which is evaluated under LR1 Energy, to make ac 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

ＬＲ３□Scoring method
If the planned content actually applies to the content of each of the efforts to be evaluated, add thecorresponding points, and determine the level according to the point total.
* Some points can be selected as "Not Applicable," according to factors such as the building types
and site conditions. The cases which are to be excluded are stated in the commentary for eachpoint. Select "Not Applicable" on the scoring software, and the item concerned will be
automatically excluded from the scoring subjects.
* The "Other" column contains arbitrarily added items, which are special efforts that do not appear
in the scoring table. When scoring the "Other" column, describe the efforts in the "Summary for
Design for Environment (DfE)" column of the software.

166

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

simple estimate of the CO2 emission at the operation stage.
3) Maintenance/Upgrade/Demolition
Extension of service life by improving longevity is evaluated under "Q2 Quality of Service."
However, it is difficult to estimate the actual extension of service life with sufficient precision to use
it as a calculation condition for LCCO2. Therefore, take service life as a constant for all
non-residential buildings for LCCO2 estimation.
- Offices, hospitals, hotels, schools and halls: Fixed 60 years- Retailers, restaurants and factories: Fixed 30 years- Apartments: 30, 60 or 90 years, according to the deterioration countermeasure grades in theJapan Housing Performance System.
There are many other measures that affect CO2 emissions, but here we have focused on thosewith relatively large impacts, which are also relatively easy to set assessment conditions for.
Therefore, narrow the assessment subjects to a certain range of efforts and do not evaluate others.
Also, the precision of the process may not be high, because the assessment results for otherscoring items are only calculated simply. However, for the promotion of global warming
countermeasures, it is important to widely publicize CO2 emissions, their values and reduction
effects, so we have decided to present approximate figures.
If the assessor personally makes more detailed calculations (individual calculation), they are not tobe reflected in the scores for this item.

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

167

2014 Edition

2. Consideration of Local Environment
2.1 Air Pollution

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt！ Application condition
Evaluate as level 5 if absolutely no atmospheric pollution is generated on the site.
Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Hsp･Htl･Fct･Apt

Level 1

Gas and dust concentrations at sources of NOx, SOx and dust exceeds theemission standards set by the Air Pollution Control Law, the Guidelines for
Small Capacity Low NOx Combustors (MOE) or local ordinances.

Level 2

(No corresponding level)

Level 3

Gas and dust concentrations at sources of NOx, SOx and dust are reduced to
below the emission standards*1 set by the Air Pollution Control Law, theGuidelines for Small Capacity Low NOx Combustors (MOE) or local
ordinances.

Level 4

Gas and dust concentrations at sources of NOx, SOx and dust are
2
considerably reduced to below the emission standards* set by the Air
Pollution Control Law, the Guidelines for Small Capacity Low NOx Combustors(MOE) or local ordinances.

Level 5No incineration equipment is used, and absolutely no atmospheric pollutantsleave the virtual enclosed space boundary of the building to the outside.

Note) The criterion for concentration level is the Air Pollution Control Law, the Guidelines for Small
Capacity Low NOx Combustors (MOE) or the local ordinance, whichever is more stringent.
*1 For level 3, the concentration level should be limited to below the standard value and over 90%of the standard value.
*2 For level 4, the emission concentration should be limited to below 90% of the standard value.
□Commentary
Evaluate NOx, SOx and soot reductions using performance values of the equipment, relative to thecorresponding emission standards stipulated in the Air Pollution Control Law, the Guidelines for
Small Capacity Low NOx Combustors (MOE) or local ordinances. Refer to Reference 2 forfacilities regulated under the Air Pollution Control Law and Reference 3 for others (e.g. small
boilers). In cases where specification/performance values are not yet established, evaluate basedon the equipment intended for use or on target performance values of equipment in operation.
If absolutely no atmospheric pollutants are generated on site, level 5 should be awarded(evaluated as no load is emitted from the virtual enclosed space boundary to space outside).
Accordingly, level 5 may be given when no combustion equipment is used on-site. If combustion
equipment is used, evaluate at level 3 or 4, according to the reduction rate. In the above scoring
criteria, level 4 is for 90% or less of the standard value, but that figure will be revised as
appropriate in future, to take into account future trends in technical development and cost.
Emergency generation equipment and other devices which are not normally in operation are notevaluated under this item.

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

ＬＲ３

Building type

168

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition■Reference 1) Calculation method for multiple devices
If there are multiple types of relevant devices, emitting differing concentrations of atmosphericpollutants, take a weighted average of the standard outputs of each installed device.
Calculation method for multiple devices (with sample values)(1) Specifications(2) Combustion capacityof equipment (kW)(3) Coefficient(4 ) = (1) x (3)Concentration level 80%

300

300/450＝0.67

0.536

Concentration level 85%

100

100/450＝0.22

0.187

Concentration level 100%50

50/450＝0.11

0.11

450

Total

0.833（83％）■Reference 2) Assessment of facilities regulated under the Air Pollution Control Law
1. Facilities regulated under the Air Pollution Control Law
The following facilities are regulated under the Air Pollution Control Law.
Building nameSize conditions- Heat transfer area at least 10 m2- Combustion capacity at least 50 l/hr
- Raw material processing capacity 20
t/day- Combustion capacity at least 50 l/hr
- Raw material processing capacity atleast 1 t/day

１

Boilers２

Boilers３

Garbage furnace, sintering furnace

４(For refining metals) Blast furnace, converter, open-hearth furnace５- Grate area at least 1 m2
- Tuyere area at least 0.5 m2(For metal casting, rolling and heat treatment) Heating furnace- Combustion capacity at least 50 l/hr
(For the manufacture of petroleum products, petrochemical products, - Transformer rated capacity at least 200
coal tar products) Heating furnacekVA(For oil refining) Catalyst regeneration tower of a fluid catalytic cracking - Capacity for combustion of carbon withunit
adhering catalyst, at least 200 kg/hr

６
７
８
8-2
９
１０

(For refining and casting metals) Blast furnace

Combustion furnace of a sulfur recovery unit for an oil gas cleaner- Combustion capacity at least 6 l/hour- Grate area at least 1 m- Transformer rated capacity at least 200 kVA(For manufacture of inorganic chemical industrial products or foodstuffs) - Combustion capacity at least 50 l/hour
Reacting furnace (including fuel combustion equipment for manufacturing(For manufacture of ceramics) Sintering furnace, blast furnacecarbon black) Direct heating furnace
１１
１２
１３
１４

１５
１６
１７
１８
１９

２０
２１

Dry kiln(For the manufacture of iron, steel, ferrous alloys, carbide products) - Transformer rated capacity at least
Electric furnace
1,000 kVA
- Grate area at least 2 m2
Waste incinerator- Incineration capacity at least 200 kg/hr(For refining copper, lead, zinc) Roasting furnace, sintering furnace - Raw material processing capacity 0.5(Including pellet sintering furnaces) Blast furnace, converter, melting t/hr or more
furnace, dry kiln
- Grate area at least 0.5 m2- Tuyere area at least 0.2 m2- Combustion capacity at least 20 l/hr
(For manufacturing cadmium-based pigments or cadmium carbonate - Volume at least 0.1 m3
products), drying kiln
(For manufacturing ethylene chloride) Rapid chlorine freezing equipment - Chlorine processing capacity at least 50
kg/hr(For manufacturing ferric chloride) Dissolution bath
(For manufacturing activated carbon (using zinc chloride)) Reacting - Combustion capacity at least 3 l/hour
furnace(For manufacturing chemical products) Chlorine reaction facilities, - Chlorine processing capacity at least 50
chlorine – hydrogen reaction facilities, chlorine hydrogen absorption kg/hr
facilities- Current capacity at least 30 kA(For aluminum refining) Electrolytic furnace(For manufacturing phosphorus, phosphoric acid, phosphate fertilizers, - Phosphate ore processing capacity atand compound fertilizers (using phosphate rock)) Reaction facilities, least 80 kg/hr
concentration facilities, sintering furnaces, blast furnace- Combustion capacity at least 50 l/hr
- Transformer rated capacity at least 200 kVA

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

169

2014 Edition

２２
２３

２４

２５

２６

２７

２９

Gas turbine

３０

Diesel engines

３１

Gas engine

３２

Gasoline engine- Combustion capacity at least 50 l/hour- Combustion capacity at least 35 l/hour

2. Standards and outlines of atmospheric pollutants from factories and other business operationsites (excerpt)
The Air Pollution Control Law sets specific emission standards for NOx, SOx and soot particles
from soot/smoke-generating facilities (e.g. boilers) based on type and capacity of the facility(selected excerpts for the assessment reference).
Category

Substance

Main source

Standard/outline. Standard value (volume) set based on height of emission
outlet (He) and regional constant value K
Allowable emission (Nm3/h) = K x 10-3 x He2
General emission standard: K = 3.0 - 17.5
Special emission standard: K = 1.17 - 2.34

Sulfur oxides(SOx)
Soot and
smoke

Soot

Fuels and mineral ores
used in combustion process
of boiler/waste incinerator

Same as above and use ofelectric furnace

2. Fuel use standard based on the season
Standard of sulfur in fuels set regionally
Sulfur content: 0.5-1.2% or less
3. Overall emission standard
Regional/facility-specific standard set based on overall
emission reduction plan
Emission standard (concentration) per facility/capacity
General emission standard: 0.04-0.7 g/Nm3
Special emission standard: 0.03-0.2 g/Nm3

Harmfulsubstances

1. Emission standard per facility/capacity
New facilities: 60-400 ppm Existing facilities: 130-600 ppm
Nitrogen oxide(NOx)

Combustion, synthesis, ordecomposition process ofboiler/waste incinerator

2. Overall emission standard
Regional/facility-specific standard set based on overall
emission reduction planc 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

ＬＲ３

２８

(For manufacturing hydrofluoric acid) Concentration facilities, absorption - Heat transfer area at least 10 m2
facilities, distillation facilities- Pump power at least 1KW(For manufacturing sodium tripolyphosphate (using phosphate ore as - Raw material processing capacity at
raw material)) Reaction, drying and sintering facilities
least 80 kg/hr- Grate area at least 1 m2
- Combustion capacity at least 50 l/h(Secondary refining of lead (including manufacture of lead alloys, lead - Combustion capacity at least 10 l/hpipe, sheet and wire)) Blast furnace- Transformer rated capacity at least 40
kVA- Combustion capacity at least 4 l/h(For manufacturing lead accumulator batteries) Blast furnace- Transformer rated capacity at least 20
kVA(Manufacturing lead-based pigments) Blast furnace, air furnace, reaction - Volume at least 0.1 m2
furnace, drying facilities- Combustion capacity at least 4 l/h- Transformer rated capacity at least 20
kVA(Manufacturing nitric acid) Absorption facilities, bleaching facilities, - Nitric acid synthesis, bleaching,concentration facilities
concentration capacity at least 100 kg/hr- Raw material processing capacity at
Coke ovenleast 20 t/hr

170

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition■Reference 3: Assessment of NOx/SOx/soot-generating combustion facilities (e.g. small boilers)
not subject to regulation under the Air Pollution Control Law
A combustion facility that is not subject to regulation under the Air Pollution Control Law but
generates NOx, SOx and soot is evaluated in this assessment. This applies to small boilers andindividual water heaters in apartments. In such case, award level 3 to emission concentrations
equivalent to the standard value as referred to in the Guidelines for Small Capacity Low NOx
Combustion equipment issued by MOE; award level 4 to concentrations of 90% or less than theguideline standard. Evaluation is based on performance assessment of individual equipment.
Determine the appropriate level where the majority of the equipment satisfies criteria at the given
level.
Reference data: Guidelines for Small Capacity Low NOx Combustors (MOE, 2009 edition)
Guideline standard value (ppm,
Combustion Equipment typeconversion: O2 = 0%)
Guideline
13
DeviceCapacity*
Fuel*2standard (ppm)*
Fuel consumptionGas
50
capacity of less than
Kerosene80
50 l/hr (heavy oil
Boilerequivalent) and heatType A100
transfer area of lessheavy oil2
than 10 m
Fuel consumptionGas60
capacity of less than
Kerosene80
50 l/hr (heavy oil
Absorption chiller
equivalent) and heatType A100
transfer area of lessheavy oil2
than 10 m
Consumer gas water heater
specified below:- Gas-fueled on-demand water
heater (end stop type)- Gas-fueled hot waterGas
60
supply/space heater (watersupply section only)- Gas-fueled bath tub system with
hot water supply (water supply
section only)
Fuel consumption of
Gas engine (excluding GHP)
less than 35 l/hr (he
Gas
300*4
avy oil equivalent)
Fuel consumption ofGas heat pump (GHP)
less than 10 l/hr (he
Gas
100*5
avy oil equivalent)*1 Conversion of heavy oil and gas is obtained based on conversion coefficients set by the municipal
governments.
*2 Gas includes 12 A/13 A town gas and LPG. Other types of town gas and biogas are not included in theguideline.
*3 NOx concentration is based on 0% oxygen concentration equivalent.
*4 Guideline standard for gas engines (excluding GHP) is based on NOx concentration at the factory setting
level.
*5 Guideline standard for GHP is the 12-mode value obtained in accordance with the method specified in JIS B
8627-1 Appendix I.

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

171

2014 Edition

2.2 Heat Island Effect
Building type

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt
Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt

Level 1

Total score for assessment criteria: 0 points

Level 2

Total score for assessment criteria: 1-5 points

Level 3

Total score for assessment criteria: 6-12 points

Level 4

Total score for assessment criteria: 13-19 points

Level 5

Total score for assessment criteria: 20 points or higher

Efforts to be evaluatedI.
Preliminary
investigationof heatenvironment

Description

1) Preliminary [1] Existing data such as data from nearby
investigation of
meteorological stations and regional meteorologicalthe local heatobservation data (AMEDAS data) was used to identify
environment
the wind environment, including directions, speeds
and prevailing direction.
(1 point)[2] In addition to [1] above, on-site measurements weretaken, or a supplementary detailed investigation was
performed using a wide-area environmental
forecasting system based on wide-area meteorological
data and topographical data.
(2 points)

II. Thermal
impactreduction insurrounding
area

Point

2) Thermal
impactreduction insurroundingarea byfacilitating theflow of air
towarddownwindareas[1] Position and shape of the building are arranged in theplanning to promote the flow of air downwind.
The building has no practical impact on the flow of air
downwind: 1 point

1-2

1-2

The building does not obstruct the flow of air
downwind: 2 points[2] Exposed area of the building facing the prevailingsummer winds is reduced.
Exposed area facing the prevailing wind direction is:
60% or more but less than 80%: 1 point

1-3

40% or more but less than 60%: 2 points
Less than 40%: 3 points[3] Height, shape and spacing of building are arranged torecover the flow of air.
Building spacing index Rw is:
0.3 or more but less than 0.4: 1 point

1-3

0.4 or more but less than 0.5: 2 points
0.5 or more: 3 points3) Consider[1] Ground covering materials are used to reduceground surface
thermal impact.
coverage to
Percentage of ground covered with appropriate
reduce thermalmaterials is:
impact beyond
15% or more but less than 30%: 1 point
the site
30% or more but less than 45%: 2 points

1-3

45% or more: 3 points

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

ＬＲ３

Assessment Item

172

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition[1] Rooftop greenery system or high reflective roof4) Consider
material is used to reduce thermal impact.
the building
Percentage of roof covered with appropriate
cladding
system/material is:materials to
reduce thermalLess than 20%: 1 point
impact beyond
20% or more but less than 40%: 2 points
the site
40% or more: 3 points

1～3[2] Appropriate exterior wall materials are used to reduce
thermal impact.
Percentage of exterior walls covered with appropriatematerial is:
Less than 10%: 1 point
10% or more but less than 20%: 2 points
20% or more: 3 points

1～3[1] Appropriate measures to prevent heat loss via
exterior walls/windows and to improve energy
efficiency for A/C systems have been implemented.
Score (results) in the "LR1 Energy" assessment is:
3.0 or more but less than 4.0: 1 point
4.0 or more but less than 4.5: 2 points
4.5 or more: 3 points

1～3[2] Air temperature increase is reduced by measures
such as cooling of waste heat emitted from building
service systems.
Measures established to control air temperature
increase are:at standard level: 1 point
at intermediate level: 2 points
at advanced level: 3 points

1～3[1] Building form and positioning, relative to windIII.
6) Usedirection, were considered at the desk plan stage
Confirmation simulations or(desktop prediction).
(1 point)of effects
other means toconfirm effects [2] Numerical simulation of fluid flow, or other methods,
in mitigating
was used for the current situation and the planned
deterioration ofbuilding, considering topography of the site area, thethe heatbuilding and surrounding green space, to predict
environment
impact.
(2 points)

1～25) Reduce
atmosphericemission ofheat frombuilding
equipment□Commentary
Evaluate measures that contribute to reduction in off-site thermal load such as due to heat island.
Verify measures are implemented and award the appropriate level according to the point total.
Note that the corresponding on-site measures are evaluated in the assessment under "Q3.3.2
Improvement of the Thermal Environment on Site."
I. Preliminary investigation of heat environment1) Preliminary investigation of the local heat environment
Appropriate implementation of a preliminary survey is a necessary beginning to devisingmeasures to reduce thermal impact beyond the site. Evaluate according to the level of thepreliminary survey.
For Item [1], award 1 point in cases where a preliminary analysis of wind characteristics (directions,velocity and prevalence) is conducted using existing data from nearby meteorological stations or
regional meteorological observation data (AMEDAS).
For Item [2], award 2 points in cases where, in addition to the preliminary analysis, wind characteristics
are identified more thoroughly based on field measurements or are supplemented with a wide-areaatmospheric environment forecasting system based on wide-area metrological/topographical data.

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

173

2014 Edition

Provide documentation or drawings to support the analysis for third party verification.
II. Thermal impact reduction in surrounding areas
2) Thermal impact reduction in surrounding areas by promoting the flow of air to downwind areas
To ensure effective airflow to downwind/surrounding areas, a structure's wind resistancerequires review from a broader perspective. For Item [1], evaluate whether the building obstructs
the flow of air to surrounding areas. For Items [2] and [3], evaluate the building's wind resistancefrom a broader perspective.

ＬＲ３

For Item [1], perform a qualitative evaluation
on how the positioning of the building affects
the airflow to surrounding areas (e.g.
residential areas, parks, schools, greenbelt,etc.). Award two points for effective
positioning, such as the example shown in
Figure 12, which does not obstruct flow.
Award zero points where the building seems
to obstruct flow and one point where thebuilding has no practical impact on airflow.
In analyzing wind conditions of the building's
surroundings, collect and review all available
data such as local wind characteristics (e.g.
Figures 12 and 13). Refer to CASBEE for
Heat Island for details regarding the windcharacteristics database.

Figure 12 Example of building position forunobstructed air flow

Figure 13-1 Wind characteristics database for Tokyo: pedestrian-level wind velocity distribution

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

174

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

Figure 13-2 Wind characteristics database for Osaka: pedestrian-level wind velocity distribution
For Items [2] and [3], evaluate the building's effectiveness in promoting airflow to downwind areasfrom a broader perspective.
- A decrease in wind velocity occurs in downwind areas due to building wind resistance. Impact
can thus be greatly reduced by ensuring that the smallest possible exposed area faces theprevailing wind. For Item [2], evaluate exposed area of the building facing the prevailing wind.
- At the same time, decreased wind velocity due to a building is expected to regain somewhat on
the site if the space between buildings is wider (i.e. building units are positioned sparingly in the
direction of the prevailing wind). Thus, for Item [3], evaluate recovery wind velocity based onbuilding spacing.
- In cases where the maximum floor space ratio of the subject site is not specified according to any of
the following: urban planning, the width of the frontal road, or ordinances, 1 point is given to [2] and [3].
For Item [2], evaluate based on percentage of exposed area of the building facing the prevailingwind in summer months. This type of assessment normally requires review impacts from adjacentbuildings: in this particular assessment, however, base the evaluation on the assumption that theadjacent area is vacant.
- Percentage of exposed area of the building facing the prevailing wind direction is calculated byusing the following formula (refer to Figure 14).
<Percentage of exposed area> = Sb / (Ws x Hb) x 100(%)- Exposed area Sb of the building facing the prevailing wind is the upper front area above theground level of the building front (Article 2, Paragraph 1, Item 6 of the Ordinance, and Article 2,
Paragraph 2 of the Ordinance).
- When the building has the designated structures specified in the Building Standard Law, their
exposed areas should be included in the calculation. However, retaining walls for adjusting theheight difference on-site may be excluded from the calculation of exposed areas.
- Standard height Hb is expressed as [(Standard floor space ratio) / (Standard building coverage
ratio)] x (Average floor height above the ground).
- The standard floor space ratio is the lowest value of the maximum floor space ratios of thesubject site based on one of the following: urban planning due to the designation of zoning, thewidth of the frontal road, or ordinances. However, when eased values for individual floor spacec 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

1752014 Edition

ratios apply, the eased maximum floor space ratios shall be used in the assessment.
- The standard building coverage ratio is the lowest value of the maximum building coverage ratiosof the subject site based on either of the following: urban planning due to the designation ofzoning or ordinances. However, when eased values for the building coverage ratios apply tobuildings on a corner location, the eased maximum building coverage ratios shall be used in theassessment.
- The floor height above the ground is the number of stories of the subject building excluding the basement.
- When the prevailing wind direction is not perpendicular to the property line, base the evaluationon the orthogonal-oriented wind closest to the prevailing wind.
- In cases where the site consists of several buildings, evaluate based on the overall exposed areaof all buildings.
- In cases where the site is irregularly shaped, determine the maximum site width according to themethod shown in Figure 15.

ＬＲ３

Ws

Site boundary
Low riseHigh rise
Ground plan

Prevailingwind direction

Sb
Hb

Cross section

Ws

Sb: Exposed area perpendicular to the prevailing wind direction
Hb: Standard height = [(Standard floor space ratio/standard building coverage ratio) x (Average floor height above the ground)]
Ws: Maximum width of the site perpendicular to the prevailing wind direction

Figure 14 Percentage of exposed area of the building that faces the prevailing wind
Ws
Site boundary

Low rise
Ws: Maximum width of the site
perpendicular to the prevailingwind direction

High rise
Ground plan
Prevailing wind direction

Figure 15 Ws of an irregularly-shaped sitec 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

176

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition- When the subject building is located on a slope, the exposed area Sb above the average groundlevel (Article 2, Paragraph 2 of the Ordinance, the horizontal surface at the average height ofpositions that make contact with the surrounding ground) is calculated (Figure 16).
- When multiple buildings are located on a slope, the exposed area Sb is calculated in the following
procedure (Figure 17).
1) The height of individual buildings is the height from the average ground level of such buildings.
2) The exposed area Sb is calculated assuming that the site is a horizontal ground level (Theaverage ground levels of the individual buildings are all at the same height.) on which buildings
having the height defined in Item [1] are located.

Height of the building

Site boundary

Ground level (Average ground level)
Site boundary

Figure 16: Calculation of the height of a building located on a slope

Average ground level C

Building
A

Average ground level B

Height A

Building
B

Height B

Height C

Building
C

Average ground level A
1) The height from the average ground level of each building is calculated.

Building
A

Height A

Building
B

Height B

Height C

Building
C2) Sb is calculated assuming that a building having the height obtainedin Item [1] is located on horizontal ground.
Figure 17: Calculation of the exposed area in cases when multiple buildings are located on a slope

For Item [3], in order to promote wind recovery in the area downwind from the building, theassessment is based on the building spacing index (Rw), which is the ratio of the setback distancefrom the site boundary in the direction of the prevailing wind in summer relative to the buildingheight (H) and the distance from the adjacent building.
- When the height of the building is more than 50% of the standard height Hb, points are given
depending on the building spacing index Rw. Buildings whose height is less than 50% of thec 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

177

2014 Edition

standard height Hb are given 3 points.
- Standard height Hb: [(Standard floor space ratio) / (Standard building coverage ratio)] x (Average
floor height above the ground) (same as Item [2])- The site boundary that provides the maximum site width (Wd) against the direction of theprevailing wind is determined in order to evaluate the setback distance in the direction of theprevailing wind (W1 and W2).
- Obtain the building spacing index Rw using the formula below:
Rw＝（W1＋W2）／H＝ W1／H ＋ W2／H
Value of upwind side Value of downwind side

W2
Site boundary

Building

Wd

W1
Ground plan
Prevailing wind direction

Wd
Virtual enclosed spaceboundary

Building

Site boundary

H
Prevailing wind direction

W1

W2

GL
H：Height of the building

Cross section

Wd：Maximum width of the site in the direction of prevailing
W1,W2：Setback distance in the direction of prevailing wind

Figure 18 Setback distance from site boundary W1/W2 and building height H

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

ＬＲ３- When the prevailing wind in summer is not perpendicular to the property line, base the evaluationon the orthogonal-oriented wind closest to the prevailing wind instead.
- In cases where the site is irregularly shaped, determine the maximum site width Wd according to
the method shown in Figure 19.
- In cases where the higher portion of the building has a setback, calculate the setback distanceaccording to the method shown in Figures 20 and 21.
- In cases where the site consists of several units, calculate according to the method shown in
Figure 22. Apply the method in Figure 23 where two units with a significant height difference areclosely positioned.
- In cases where the site is irregularly shaped and also consists of several units, determine themaximum site width Wd according to the method shown in Figure 24.

178

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

Site boundary

W2
建築物

Wd
W1

Ground plan
Prevailing wind direction

Wd: Maximum width of the site in the direction of prevailing wind
W1, W2: Setback distance in the direction of prevailing wind

Figure 19 Maximum site width Wd and setback distance W1 and W2 on an irregularly-shaped site

WH
Site boundary

Hb/2

HH
HL

GL

Building

WL

Cross section

If the setback of the higher portion of the building is located below Hb/2, apply the setback
distance of the portion WH/HH regardless of whether it is downwind or upwind.

Figure 20 W/H calculation method in cases where the higher portion of the building has a setback: 1

WH
Site boundary

Hb/2
GL

HH

Building

HL

WL

Cross section

If a setback is located at Hb/2 or higher, regardless of whether it is downwind or upwind,
the value of the side of the building that has the setback is calculated in (WH＋WL)/2HH.

Figure 21 W/H calculation method in cases where the higher portion of the building has a setback: 2

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

179

2014 Edition

W3
Building

Wd

Site boundary

Building

W2
Building

Building

W1

ＬＲ３

Target Group 1 Target Group 2

Prevailing wind direction

Ground plan

Wd

Virtual enclosed
space boundary

Siteboundary

H1

Prevailingwind direction

W1

W2

W3

H2

Cross section of Group 1- In cases where multiple groups of building units on the site are in the direction of prevailing wind,evaluate each group individually.
- Apply the setback distance and the spacing (W) of the narrowest portion.
- Apply the height of the unit located on the upwind side as height (H) which corresponds to thespacing between two units with different heights.
- When two units with a significant height difference are closely positioned, evaluate according to
the method shown in Figure 23.
- In cases where the higher portion of the building has a setback, evaluate according to themethods shown in Figures 20 and 21.
- Obtain the building spacing index Rw of a group of building units using the formula below(example: subject building units shown in Figure 20):
Rw＝（W1／H 1＋W2／H 1＋W3／H 2＋・・・・＋WN+1／H N）／Ｎ
(N=number of building units)- In cases where multiple groups of building units are on the site, obtain individual Rw for eachgroup and average the value.
Figure 22 Assessment method for sites with multiple building unitsc 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

180

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

WH
Site boundary
HH

HL

WM

GL

Building

Hb/2

Cross section

WL- When two units, with a significant height difference at Hb/2 or higher, are closely positioned, thetwo units are considered as one building with a setback (refer to Figure 21).
- In this case, the building must satisfy the following condition: (HH - HL) > WM
- Apply (WH + WL)/2/HH as the value of the side of the building which has the setback.
Figure 23 W/H calculation method in cases where two units witha significant height difference are closely positioned

Site boundary

W3
Building

Wd

Building

W2
Building

Building

W1

Ground plan
Prevailing wind direction

Figure 24 Maximum site width Wd and setback distance for multiple units on irregularly-shaped lot

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

181

2014 Edition

3) Consider ground surface coverage to reduce thrmal impact beyond site
Evaluate thermal impact reduction measures, namely the use of ground covering materials witha high evaporative cooling capacity or solar reflectance. Both types of ground covering
measures are included in this assessment.
- Base evaluation on the percentage of ground covered with appropriate materials. Obtain thepercentage using the formula below:<Percentage of ground covered with appropriate materials>= <Percentage of ground covered with evaporative materials> +<Percentage of ground covered with highly reflective material>- Each percentage is obtained using the corresponding formula below:<Percentage of ground covered with evaporative materials>= <percentage of green-covered area> + 2.0 x <percentage of water-covered area>+ 3.0 x <percentage of horizontal projected area of medium and tall trees>+ <percentage of water retention area>- Obtain each of the above percentages using the following formulas:<Percentage of green-covered area> = <Green area>/<Site area> x 100 (%)<Percentage of water-covered area> = <Water surface area>/<Site area> x 100 (%)<Percentage of horizontal projection area of mid-height/tall tree> = <Horizontal projection area of
mid-height/tall tree>/<Site area> x 100 (%)<Water retention area> = <Area with water-retentive materials>/<Site area> x 100 (%)- Refer to Appendix 2 "Calculation of Tree Canopy Size and Green Area" to determine sizes ofgreen area and horizontal projection area of mid-height/tall trees.
- Materials with a high water retention capability are those referred to in Appendix 3 "High Water
Retention Materials" or equivalent materials.
- Areas covered with water-permeable materials are considered as without evaporative cooling
effects and are thus excluded from the total water-retentive area.
B. Percentage of ground covered with solar reflective materials
Evaluate effectiveness of solar energy reflected outward based on the percentage of groundcovered with materials with high solar reflectance capability.
<Percentage of ground covered with high solar reflectance materials>= <Area covered with high solar reflectance materials>/<Site area> x 100 (%)- Evaluate effectiveness of thermal impact reduction based on the use of ground covering
materials with high solar reflectance.
- Materials with high solar reflectance are coating materials (JPMS27), water-proofing sheets(KRKS-001), or equivalent materials, as listed in Appendix 4 "High Solar Reflectance Materials."- Ground covering materials with high solar reflectance used in areas accessible by people andcars (sidewalk, roadway, parkade, parks, rooftop, etc.) have lower reflectance values than thoseused in inaccessible areas of rooftop (approximately 25-35% lower) in order to minimize solarreflection impacts on people (heat and light).

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

ＬＲ３

A. Percentage of ground covered with evaporative materials
Evaluate effectiveness of thermal impact reduction based on ground area with a high evaporative
cooling capacity. The assessment is based on the total value of evaporative cooling effects forapplicable areas (i.e. covered with lawn, grass or shrubs, water area, area with mid/high trees andwater retention area) in lawn area equivalent.

182

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

4) Consider the building cladding materials to reduce thermal impact beyond site
Evaluate thermal impact reduction measures, namely use of effective exterior materials, inindividual areas (i.e. roof and walls).
For Item [1], evaluate roof area covered with evaporative cooling materials (e.g. rooftop
greenery) or with materials with a high solar reflectance.
- Obtain the percentage area of such materials with respect to the total roof area, using theformula below:<Percentage of roof area with applicable materials>= <Percentage of roof area covered with evaporative materials> +<Percentage of roof area covered with materials with high solar reflectance>- Each percentage is obtained using the corresponding formula below:
A. Percentage of roof area covered with evaporative materials- Evaluate effectiveness of thermal impact reduction based on the use of rooftop greenery.
- Obtain the percentage roof area with evaporative materials using the formula below.
- Refer to Appendix 2 "Calculation of Tree Canopy Size and Green Area" to determine sizesof green area on the roof and horizontal projection area of mid-height/tall trees.
<Percentage of roof covered with evaporative materials>= <percentage of green-covered area> + 2.0 x <percentage of water-covered area> + 3.0 x<percentage of horizontal projected area of medium and tall trees> + <percentage of water
retention area>- Obtain percentages of green-covered area, water-covered area, horizontal projected area of
medium-height and tall trees and water retention area on the rooftop, using the formulae
below.
<Percentage of green-covered area> =<Green area>/<Total roof area> x 100 (%)<Percentage of water-covered area> =<Water surface area>/<Total roof area> x 100 (%)<Percentage of horizontal projected area of medium-height/tall trees> = <Horizontal projectedarea of medium-height/tall trees>/<Total roof area> x 100 (%)<Percentage of water retention area> = <Water retention area>/<Total roof area> x 100 (%)
B. Roof area with high solar reflectance materials- Evaluate effectiveness of thermal impact reduction based on the use of roof covering
materials with high solar reflectance.
<Percentage of roof area covered with high solar reflectance materials>= <Roof area covered with high solar reflectance materials>/<Total roof area> x 100 (%)- Materials with a high solar reflectance are coating materials (JPMS27), water-proofing
sheets (KRKS-001), or equivalent materials, as listed in Appendix 4 "High Solar ReflectanceMaterials."- A high rate of long-wave radiation promotes radiative cooling during the night, thus
contributing to A/C load reduction in the evening.
For Item [2], evaluate effectiveness of thermal impact reduction based on the use of green or
water-retentive materials for exterior walls.
- Obtain the percentage of applicable areas for the total exterior wall area (including window
areas).
- Percentage of the applicable exterior wall area is calculated using the formula below, as
described in IV-2. Appropriate Exterior Wall Materials under "Q3.3.2 Improvement of the
Thermal Environment on Site." Refer to Appendix 2 "Calculation of Tree Canopy Size andGreen Area" to determine the size of green-covered areas on the exterior walls.
<Percentage of exterior wall area with applicable materials>

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

183

2014 Edition= (<Green-covered exterior wall area> + <Exterior wall areas with water-retentive
materials>)/<Total exterior wall area> x 100 (%)5) Reduce atmospheric emission of heat from building equipment
For Item [1], evaluate reduction of atmospheric thermal emissions from building service systems
based on effective energy use. Effective measures include the following:- Building thermal load control
Sun shielding structures (e.g. mid/tall trees, eaves, louvers); control of waste heat from A/C
system via insulation reinforcement- Improved efficiency in the building service system
Use of an energy-efficient system (e.g. A/C, lighting, ventilation, elevators)- Natural energy utilization (optimal use of natural energy potential of the surrounding areas)
Use of natural airflow and daylight- Untapped energy utilization (optimal use of urban waste heat from surrounding areas)
Use of waste heat from garbage incineration facility
Use of seawater, river water, groundwater, etc.
- Introduction of high-efficiency infrastructure
Regional heating/cooling systems
For overall evaluation of the measures above, apply the score results obtained in the "LR1
Energy" assessment. Award 1 point for a score of 3.0 or higher but lower than 4.0, 2 points for ascore of 4.0 or higher but lower than 4.5, and 3 points for a score of 4.5 or higher.

For Item [2], evaluate reduction of atmospheric thermal emissions from A/C external units (i.e.
sensible heat emissions) that directly affect air temperature.
- Standard-level measures refer to methods such as maintaining waste heat temperature as low
as possible (e.g. effective positioning of A/C exterior units away from intake vents to avoid
recirculation of diffused air).
- Advanced-level measures refer to methods that control/reduce sensible heat emission by*1
approximately 80% or more , such as latent heat conversion (e.g. water misting, evaporative*2
cooling , use of river water and sewage water as a heat sink, and waste heat recovery.
- Award 3 points for residential buildings.
- In apartments, establish appropriate points based on points from non-residential andresidential sections (i.e. 3 points) using the building's gross floor area ratio.
*1 Examples: absorption chillers, centrifugal chillers, etc.
*2 Include waste heat from both A/C system and power generation system when calculating therate.
III. Confirmation of effects
6) Use simulations or other means to confirm effects in mitigating deterioration of the heat
environment
Evaluate if simulations or similar means are used to confirm the effects of various measures.
Evaluate according to the level of the confirmation method used.
(1) Award 1 point if a desktop study (desktop forecast) has been made on the form and layoutof the building relative to the wind direction, and the study found that thermal impact
beyond the site is being thoroughly reduced.
(2) Award 2 points if numerical simulation of fluid flow, or other methods, were used on thecurrent situation and the planned building, considering topography of the site area, thebuilding and surrounding green space, to predict impact, and the study found that thermal
impact beyond the site is being thoroughly reduced.
Append documents and diagrams so that the above effects can be confirmed by a third party.

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

184

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

2.3 Load on Local Infrastructure
2.3.1 Reduction of Rain water Discharge Loads

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt！ Application condition
Exclude from assessment if the region concerned has no administrative guidelines for rain waterflow suppression.
Building type

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt
If there are administrative guidelines

Level 1

(No corresponding level)

Level 2

(No corresponding level)

Level 3Rain water flow suppression measures are
implemented at the instructed scale.

Level 4The instructed scale is satisfied, and other rain water
treatment measures have been implemented.

Level 5(No corresponding level)

If there are no
administrative guidelines

Inapplicable□Commentary
Under this item, evaluate groundwater permeation measures and temporary storage measures, inorder to evaluate performance in limiting rain water runoff flow. The assessment of rain flow control
measures follows the scale of measures specified in administrative instructions concerning themethods and sizes of countermeasures, which have been set by local authorities with reference tothe state of urbanization in the area, and conditions in rivers and sewers. Areas which do not haveadministrative instructions should be excluded from assessment.
If administrative instructions exist in the region concerning rain water flow suppression measures,award level 3 if the specified scale of measures has been met, and level 4 if he specified scale has
been met and further measures have also been implemented (If rain water percolation and similar
measures were implemented voluntarily).

2.3.2 Sewage Load Suppression
Building type

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt

Level 1

(No corresponding level)

Level 2

(No corresponding level)

Level 3

The Water Pollution Control Law, the Sewerage Law or the discharge standards
set by local authorities etc., whichever is the most stringent, is satisfied.

Level 4

Discharge standards are satisfied, and further special measures have beenused for better control of sewage loads.

Level 5(No corresponding level)Note) Emission standards used for this assessment on facilities subject to the Water Pollution
Control Law, should be the most stringent, between the values stipulated by the Water Pollution
Control Law and by local authority discharge standards. For facilities subject to the Sewerage Law,
apply the most stringent, between the values stipulated by the Sewerage Law and by local
authority discharge standards.
□CommentaryAward level 3 if the discharge standards of the Water Pollution Control Law, the Sewerage Law orstandards specified by local authorities are satisfied. Award level 4 if the discharge standards are
satisfied, and special measures or targets have been adopted for more advanced efforts.

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

185

2014 Edition■Reference 1) Standards for discharge to public sewers under the Sewerage Law
1. Ordinance standards for the building of exempted facilities
The standards are stipulated for sewerage water within the following water quality ranges.
Item

Range of standard values stipulated in ordinances

Temperature

Discharges at 45°C or abovepH

5 and below, or 9 and aboven-hexane extracts
Mineral oils

Discharges exceeding 5 mg/l

Vegetables oils and fats

Discharges exceeding 30 mg/l

Iodine consumption

Discharges at or exceeding 220 mg/l

Item
Cadmium
CyanideOrganophosphate
Lead
Hexavalent chromium
Arsenic
Total mercury
Alkyl mercury
PCB
Trichloroethylene
Tetrachloroethylene
Dichloromethane
Carbon tetrachloride
1,2-dichloroethane
1,1-dichloroethylene
Cis-1,2-dichloroethylene
1,1,1-trichloroethane
1,1,2-trichloroethane
1,3-dichloropropene
ThiuramSimazine
Thiobencarb
BenzeneSelenium
Phenols
CopperZinc
Soluble ironSoluble manganese
Chromium
Fluorine (non-marine area)(marine area)
Boron (non-marine area)(marine area)
Dioxins

Standard value
Not exceeding 0.1 mg/l
Not exceeding 1 mg/l
Not exceeding 1 mg/l
Not exceeding 0.1 mg/l
Not exceeding 0.5 mg/l
Not exceeding 0.1 mg/l
Not exceeding 0.005 mg/l
Must not be detected
Not exceeding 0.003 mg/l
Not exceeding 0.3 mg/l
Not exceeding 0.1 mg/l
Not exceeding 0.2 mg/l
Not exceeding 0.02 mg/l
Not exceeding 0.04 mg/l
Not exceeding 1 mg/l
Not exceeding 0.4 mg/l
Not exceeding 3 mg/l
Not exceeding 0.06 mg/l
Not exceeding 0.02 mg/l
Not exceeding 0.06 mg/l
Not exceeding 0.03 mg/l
Not exceeding 0.2 mg/l
Not exceeding 0.1 mg/l
Not exceeding 0.1 mg/l
Not exceeding 5 mg/l
Not exceeding 3 mg/l
Not exceeding 2 mg/l
Not exceeding 10 mg/l
Not exceeding 10 mg/l
Not exceeding 2 mg/l
Not exceeding 8 mg/l
Not exceeding 15 mg/l
Not exceeding 10 mg/l
Not exceeding 230 mg/l
Not exceeding 10 pg-TEQ/l

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

ＬＲ３

2. Water quality standards for restriction of sewerage discharge from specific places of business

186

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

3. Ordinance standards which stipulate water quality standards for restriction of sewerage
discharge from specific places of businessStandards are set by ordinances for the following items. The standards are more lax than the
figures below.
Range of standard values
stipulated in ordinances
Exceeding 5, less than 9Less than 600 mg/l
Less than 600 mg/l

Substance
PH
BOD
SSn-hexane extracts
Mineral oils
Vegetables oils and fats
Ammoniac nitrogen
Nitrite nitrogenand nitrate nitrogen

Range of standard values
stipulated in ordinances

Not exceeding 5 mg/l
Not exceeding 30 mg/l
Less than 380 mg/l

If discharge standards are set
under ordinances applicable to thewater discharged from the sewer
concerned, take 3.8 times thedischarged water standard value.
Less than 240 mg/l
If discharge standards are set
Less than 32 mg/l
under ordinances applicable to thewater discharged from the sewer
concerned, take 2 times thedischarged water standard value.
Administrative ordinances for the Sewerage Law(Ordinance No.147, 22nd April 1959, final revision ordinance No. 27, 8th February 2002)

NitrogenPhosphorous

2.3.3 Traffic Load Control
Building type

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt
Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt

Level 10 points in the table of the efforts to be evaluated.

Level 2

1 point in the table of the efforts to be evaluated.

Level 3

2 points in the table of the efforts to be evaluated.

Level 43 points in the table of the efforts to be evaluated.

Level 5

4 points or more in the table of the efforts to be evaluated.

Efforts to be evaluated
Assessment Item
I. Efforts related touse of bicycles(use of alternativemeans oftransport)
II .Efforts toprovide car
parking space

Description(1) Provision of an appropriate number of cycle parking
spaces (including motorcycle spaces) for building users,and consideration for the convenience of cycle park users(ease of entry and egress, placement in a convenient
location, etc.).
(2) Other (state content)

Point

1

1

(1) Provision of an appropriate number of car parking
spaces (as a measure to avoid parking on roads, andcongestion of nearby roads).
(2) Provision of parking facilities for unloading goods
vehicles (residential buildings are not applicable).
(3) Consideration of the position, form and number ofparking lot approach roads (entry and exit) (to contributeto relieving congestion of local roads).

1(4) Other (state content)

1

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

11CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

187

2014 Edition□ Commentary
Evaluate the content of efforts made to control traffic loads (congestion etc.) caused by automobile
traffic generated by the building's operation.
I. Efforts related to use of bicycles (use of alternative means of transport)
Under (1), evaluate measures to encourage use of bicycles, as a means of restricting the use ofcars by building users.
Under (2), evaluate efforts other than those for bicycles, such as creation of new circulating bus
routes.

ＬＲ３<Examples of efforts>- Bicycle station in an office district
The facility offers amenities to bicycle
commuters (e.g. parking space, showers,
lockers)(Image provided by Fun Ride Station/Run Station)

II. Efforts to provide car parking space.
Under (1), evaluate the provision of appropriate numbers of parking spaces, to avoid building
users parking on roads outside the site.
Under (2), evaluate the provision of appropriate numbers of car parking spaces for service vehicles
involved in the operation of the building (maintenance and service vehicles, delivery
and pickup vehicles, package delivery vehicles, garbage collection vehicles, etc.) to
avoid parking outside the site for service visits.
Under (3), evaluate efforts to facilitate smooth vehicle movement in and out of the building parking
lots, avoiding vehicle congestion around the entrances and exits.

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

188

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

2.3.4 Waste Treatment Loads

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt
Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt

Building typeLevel 1

1 point or less in the table of the efforts to be evaluated.

Level 2

2 points in the table of the efforts to be evaluated.

Level 3

3 points in the table of the efforts to be evaluated.

Level 44 points in the table of the efforts to be evaluated.

Level 5

5 points or more in the table of the efforts to be evaluated.

Efforts to be evaluated
Assessment Item

Description

Point

I. Estimation of types andquantities of waste(1) The types and quantities of waste generated on thesite (interior and exterior) on a day-to-day basis havebeen estimated to assist in planning measures toreduce the waste processing load.

1

II. Provision of space andequipment to encourage
separate collection(2) Interior and exterior stock space has been planned thatwill allow sorted collection of many varieties of waste.

1(3) Interior and exterior waste sorting and collection
containers and boxes have been planned.

1(4) Planned collection of valuable materials has beenplanned (group collections, etc.).

1(5) Measures are planned to reduce, compact and compost
organic garbage (home processing and composting etc. oforganic waste).

1(6) Reduction and compaction of bottles, cans etc. areplanned.

1

III. Installation of equipment for
waste reduction, compaction
or composting□Commentary
Evaluate efforts to reduce the generation of waste when the building is in operation, and to sort,
reduce and compact that waste.
I. Estimation of types and quantities of waste(1) It is important to keep track of the actual garbage output situation and manage it in order toreduce the amount of waste output from inside the building. Evaluate whether the types andquantities of waste produced on a day-to-day basis have been investigated and identified.
II. Provision of space and equipment to encourage separate collection(2) Various types and quantities of waste are generated inside the building. Evaluate provision ofadequate space for proper sorting and stocking under (2), provision of containers, boxes, racks etc.
for sorting and stocking under (3), and planning for regular planned collections for valuable
materials under (4).
III. Installation of equipment for waste reduction, compaction or composting(5) For organic waste generated in the course of building operation, evaluate planning for
reduction, compaction and composting by disposers composters and similar equipment.
(6) For bottles, cans and other non-organic wastes, evaluate planning for equipment to reduce andcompact waste.

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

189

2014 Edition

3. Consideration of Surrounding Environment
3.1 Noise, Vibration & Odor
3.1.1 Noise

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt！ Application condition

The assessment is carried out regarding buildings that have designated facilities regulated within
the designated area under the Noise Regulation Law and buildings subject to the regulation under
the Large-Scale Retail Stores Location Law. All other buildings are considered as level 3.
Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt

Level 1

Noise level exceeds the current regulation standard*1 specified under the Noise
Regulation Law or the Large-Scale Retail Stores Location Law.

Level 2

(No corresponding level)

Level 3Noise level is at or below the current regulation standard*1 specified under the
Noise Regulation Law or the Large-Scale Retail Stores Location Law.

Level 4(No corresponding level)

Level 5

Noise level is significantly below* the current regulation standard* specified
under the Noise Regulation Law or the Large-Scale Retail Stores Location Law.

2

1

*1 Take the current values of the regulation standard, and evaluate facilities accordingly, even if
they were installed before the current values came into effect (evaluate for day, morning,
evening and night).
*2 Level 5 applies to noise level at or below [current standard value -10 dB] throughout the day.
□Commentary
The assessment item in this section covers buildings that have designated facilities subject to theregulation within the designated area under the Noise Regulation Law (■see Reference 2) andbuildings subject to the regulation under the Large-Scale Retail Stores Location Law. All otherbuildings shall be uniformly rated as Level 3. If, however, more active measures have been used inbuildings other than the above, they may be evaluated according to their level. When using
CASBEE for Construction (New Construction), it is sufficient to evaluate according to the design
specification. However, a condition of assessment is that the standards must be satisfied for all themeasurement times stipulated in the Noise Regulation Law and the Large-Scale Retail Stores
Location Law, namely day (8am - 7pm), morning and evening (6am - 8am, 7pm - 10pm) and night(10pm - 6am).
When rating as Level 5, evidence indicating that the level of noise is substantially below the current
regulation standard (less than 10 dB) must be provided for the third-party inspection.

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

ＬＲ３

Building type

190

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition■Reference 1) Standard noise levels specified under the Noise Regulation Law
Zone categories and standards are applied according to those stipulated by corresponding
Prefectural governors. Level 3 in the following examples is set at the noise regulation level forfactories and designated workshops under the Tokyo metropolitan government environmental
quality standards.
(1) Type 1 zones (Dedicated type 1 low-rise residential zone, Dedicated type 2 low-rise residential
zone, AA zone, etc.)
Zones in which it is particularly important to preserve tranquility, for the sake of maintaining a good
residential environment.

Level 1Day

Morning and eveningNight

Not adequate

Not adequate

Not adequate

for level 3.

for level 3.

for level 3.

Not exceeding 45 dB

Not exceeding 40 dB

Not exceeding 40 dB

Not exceeding 35 dB

Not exceeding 30 dB

Not exceeding 30 dB

Level 2
Level 3
Level 4
Level 5

(2) Type 2 zones (Dedicated type 1 medium-and-high-rise residential zone, Dedicated type 2
medium-and-high-rise residential zone, Type 1 residential zone, Type 2 residential zone,
quasi-residential zone, etc.)
Zones in which tranquility must be preserved because the land was provided for residential use.

Level 1Day

Morning and eveningNight

Not adequate

Not adequate

Not adequate

for level 3.

for level 3.

for level 3.

Not exceeding 50 dB

Not exceeding 45 dB

Not exceeding 45 dB

Not exceeding 40 dB

Not exceeding 35 dB

Not exceeding 35 dB

Level 2
Level 3
Level 4
Level 5

(3) Type 3 zones (adjacent commercial zones, commercial zones, quasi-industrial zones, etc.)
Zones provided for commercial, industrial and other use, as well as for residential use, in which it isimportant to prevent noise, to secure the living environment for local residents.

Level 1Day

Morning and eveningNight

Not adequate

Not adequate

Not adequate

for level 3.

for level 3.

for level 3.

Not exceeding 60 dB

Not exceeding 55 dB

Not exceeding 50 dB

Not exceeding 50 dB

Not exceeding 45 dB

Not exceeding 40 dB

Level 2
Level 3
Level 4
Level 5c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

191

2014 Edition[4] Type 4 zones (industrial zones, etc.)
Zones in which extreme noise must be prevented, to avoid degrading the living environment for
local residents.
Day

Morning and eveningNight

Not adequate

Not adequate

Not adequate

for level 3.

for level 3.

for level 3.

Not exceeding 70 dB

Not exceeding 60 dB

Not exceeding 55 dB

Not exceeding 60 dB

Not exceeding 50 dB

Not exceeding 45 dB

Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Level 4
Level 5

1. Metal machining machinerya. Rolling equipment (limited to that with power plant rated output of 22.5 kW or more).
b. Pipe-making machineryc. Bending machines (limited to roller-type machines with rated motor output of 3.75 kW or more).
d. Hydraulic presses (excluding correction presses).
e. Mechanical presses (limited to those with nominal press capacity of at least 294 kN).
f. Shear cutters (limited those with rated motor output of 3.75 kW or more).
g. Forging machines
h. Wire forming machines
i. Blasting equipment (other than {ton?} blasting equipment, and excluding sealed types).
j. Tumblers
k. Cutters (only those using grind wheels).
2. Pneumatic compressors and blowers (limited those with rated motor output of 7.5 kW or more).
3. Stone or ore crushers, grinders, sieving and grading equipment (limited those with rated motor output of 7.5 kW or more).
4. Looms (only those with motors)
5. Construction material manufacturing machinery
a. Concrete plant (excluding aerated concrete plants, and limited to those with mixer mixing capacity of at least 0.45 m3).
b. Asphalt plants ( limited to those with mixer mixing weight of at least 200 kg)
6. Grain milling machines (limited to roller-type machines with motor rated output of 7.5 kW or more).
7. Timber cutting machinery
a. Drum barkers
b. Chippers (limited those with motor rated output of 2.25 kW or more).
c. Wood grinders
d. Belt saws (used for cutting lumber, with rated motor output of at least 15 kW, or for carpentry, with rated motor output ofat least 2.25 kW).
e. Circular saws (used for cutting lumber, with rated motor output of at least 15 kW, or for carpentry, with rated motor
output of at least 2.25 kW).
f. Planers (limited those with rated motor output of 2.25 kW or more).
8. Paper machines
9. Printing presses (only those with motors).
10. Plastic injection molding machinery
11. Casting foundry equipment (only jolt-type equipment).

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

ＬＲ３■ Reference 2) Facilities subject to regulation under the Noise Regulation Law
The designated facilities under the Noise Regulation Law, which are subject to quantitative
assessment under this item, are stated below.

192

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition■ Reference 3) Examples of noise prevention measures

PsychologicalSensory methods
methods

Prevention of vortices, flow disturbances, explosions etc.

Acousticalinsulation effect
Estimate on thebasis of experienceand experiments etc.

Reduction ofagitative force

Eliminate impact, collision, friction and imbalance. Put inbalance.

〃

Vibration isolation

Place anti-vibration devices between the vibrating body andthe stationary body to put the vibration transfer rate below 1.

〃

Damping
processes

Paint or affix damping materials to raise the loss coefficient
to 5% or more.
Use anti-vibration steel plates.

Estimate on thebasis of experiments
normally at around
10 dB.

Sound absorption Apply sound absorbent material to locations struck by Determinedtreatmentsound to give the necessary absorption rate.
bydesign
Acoustic isolation

Reduction of soundtransmission
Use of phenomena which reduce sound transmission

Reduction of the transmission of sound that has been generated

Transmission reduction

Physical methods

Technical measures against
sound sources
The source of the soundmust be removed
Prevention
Reduction of objectof direct
vibrationpressurevariation

Content〃

Sealedtype

Surround the sound source with materials having thenecessary transmission losses (covers, hoods, structures).

Partial〃
Erect barriers (walls, building) sound reduction index of atleast 10 dB from the source volume.
25 dB is the limit.

Open type

Attach mufflers along the sound route with the necessary Determined bydesignsound reduction index.

Distance
attenuation

Move the sound source as far as possible away from the 0-6 dB double
distance
problem point.

Attenuation bydirectionality

Do not orient directions of strong sound radiation towards Normally around 10
the problem point.
dB

Attenuation byabsorption in air

Effective with long distances and high-frequency sources.

0.6 dB/100 m (at 1
kHz)
Around 5 dB/100 m(at 8 kHz)

Attenuation by air
temperature and Place the sound source downwind.
wind

Differs with windspeed andairtemperature
distribution

Attenuation byabsorption in
ground surfaces

Make the ground surface sound absorbent.

0.7 dB/10 m forgrass 30 cm high(at 1 kHz)

Attenuation bytrees

A row of trees will have no effect.

Around 10 dB/50 m
for trees with highleaf density

Masking

Generate a noise to mask the offending noise.
Effective against low noise levels.

Greetings,
compensation etc.

Consider psychology in dealing with the situations of the offended and offending
parties.

■Bibliography 56)

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

193

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

3.1.2 Vibration

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt！ Application condition
The assessment is carried out regarding buildings that have designated facilities regulated within
the designated area under the Vibration Regulation Law. All other buildings are excluded from thisassessment.
Building type

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt
1

Vibration level exceeds the current regulation standard* specified under theVibration Regulation Law.

Level 2

(No corresponding level)

Level 3Vibration level is at or below the current regulation standard*1 specified under
the Vibration Regulation Law.

Level 4(No corresponding level)

Level 5Vibration level is significantly below* the current regulation standard* specified
under the Vibration Regulation Law.

2

1

*1 Take the current values of the regulation standard, and evaluate facilities accordingly, even if
they were installed before the current values came into effect (evaluate for both day and night).
*2 For level 5, vibration should be limited to below [current standard value -5 dB] (for both day andnight).
□Commentary
For this item, evaluate the impact of vibration generated within the site on adjacent sites and thesurrounding area.
The assessment item in this section covers buildings that have designated facilities subject to theregulation within the designated area under the Vibration Regulation Law (see Reference 2). Allother buildings are excluded from the assessment.
When using CASBEE for Building (New Construction), it is sufficient to evaluate according to thedesign specification. However, a condition of assessment is that the standards must be satisfied
for all the measurement times stipulated in the Vibration Regulation Law and the Large-Scale
Retail Stores Location Law, namely day (8am - 7pm), morning and evening (6am - 8am, 7pm 10pm) and night (10pm - 6am).
When rating as Level 5, evidence indicating that the level of vibration is substantially below thecurrent regulation standard (less than 5 dB) must be provided for the third-party inspection.

■Reference 1) Standard Values from the Vibration Regulation Law
The following are standard values for each zone type under the Vibration Regulation Law. Follow
zone categories and standards stipulated by the Prefectural governor. The following examples
take the vibration regulation standard for factories and designated workshops under Tokyo
municipal environmental standards ordinances as level 3.

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

ＬＲ３

Level 1

194

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition(1) Type 1 zones (type 1 low-rise residential exclusive zone, type 2 low-rise residential exclusive
zone, AA zone, type 1 medium-to-high-rise residential exclusive zone, type 2 medium-to-high-rise
residential exclusive zone, type 1 residential zone, type 2 residential zone, sub-residential zone
and unspecified zone)- Zones in which it is particularly important to preserve tranquility, for the sake of maintaining agood residential environment

Level 1

Day

Night

Not adequatefor level 3.

Not adequatefor level 3.

Not exceeding 60 dB

Not exceeding 55 dB

Not exceeding 55 dB

Not exceeding 50 dB

Level 2
Level 3
Level 4
Level 5

(2) Type 2 zones (adjacent commercial zones, commercial zones, quasi-industrial zones, industrial
zones, etc).
- Zones provided for residential, commercial, industrial and other use.
- Zones which are mainly provided for industrial and similar use, in which the residents' living
environment is conserved.

Level 1

Day

Night

Not adequatefor level 3.

Not adequatefor level 3.

Not exceeding 65 dB

Not exceeding 60 dB

Not exceeding 60 dB

Not exceeding 55 dB

Level 2
Level 3
Level 4
Level 5

■ Reference 2) Designated facilities under the Vibration Regulation Law
1. Metal machining machinery
a. Hydraulic presses (excluding correction presses).
b. Mechanical presses
c. Shear cutters (limited to those with rated motor output of 1 kW or more).
d. Forging machines
e. Wire forming machines (limited those with motor rated output of 37.5 kW or more).
2. Compressors (limited to those with motor rated output of 7.5 kW or more)
3. Stone or ore crushers, grinders, sieving and grading equipment (limited to those with power plant rated output of 7.5 kW
or more).
4. Looms (only those with motors).
5. Concrete block machines (limited to those with power plant rated output of 2.95 kW or more), concrete pipe
manufacturing machinery, and concrete column manufacturing machinery (limited to those with power plant rated output of
10 kW or more).
6. Timber cutting machinery
a. Drum barkers
b. Chippers (limited those with motor rated output of 2.2 kW or more).
7. Printing presses (limited those with motor rated output of 2.2 kW or more).
8. Rollers for rubber mixing and plastic mixing (limited to those other than calendar rollers having motor rated output of 30
kW or more).
9. Plastic injection molding machinery
10. Casting foundry equipment (only jolt-type equipment).

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

195

2014 Edition

3.1.3 Odor

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt！ Application condition
Evaluate buildings within the regulated areas as specified under the Offensive Odor Control Law
and buildings in which designated malodorous substances are handled. Buildings in which such
substances are not handled are excluded from this assessment.
Building type

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt
Odor level is below the allowable limit for odor index, and for theconcentrations of currently designated malodorous substances under the
Offensive Odor Control Law.

Level 2

(No corresponding level)

Level 3

Odor level satisfies the allowable limit for odor index, and for theconcentrations of currently designated malodorous substances under the
Offensive Odor Control Law.

Level 4(No corresponding level)

Level 5(No corresponding level)

ＬＲ３

Level 1

□Commentary
For this item, evaluate whether the allowable limit values under the Offensive Odor Control Law
are satisfied.
For CASBEE for Building (New Construction), evaluate whether the design specification has theperformance necessary to adequately clear standard values under the Offensive Odor Control Law.
As it is difficult to set threshold values for odor below the regulation value, the scoring criterion for
the time being is to evaluate at level 1 or 3.
Assessment under this item covers buildings in zones regulated under the Offensive Odor Control
Law, which handle designated malodorous substances. All other buildings are excluded.

Odor index 31

Odor index 25

Odor index 22

qt=275 x H02

qt= 357/Fmax

Odor index 33

Odor index 27

Odor index 24

qt=436 x H02

qt = 566/Fmax

Odor index 35

Odor index 30

Odor index 27

qt=549 x H02

qt= 712/Fmax

Discharged
water

Chimney or other gas outlet
Outlet height less than 15 m
Outlet height 15 m or more
Outlet diameter Outlet diameter 0.6 Outlet diameter Outlet height is less Outlet height is atless than 0.6 m
m or more,
0.9 m or more than 2.5 times the least 2.5 times theheight of the tallest height of the tallest
but less than 0.9 m
nearby building
nearby building

Odor index 29 Odor index 28 Odor index 26

Odor index 13 Odor index 12 Odor index 10

Type 3 zone

Type 2 zone

Type 1 Zone

Site boundaryline■Reference 1) Regulation standards under the Offensive Odor Control Law
The regulation standard is set under article 2, table 1 of the Enforcement Regulations to the
Offensive Odor Control Law, and elsewhere, but Prefectural governors can classify regulated
zones as necessary, based on their natural and social conditions, and set regulation standards foreach type of designated malodorous substance. Follow the standard values set for each zone
when evaluating.

Enforced from July 1, 2002

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

196

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

Note)1) Odor index is the common logarithm for the odor concentration (the number of times the odor in
the air would have to be diluted before becoming imperceptible, found using the triangle odor
bag method), multiplied by ten. (Odor index = 10 x log odor concentration)32) qt indicates the odor discharge intensity of the gas emission (unit: m N/min).
qt=(odor concentration) x (dry weight of gas emission)3) H0 is the actual height of the outlet (unit: m).
4) Fmax is the maximum value of ground level odor concentration per unit odor emission intensity
3(in sec/m N), calculated by the method stipulated in article six, clause 2-1 of the Enforcement
Regulations to the Offensive Odor Control Law.
5) The largest nearby building is the tallest of the buildings within a distance equal to ten times thebuilding's height from the outlet within the site of the place of business concerned.

3.2 Wind/Sand Damage & Daylight Obstruction
3.2.1 Restriction of Wind Damage

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt！ Application condition
In the absence of a mandate based on law, regulation of administrative instruction, or of demands
from the local area, building which apply no particular measures should be awarded level 3.
Building type

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt

Level 1

No preliminary study or was performed about the creation of strong wind spots*
and no countermeasures*2 were taken against wind hazard.

Level 2A preliminary study has been performed and measures taken to avoid or reducewind hazard, but there has been no assessment. Alternatively, wind strength3
grade has been evaluated on the basis of a desktop forecast* , and windstrength has been worsened in some areas, or there are measurement points at
which the wind environment rank for the sight has been lowered.

Level 3A preliminary study has been performed and measures taken to avoid or reduce4wind hazard* . Then, the wind strength grade has been evaluated on the basis ofa desktop forecast*3, and the results show that wind strength has not worsened.
Alternatively, rank assessment has been performed on the basis of windenvironment assessment indices*5, and the results indicate that a windenvironment with suitable rank for the location has been achieved.

Level 4

A preliminary study or prevention planning has been performed and measures taken
5
to avoid or reduce wind hazard, followed by a rank assessment* has been
performed on the basis of wind environment assessment indices. Results indicatethat the wind environment in some parts is better than usual for the location.

Level 5

A preliminary study or prevention planning has been performed and measures5
taken to avoid or reduce wind hazard, followed by a rank assessment* has been
performed on the basis of wind environment assessment indices. Results
indicate that the wind environment is better than usual for the location.

1*1 Preliminary study: See Reference 1*2 Wind hazard reduction measures: See Reference 1*3 Desktop forecast: See Reference 2*4 Prevention plan and reduction and avoidance countermeasures: See Reference 1*5 Rank assessment on the basis of wind environment assessment indices: See Reference 3□Commentary
Under this item, evaluate measures against wind hazard. When evaluating, append the following
documents, to allow a third party to confirm the content of the measures.
<Supporting documents>- Wind environment data, such as wind directions, speeds, and prevailing winds, based on the
preliminary study.
- Assessment documents using wind strength grades, based on the desktop forecast.
- Rank assessment documents, based on the wind environment assessment indices.

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

197

2014 Edition

As Reference 1 shows, the wind hazard control process generally works through a preliminary
study, wind hazard control countermeasures and wind hazard assessment, but for this item,
evaluate whether there was a preliminary study, whether there was a preventive plan addressingbuilding layout and form, whether reduction and avoidance measures such as tree planting andwindbreak fences were used, whether there was an assessment, and its accuracy, and results forthe level of impact from strong wind (ranking by wind strength grade or wind environment
assessment indices).

■Reference 1) Wind Hazard Control Process
Item
I. Preliminary
study(2) Reduction and avoidance countermeasures using tree planting,windbreak fences, etc.
These are countermeasures to reduce or avoid wind hazards
generated by the building through the use of tree planting, windbreakfences, eaves, arcades and similar elements.

III. Assessmentof wind hazard

Predictions and assessments for studying (1) and (2) use predictive
methods such as desktop forecasting, numerical fluid flow simulation andwind tunnel tests, and assessment methods such as using wind strength
grades and wind environment assessment indices.
(1) Assessment using wind strength grade
Assessment using wind strength grade evaluates the impact of windstrength from the usual main wind directions on the site. It is lessaccurate than assessment using wind environment assessment
indices. Wind strength grades use the Meteorological Agency Beaufort
Scale.
(2) Rank assessment using the wind environment assessment indices
Assessment using the wind environment assessment indices predicts
the impact of strong wind from 16 directions, analyzing the incidence ofstrong winds. It is more accurate than assessment using wind strength
grade.
There are the following wind environment assessment indices.
- The assessment yardstick based on wind environment assessment
index produced by Murakami et al.
- The assessment yardstick produced by the Wind Engineering
Institute.
Assessment using wind environment assessment indices requires
topography of the area around the site, the current state of buildings
and green space, and numerical fluid simulations and wind tunnel tests
for the planned building, to produce a forecast assessment.

■Reference 2) Desktop forecast method
1. Ascertain the meteorological situation.
[1] Calculate the incidence for each wind direction and wind strength gradeFind the annual number of occurrences for each wind direction, and identify characteristicsof the region, such as prevailing wind.

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

ＬＲ３

II. Wind hazard
controlcountermeasures

Content
Identify aspects of the wind environment, such as wind speed, winddirection and prevailing winds to predict wind hazard. Existing data, such
local meteorological data and regional meteorological observation data
(AMEDAS data) are generally used. To improve accuracy, take on-sitemeasurements and use a wide-area atmospheric environment forecasting
system based on wide-area meteorological data and topographic data.
(1) Prevention plan using building layout and form
The prevention plan using building layout and form is a plan for making
a broad assessment at the initial design stage, as a planned way of
preemptively preventing the generation of wind hazards. It follows aprocess of examining wind directions and speeds on the site andstudying various alternative proposals for the building layout and form.
It is very important, because it can prevent potential wind hazards, andis the starting point for countermeasures.

198

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition[2] Calculate annual average wind speed for each wind direction
Find the average wind speed for each wind direction in the area, and identify what strengthof wind blows.
2. Selection of the forecast wind direction[1] Deciding the forecast wind direction
Identify the wind direction that causes the highest incidence (select the wind direction forwhich building wind impact occurs most often)
3. Forecast[1] Select applicable data from standard model experiment results which correspond to theshape of the targeted building[2] Create a zone chart indicating wind increases for each forecasted wind direction
4. Assessment(Note that assessment using desktop forecasting judges the amount of change caused bychanges of wind speed at a given location, it does not produce absolute assessments).
(1) Forecast results are collated in the table below

Forecast winddirection
North (example)

Before construction
Convert toBeaufort wind
wind speed atstrength grade
10 m above
ground (a)1.2After construction
Rate ofincrease (b)Wind speed(a) x (b)Beaufort
wind strength
grade

1.3 (example)

NNW (example)
South (example)(2) Evaluate by comparing wind strength grades before and after construction
If the rate of wind speed increase between before and after construction is around 1.1-1.2, therange of change is likely to fall within the same Beaufort scale grade, so evaluate increase rates of
1.3 or more. Also, according to Penwarden, a wind strength grade of 5 represents "the allowable
limit on land," so it is necessary to make sure wind strength does not exceed that grade.
■Reference 3) Rank assessment using wind environment assessment index
Rank assessment using wind environment assessment index judges whether a building plan willcause wind impact. It starts with a preliminary study to investigate wind directions, speeds andincidence rates, and then uses either "The assessment yardstick based on wind environment
assessment index by Murakami et al." or "The assessment yardstick by the Wind Engineering
Institute" for the assessment. Either one defines relationships between wind speeds andincidences, tailored to the site. The former categorizes subjects as rank 1 - unranked and the latter
uses Range A to Range D.
Once the category (rank or range) corresponding to the location of the assessment subject has
been confirmed, the next step is to check which category (rank or range) the wind speed andincidence belongs to, and evaluate according to the result. If the result is lower than the category(rank or range) corresponding to the location, which means the wind speed has got substantiallyworse, award level 2. Award level 3 it is the same as the category for the location, and level 4 orlevel 5 if it is better (meaning the environment is good, with a reduced wind speed).
1. The assessment yardstick based on wind environment assessment index produced by
Murakami et al.
The subject is categorized into ranks 1-3 according to the purpose the space is used for, in order ofincreasing vulnerability to wind impact, and peak daily gust speeds of 10 m/sec, 15 m/sec and 20
m/sec are used as the evaluated levels of strong winds, to give the probability of the allowablewind speed being exceeded by each combination. (See the table below).
For example, in a residential district, which is a rank 2 application, it is permissible for the dailygusts to exceed 10 m/sec on 22% of days (approximately 80 days per year). Even if the incidenceof peak daily gust speed exceeding 10 m/sec is below 22%, the situation is still unacceptable if 15

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

199

2014 Edition

m/sec is exceeded for 3.6% or more of days (approximately 13 days per year) Thus, each rank has
three allowable incidence rates, and if even one of those is not satisfied, the situation is unsuitable
for the rank.
The incidence of wind speeds (probability of a speed being exceeded) can be calculated using a
Weibull distribution formula. In this case, the Weibull coefficient is based on not the average windspeed but the peak daily gust speed. if the peak daily gust speed is not obtained, the gust factor
can be used to convert to the peak daily gust speed as a yardstick for the assessment, but in thatcase the Weibull coefficient based on the peak daily gust speed is used to calculate the excess
wind probability. The gust factor value used is in the range 1.5 to 3.0, based on the surroundings ofthe site, specifically whether it is a built-up area and near to high-rise buildings. The common
range for a built-up area is between 2.0 and 2.5.

Degree of strong wind impact

Rank 1

Rank 2

Rank 3
Unranked

Places withapplications mosteasily affected by wind
Places withapplications easily
affected by wind
Places withapplications less likely
to be affected by wind

Examples ofcorresponding usesof space

Permissible strong wind level and permissible
incidence of gusts surpassing that level
Peak daily gust speed (m/s)
10
15
20
Peak daily average speed (m/s)
10/G.F.
15/G.F.
20/G.F.

-Shopping street in
residential area
-Outdoor restaurant10%(37 days)

0.9%(3 days)0.08%(0.3 days)-Parks-Residential areas

22%(80 days)

3.6%(13 days)

0.6%(2 days)-Office district

35%(128 days)

7%(26 days)

1.5%(5 days)Wind environment in excess of rank 3-

Source: "Knowledge of Building Winds - New Edition," edited by the Wind Engineering Institute and publishedby Kajima Institute Publishing.

■Bibliography 53)
Note 1) Peak daily gust speed: Assessment time 2-3s. Peak daily average speed: Average windspeed over ten minutes. The wind speeds defined here are at 1.5 m above ground level.
Note 2) Peak daily gust speed- 10 m/s: Garbage flies in the wind. Laundry is blown down.
- 15 m/s: Freestanding street signs and bicycles, etc. blow over. Difficult to walk- 20 m/s: Phenomena such as people close to being blown away are certain to occur.
Note 3) G.F.: Gust factor (1.5 m above ground, assessment duration 2-3s).
- Dense urban districts: 2.5-3.0 (Wind disturbance is strong, but average speed is not high)- Normal urban district: 2.0-2.5- Places of particularly high wind speed: 1.5-2.0 (areas of increased wind near high-risebuildings, etc.)
Note 4) How to use this table
E.g. In a rank 1 application, the wind environment is permissible if the incidence of daily peakgusts above 10 m/s does not exceed 10% (approximately 37 days per year).
2. The assessment yardstick produced by the Wind Engineering InstituteRather than calculating cumulative incidence for all wind speeds, find the wind speed
corresponding to cumulative incidence values of 55% and 95%.
Use the table below to determine the index wind speed for each area. The wind speed with acumulative incidence of 55% is the average wind speed in each wind environment, and the windspeed with a cumulative incidence of 95% is largely equivalent to the annual average value of daily
peak wind speed (a relatively high wind speed that blows around once a week). If this assessmentc 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

ＬＲ３

For details, refer to "New Knowledge of Building Winds," edited by the Wind Engineering Instituteand published by Kajima Institute Publishing.

200

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

method is used, the subject is reduced to the next range if either of the assessment index windspeeds is not satisfied. That means that if the 55% cumulative incidence wind speed is 1.7 m/sec,
and the 95% cumulative incidence wind speed is 4.5 m/sec, the wind environment of that place
would be evaluated as range C.
Cumulative incidence means the incidence of a given wind speed, added to the incidences of all
lower wind speeds.
Assessment height: 5 m above ground
Wind speed with 55%
Wind speed with 95%
cumulative incidence
cumulative incidence
Range A
Range B
Range C
Range D

Equivalent to residential district≦1.2m/s≦2.9m/s

Equivalent to low andmedium-rise built-up area
Equivalent to medium andhigh-rise built-up area

≦1.8m/s≦4.3m/s≦2.3m/s≦5.6m/s> 2.3m/s> 5.6m/s

Equivalent to area of strong wind

Notes) Range A: Wind environment seen in residential districts
Range B: Wind environment seen in districts in between ranges A and C
Range C: Wind environment seen in office districts
Range D: Undesirable wind environment■Bibliography 57)■Reference 4) Conduct a preliminary survey of wind sped and direction and related factors in the area
<Saitama Super Arena>
The building roof configuration and its plan form were determined on the basis of the results of awide-area atmospheric simulation, as countermeasures against the north wind, which is theprevailing wind in winter. The wind from the sea in summer is deliberately drawn in through thefront opening of the arena, to vent through the opening on the north side, making efficient use ofnatural airflow and securing pleasant airflow through the streets of the area.

Results of analysis of wind conditions due
to prevailing winter wind (cross section)

Results of analysis of windconditions due to prevailingwinter wind (plan)

Results of analysis of wind conditions due
to prevailing summer winds (cross section)

Results of analysis of windconditions due to prevailingsummer winds (plan)

Saitama Super Arena
Design: MAS2000 Design Team(Leader: Nikken Sekkei)
In association with: Ellerbe Becket, Flack+Kurtz Consulting Engineers
Technical cooperation: Taisei Corporation(Documentation provided by Taisei Corporation)■Bibliography 57), 58)

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

201

2014 Edition

3.2.2 Sand and Dust

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt！ Application condition
Evaluate schools (elementary/junior high/high schools) with a schoolyard. In cases where no otherbuildings (residential or otherwise) are in the school's surrounding area, award level 3 as dust
pollution is not expected to affect living conditions.
Building type

Sch (Elementary/Junior High/High Schools)(0 points)

Level 2Insufficient level of measures for schoolyard dust control are established. (1 point)

Level 3Standard level of measures for schoolyard dust control are established. (2 points)

Level 4More than sufficient level of measures for schoolyard dust control are established.
(3 points)

Level 5

A high level of measures for schoolyard dust control are established.
(4 points or higher)

Efforts to be evaluated
Assessment Item
I. Measures tocontrol airborne
dispersion of dust
from schoolyard
II. Dust-proofing
measures forschoolyard surface

Description

Point(1) Dust shield trees or nets surrounding the school perimeter.

1(2) Structures surrounding the school perimeter.

2(1) Sprinkler system

1(2) Dust-proof paving

2(3) Dust-proof paving/lawn covering

4□Commentary
Evaluate elementary/junior high/high schools with a schoolyard in terms of dust control measures(anti-dust generation/dispersion) at the newly-constructed stage or when dust control measures
are planned and established after completion of construction.

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

ＬＲ３

Level 1

202

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

3.2.3 Restriction of Daylight Obstruction

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt！ Application condition
Evaluate level 3 if there are no shade regulations in the region.
Building type

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt

Level 1

(No corresponding level)

Level 2

(No corresponding level)

Level 3

Shade regulations are satisfied, or there are no shade regulations applicable tothe site.

Level 4

A standard one rank* above the shade regulations is satisfied.

Level 5(No corresponding level)□Commentary
Under this item, evaluate measures against daylight obstruction.
* "One rank above" for daylight obstruction means that, for example, in an area where the shade
regulation limits shade on adjacent commercial areas to 5 hours/3 hours (at 5 m, 10 m), the next
higher standard is for residential areas, set at 4/2.5 hours.
If the strictest level or regulation is already applied, one rank above should be taken to mean
one hour/0.5 hours (5 m, 10 m) higher than the regulation standard.

3.3 Light Pollution
3.3.1 Outdoor Illumination and Light that Spills from Interiors
Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt
Building type

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt

Level 10 points in the table of the efforts to be evaluated.

Level 2

1 point in the table of the efforts to be evaluated.

Level 3

2 points in the table of the efforts to be evaluated.

Level 43 points in the table of the efforts to be evaluated.

Level 5

4 points in the table of the efforts to be evaluated.

Efforts to be evaluatedContent(1) Outdoor illumination and light that spills from interiors
Only some of the checklist points of the "Light Pollution Countermeasure Guidelines"
are satisfied. (1 point)
A majority of the checklist points of the "Light Pollution Countermeasure Guidelines"
are satisfied. (2 points)(2) Countermeasures against light pollution from billboard lighting
Billboard lighting satisfies some of the considerations in "Considerations for Billboard
Illumination." (1 point)
A majority of the considerations in "Considerations for Billboard Illumination" aresatisfied, or there is no billboard lighting. (2 points)

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

Point

1～2

1～2

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

2032014 Edition□Commentary
Evaluate light pollution caused by buildings includes exterior lighting at night, light spill from theinterior, lighting for advertising displays, and glare reflecting from the building. MOE published its
Light Pollution Countermeasure Guidelines in March 1998; and local governments are adopting
their own Local Illumination Environment Plan in accordance with the guidelines. For this item, thebasic approach should be to use the level of compliance with the Light Pollution Countermeasure
Guidelines or Local Illumination Environment Plan as the judgment criterion.
* The Light Pollution Countermeasure Guidelines set by MOE were revised in December 2006,
and this manual reflects the content of that revision. If a Local Illumination Environment Plan has
been adopted by a local authority, the level of compliance with that plan may also be used as the
judgment standard.

■Reference 1) "Checklist for a good lighting environment" in the Light Pollution Countermeasure
Guidelines
Check item
Approach and examples of measures
0. Was the examination system appropriate?
→Add a person with specialist knowledge□ Did any lighting specialist participate in theof light and illumination to theexamination system?
examination system.
→If it is difficult to put such a person into theexamination system, get the expert's
advice as an advisor.
1. Is energy used effectively?
□ Are illumination levels set appropriately for →Set brightness to match the purpose of thelighting, with reference to the JIS brightness
purposes? Is the brightness too high or too low,
standard or other lighting-related standards.
relative to the JIS brightness standard or otherIf brightness is too high, change to alighting-related standards?
lower-wattage light source.
□ Is the illuminated range appropriate? Is it wider
than necessary?
□ Does the chosen light source have high overall
efficiency?
□ Was the installation of lighting equipment with highcoefficient of utilization, or of equipment forincreasing coefficient of utilization, considered?
2. Have measures been devised to diminish theimpact on human activities?
□ Has lighting equipment been chosen that leaks little
light upwards or towards the surroundings? Also,
have measures been considered to reduce lightleakage? Is reference 2), upward light output ratio in
the "Guide to outdoor lighting equipment" satisfied.
□ Have glare and extreme contrast been restricted?
Have target values been considered for restrictionof luminosity and luminance from lighting
equipment in directions that cause problems?
□ Could lighting that is excessive in brightness,brilliance, hue or other changes over time causes
discomfort or impede daily activities? Have target
values been considered for luminance of
illuminated surfaces or the brightness of windows
due to leaked light been considered?

→Reconsider the illuminated range.
→Reference 2) Choose overall efficiency
higher than that in the Guide to outdoor
lighting equipment.
→Reconsider the lighting patterns andinstallation positions of the lighting
equipment.
→Select lighting equipment which satisfies
upward light output ratio in the "Guide to
outdoor lighting equipment" Reference 2).
Alternatively, consider installation of thefollowing.
→Reconsider the selection of lighting
equipment and the direction of light
projection. If necessary, use louvers andhoods, etc. for shading.
→Reconsider the settings for brightness(luminance) and operation methods.
Lower the set brightness (luminance) if
necessary. Alternatively, use louvers andhoods, etc. to shade lighting equipment.

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

ＬＲ３(1) Outdoor illumination and light that spills from interiors
Evaluate according to the level of compliance with the "Checklist (check sheet) on exterior
illumination and similar fixtures" in the Light Pollution Countermeasure Guidelines or Local
Illumination Environment Plans (of one has been adopted for the region concerned,
0 points: Almost no points satisfy the checklist.
1 point: Only some of the checklist points are satisfied.
2 points: A majority of the checklist point are satisfied.

204

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

3. Have measures been devised to diminish theimpact on flora and fauna (ecosystems)?
□ Was harmony with the surroundings considered?
Does the lighting plan involve lighting that is far
brighter than the surrounding environment?
□ Has a survey been conducted of flora and faunathat should be protected in the environment
surrounding the lighting equipment? Havemeasures been considered to avoid impact onflora and fauna that should be protected?
4. Have operation and management methods been
considered?
□ Is there an operating plan with specifications foreach time bracket, tailored to the surrounding
environment?
□ Have periodic cleaning and lamp replacement
been considered?
5. Has care been taken over application to district
development?
□ Was there overall coordination?

□ Was lighting design considered that incorporated
public, semi-public and private spaces?
□ Were the targets
appropriately?

ofmeasuresselected□ Were safety and peace of mind considered?

→Reconsider the set brightness. Ifbrightness is too high, change to alower-wattage light source.
→Reinvestigate impact on the surrounding
environment, and reconsider whether
lighting equipment should be installed,
and the appropriateness of the set
brightness, the lighting equipment used,
the operating methods and other aspects.
→Consider adjustable brightness,turning off some or all lights, at night.

or→Consider performing periodic inspection,cleaning and lamp replacement.
→Have a district development coordinator
check impact on cooling loads, scenic
appearance, and other aspects.
→Lighting design should address lighting ofplots on both sides of roads, and spacesthat face the street.
→Consideration of parking lots, used carlots and outdoor golf driving ranges,
which can be expected to have a strong
impact.
→Consideration of lighting that is suitablefor crime prevention, etc.

■Reference 2) "Guide to outdoor lighting equipment" in the Light Pollution Countermeasure Guidelines
Regulations

Overall efficiency

Overall efficiency

Assessment

Content

Evaluate for overall efficiency.
Lamp output/(lamp power +power losses in the lighting
circuit)Coefficient of utilization =effective used output/total
lamp output = (lit area x
averagebrightness)/total
lamp output
Evaluate according to ULOR
(upward light output/lamp
output).

If lamp input power is 200W or more, we
recommend at least 60 [lm/W], and at
least 50 lm/W for lamps below 200W.
Coefficient of utilization is the proportionof the light generated by the lamp whichreaches areas or objects which require
illumination.

Lighting environment I*: 0%Lighting environment II*: 0-5%
Lighting environment III*: 0-15%
Lighting environment IV*: 0-20%"Standard for Exterior Public Illumination for Pedestrians" by the
Glare and impact Illumination Engineering Institute of Japan.
on human activities Following the points under "Glare restriction" in the Basically, follow
existing JIS and technical guidance.
Improve the light distribution characteristics and mounting of lighting
Impact on flora andequipment, or place light screens, etc. in the environment to limit, as far
fauna
as possible, the artificial light shining into the natural environment.
* Reference 3) shows the classifications of lighting environments I-IV.
Upward light output
ratio

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

205

2014 Edition■Reference 3) "4 types of lighting environment" in the Light Pollution Countermeasure Guidelines
These are natural parks or rural communities, in which the densityof installation of outdoor lighting equipment is relatively low. Such
areas are basically dark.
These are residential areas in villages or suburbs, with the main
lighting behind street lamps and anti-crime lamps, etc., with low
brightness in surrounding areas.
These are urban residential areas, with road and street lighting andsome distribution of objects such as billboards, with moderatebrightness in surrounding areas.
These are busy urban districts and the centers of major cities, with ahigh density of outdoor illumination and billboards, and with highbrightness in surrounding areas.

(1) Lighting environment I(2) Lighting environment II(3) Lighting environment III(4) Lighting environment IV■ Reference 4) "Matters to consider in billboard illumination" in the Light Pollution
Countermeasure Guidelines
Main matters to consider(1) Consideration of light leakage□ Set the range receiving brightness andluminance to a suitable extent.
□ Select the shining directions appropriately.
□ Apply detailed measures to reduce the total
usage of artificial lighting.
(2) Considerations related to the quality of light□ Light must not flash.
□ Light must not move.
□ Projected light must not be colored.

Content→In particular, do not use searchlights,
lasers or other equipment which leaklight over a wide area and have astrong impact.
→Take
care
when
placing
internally-illuminated
signs
and
exposed fluorescent tubes.
→Apply design measures for contrast, inorder to reduce the total usage ofartificial light.
→ Do not allow flashing at light sources
and in the range illuminated.
→Do not move the range illuminated by
the light source.
→Do not pass the light of floodlights
through filters, or otherwise tint it.
(Excluding the use of filters out ofconsideration for the environment).

(3) Considerations related to energy conservation□ Encourage the use of light sources of highefficiency.
□ Manage lighting times appropriately.
■Bibliography 59)

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

ＬＲ３(2) Light pollution from billboard lighting
Evaluate lighting used on all outdoor advertising (spotlights, neon lights and other lighting ofadvertising surfaces) and outdoor advertising activities (moving signs, vending machines,
searchlights, etc.).
Evaluate according to the proportion of the considerations that have been implemented among
those listed in Reference 4) "Matters to consider in billboard illumination" in the Light Pollution
Countermeasure Guidelines.
0 points: Almost none of the considerations in "Matters to consider in billboard illumination"
are satisfied.
1 point: Some of the considerations in "Matters to consider in billboard illumination" aresatisfied.
2 points: A majority of the considerations in "Matters to consider in billboard illumination" aresatisfied.

206

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

3.3.2 Measures for Reflected Solar Glare from Building Walls
Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Fct･Hsp･Htl･Apt
Building type

Off･Sch･Rtl･Rst･Hal･Hsp･Htl･Fct･Apt

Level 1

(No corresponding level)

Level 2

(No corresponding level)

Level 3

Not adequate for Level 4.

Level 4

Measures for reducing reflected glare from building walls (including glass
surfaces) are taken.

Level 5In addition to efforts required for Level 4, further advanced measures such asconfirming a significant reduction effect due to simulation practice are taken.

For this item, as the countermeasures for light pollution caused by buildings, evaluate measures tomitigate the glare cast on the surround area by reflection of daylight from walls. Glare caused byreflection of daylight from buildings can cause unanticipated impact, particularly in office buildings
with large areas of glass. Therefore, this is a matter that must be considered with great care.
Major measures against reflected glare evaluated as Level 4 are as follows:
MeasureMethodContent

ReducedApplication of anti-reflection film on the inner side of the reflecting
reflectancesurface, or a coating applied to the glass, can cut reflectance.
Counter
DiffuseMeasures such as surface treatments and template glass canmeasures onreflection
make the reflection more diffuse.
building walls
Adjusted
The angle at which the glass is mounted can be adjusted toreflection angle reduce the impact of reflections.
(Note) Glass may become prone to thermal cracking due to higher solar absorbance rate. Glasswith surface treatment is limited by wind pressure strength consideration.

Measures evaluated as Level 5 include, in addition to implementing those rated as Level 4,
performing a simulation in order to ensure a significant reduction of glare or elimination of almost
all glare due to the measures.

■Reference) Countermeasures against light pollution by reflected glare from buildings
It is particularly important to consider light reflecting on the surrounding area if the building has a glass
facade. If the facade is curved or inclined, it can extend light pollution effects in a surprisingly wide
range, so light pollution must be thoroughly considered in advance. Recently, computers have beenable to run simulations as shown below, so it is easy to identify the impact of reflected light.

(Documentation provided by Nihon Sekkei)■Bibliography 59)

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

207

2014 Edition

Bibliography

Q2 Quality of Service39) New Office Promotion Association, New Office Minimums, 199440) Nobuki Sano, Kunihiro Inoue and Nobuaki Yamada, Architectural Planning: Building Designc 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

Bibliography

Q1 Indoor Environment1) Indoor Environment Forum, Post-Occupancy Evaluation Method for Office (POEM-O popular
edition), 2000
2) Indoor Environment Forum, Post-Occupancy Evaluation Method for Office, 1994
3) Architectural Institute of Japan, Standards and Design Guidelines for Sound Insulation Performancein Buildings (2nd edition), 1997
4) Architectural Institute of Japan, Handbook of Building Environmental Design - Environment, 2007
5) The Society of Heating, Air-conditioning and Sanitary Engineers of Japan, Handbook of
Air-conditioning and Sanitary Engineering, Volume 3 Air-conditioning Equipment Design, 2010
6) Architectural Institute of Japan, Sound Insulation Design in Buildings, 1988
7) Architectural Institute of Japan, Floor Impact Sound Insulation Design in Buildings, 2009
8) Morimasa Itamoto, (Air Conditioning Noise Research Group), Sound Reduction Design for
Air-Conditioning Equipment, Rikogakusha Publishing, 1976
9) Sanitation Management Standards for Building under the Law for Maintenance of Sanitation in
Buildings
10) The Healthcare Engineering Association of Japan, Guidelines for Design and Control of Air
Conditioning Systems in Hospitals (HEAS-02-2004)
11) MEXT, School Sanitation Standards under the School Health Law, 200912) Tokyo Metropolitan Government, Sanitation Standards for Metropolitan Schools13) MLIT, Standards and Procedures for Building Service Systems
14) ANSI/ASHRAE - 55 - 1992 ASHRAE Standard15) Handbook of Air-Conditioning and Sanitary Engineering16) Japan Housing Performance Standard under Housing Quality Assurance Act17) Japan Housing Performance Standard under Housing Quality Assurance Act18) Architectural Institute of Japan, Daylight Illuminance Calculation Method
19) Yukiko Yamada, Architectural Environmental Engineering, Baifukan Co., Ltd., 199720) Kazuaki Yamagata, Practical Teaching Materials for Architectural Environmental Engineering,
Shokokusha Publishing21) Japan Industrial Standards: JIS C 8106 Fluorescent light fittings, 200822) Japan Industrial Standards: JIS Z9125 Lighting Standard for Indoor Workplaces, 200723) Japan Industrial Standards: JIS Z9110 General Rules of Lighting Standard, 201024) The Illuminating Engineering Institute of Japan, Task and Ambient Lighting (TAL) Promotion
Committee Report, 201225) The Illumination Engineering Institute of Japan, Technical Design Guidelines for Housing
Illumination, 2007
26) The Illuminating Engineering Institute of Japan, Technical Guide for Practical Lighting Design, 201127) MLIT, Technical Standard Concerning Sick House Syndrome (ordinances & notifications)28) Shinichi Tanabe, Indoor Chemical Pollution: Overview and Provisions for Sick Houses, 1998
29) Building Management Education Center, Environmental Health Management in Buildings30) Kouchi Ikeda, Mechanisms of Indoor Atmospheric Pollution, Kajima Institute Publishing31) Midori Yoshikawa, et. al., Indoor Pollution and Allergies, Inoueshoin Co., Ltd.
32) Architecture Knowledge Magazine, Complete Guide of Sick House Countermeasures: Special
Edition, March 200133) Midori Yoshikawa, et. al., Housing Q&A: Mite, Mold and Condensation, Inoueshoin Co., Ltd.
34) Society of Heating, Air-conditioning and Sanitary Engineering of Japan, SHASE-S102-2003:
Ventilation Standard and the Commentary35) Raymond J. Cole, Nils Larsson, GBC '98: Building Assessment Manual, 1998
36) Toshiyuki Nomura and Kengo Nomura, Checkpoints in Architectural Regulations for Building
Design, Shokokusha Publishing37) R. J. Cole, D. Rousseau, and I. T. Theaker, Building Environment Performance Assessment
Criteria: Version 1-Office Buildings, The BEPAC Foundation, Vancouver, December 1993
38) US Green Building Council, LEED (Buildings: Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design),
Rating System Version 2.0, June 2001

208

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

Basics and Applications, Shokokusha Publishing41) The Optical Fiber Promotion Council (NPO), Installation of High-Speed Data Communications
Equipment, May 200542) Optical Fiber Promotion Council (NPO), Guide for Piping and Wiring Systems in Broadband
Age: Condominiums and Office Buildings, July 2006
43) Nobuko Ogawa, Midori Nomura, Shoko Abe and Yoshihiko Kawauchi, New Trends inBarrier–free Environment, Chuohoki Publishing44) MLIT website, Barrier-free Design in Buildings
http://www.mlit.go.jp/jutakukentiku/build/hbl.htm45) Hisao Kajimoto (Editor), The Approach to Universal Design: Architecture, Urban Development
and Product Design, Maruzen Publishing46) Architectural Institute of Japan, Need for Comfortable Office Environment: Assessment Method
for Occupancy Environment, Shokokusha Publishing47) Japan Industrial Standards: JIS T 9251 Shape, Size and Arrangement of Protruding Objects
Including Blocks for Guiding the Visually Impaired, 200148) Building and Equipment Long-Life Cycle Association, 10 Rules in Design and Construction for
Improved Maintenance, 2007
49) Research Institute of Environmental Management, Administration and Maintenance of JAPAN,
Survey on Guidelines for Leading Municipalities Regarding Storage Area for Waste andRecycled Materials, Environmental Management No. 59, 2006/05
50) MHLW Website, Hygiene Control Manual for Mass Food Preparation Facilities
http://www.mhlw.go.jp/topics/syokuchu/01.html
51) Building and Equipment Long-Life Cycle Association, Survey Report on Service Lives of
Building Structure, Components and Service Equipment, 1998
52) Building Center of Japan, Seismic Design and Construction Guidelines for Buildings Service
Systems
53) The Society of Heating, Air-conditioning and sanitary Engineers, Seismic Design andConstruction Methods for Buildings Service Systems
LR2 Resources & Materials54) Forestry Agency, Guidelines for Certifying Legality and Sustainability of Wood and Wooden
Products, April 2006
55) PRTR Working Group (Japan Federation of Construction Contractors, Inc., Japan Civil
Engineering Contractors' Association, Inc., Building Contractors Society), Chemical SubstanceManagement in the Construction Industry - Activity Report - June 2002
LR3 Off-site Environment56) Japan Environmental Management Association for Industry, Pollution Control Technologies
and Regulations - Noise Volume 57) The Wind Engineering Institute, Wind Characteristics in Urban Building Areas (New Edition),
Kajima Institute Publishing58) Shuzo Murakami, Yoshiteru Iwasa, et al., (Architectural Institute of Japan), Wind Environment
Survey and Research on Evaluation Criteria Based on Resident Log Data, 198359) MOE, Light Pollution Guidelines

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

209

2014 Edition

Appendix
1. Table of durability (years) of building elements (Use values in table below for the assessment).

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

Appendix

Building Interior

Building Exterior

Classification
By construction type Service life Specifications, etc.
Source
Notes
Structural skeleton Steel reinforced concrete
65
Slump 18
Gov.Bld.Dept. Planned years to renewal
Roof
Asphalt Waterproofing
Counterweight
Gov.Bld.Dept.
30
concrete (thickness 80)
Tile
Gov.Bld.Dept. Service life is 10 years -10% repair for the30
waterproof course, mortar bed and tiles.
Aluminum coping
40
Gov.Bld.Dept.
Outer
Stones65
GraniteGov.Bld.Dept. Inada type or equivalent Polished finish
walls
TilingEmbedded porcelain Gov.Bld.Dept.
40
tileSynthetic resin spraying
15
Mortar setting bed Gov.Bld.Dept. Emulsion finish
CurtainPC sheet
Embedded mosaic Gov.Bld.Dept.
65
wall
tiles
Exterior
Aluminum
Gov.Bld.Dept.
30
ceilings
Moulding(Eaves)Stainless steel Moulding
40
Gov.Bld.Dept.
Boarding
20
Flexible board
Gov.Bld.Dept. EP Finish
Exterior
Steel fittings
30
Gov.Bld.Dept. OP coating
fittings
Aluminum fixtures
40
Gov.Bld.Dept.
Stainless steel
4,400 x 2,500
Gov.Bld.Dept. Automatic staineless steel double-opening
40
entry/ exit doors
doors
Gov.Bld.Dept.
Synthetic resin on
5steel(Painting)Exterior
Roof railings (Steel)
30
Gov.Bld.Dept. Painted every 5 years
Misc
Roof railings
H = 1,100
Gov.Bld.Dept.
65(Stainless steel)
Roof railings(Aluminum)40
H = 1,100
Gov.Bld.Dept.
FloorsGraniteInada type or
Gov.Bld.Dept.
65
equivalent
Marble65
Gov.Bld.Dept.
Terrazo block65
Gov.Bld.Dept.
Tiling65
Ceramic tile
Gov.Bld.Dept.
Mortar finish
30
Mortarboard
Gov.Bld.Dept.
PVC tiling
20
Mortar setting bed Gov.Bld.Dept. Semi-hardened
Vinyl flooring sheet
Mortarboard
Gov.Bld.Dept. Polyvinyl chloride sheet (LONLEUM) or
20
equivalent
Carpet20
Mortar setting bed Gov.Bld.Dept. Tile carpet
Inner walls
Granite65
Inada type or equivalent Gov.Bld.Dept.
Marble65
Gov.Bld.Dept.
Terrazo block65
Gov.Bld.Dept.
Tiling65
Porcelain tile
Gov.Bld.Dept.
Mortar finish
65
EP coating
Gov.Bld.Dept. Repainted every 10 years
Multi-layer painted
Mortar setting bed Gov.Bld.Dept. Service life, including undercoat (repainted
20
finishevery 10 years (60%))
Vinyl wallpaper
Plywood underlay
Gov.Bld.Dept. Service life of underlays (replaced every 10
20years)
GL construction
Gov.Bld.Dept. Service life of underlays (replaced every 10
20method, PB T = 12
years)
Walnut veneering
T = 9, with furrring Gov.Bld.Dept.
20
stripsMelamine-faced
T = 9, with furrring Gov.Bld.Dept.
30
board
stripsCeilings
AluminumLight steel underlay Gov.Bld.Dept.
30
Moulding
Boards30
Faced plasterboard Gov.Bld.Dept.
Vinyl wallpaper
30
PB underlay, T = 9 Gov.Bld.Dept. Service life of underlays (replaced every 10 years)
Synthetic resin
Concrete underlay Gov.Bld.Dept.
20
spraying
Interior
Aluminum fixtures
40
Gov.Bld.Dept.
fixtures
Steel fixtures
30
OP Coating
Gov.Bld.Dept.
Wooden fixtures
30
Gov.Bld.Dept. Flush door
Misc. other Toilet screens
65
Terrazo block panel Gov.Bld.Dept.
Toilet screens
30
Faced sheet steel panel Gov.Bld.Dept.
Suspended shelves

210

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

Classification

Electrical Equipment

High-pressuredevices

By construction typeSinks
FRP bathtubs
Stainless steel
bathtubs
High-voltage power input
equipment Distribution board

Transformer
Condenser
High-voltage power
input equipment
Home electrical
Private generators
appliances equipment (Diesel-engines)
DC power supply Storage batteries(Lead)devices
Storage batteries(Alkaline)
BoardsPower control
boardLighting distribution board
Terminal board
Lighting
Fluorescent light fixtures
fixtures
Incandescent light fixtures
Guide lamps
Light electrical Telephone switchboard
appliances
Amplifier
Speakers
Intercom
Electric clocks
TV antennae
TV amplifiers
Mergers and splitters
Automatic fire Sensors
detection
Receivers
WiringSwitches
Appliances
Sockets

Mechanical Equipment

Wiring and Electrical wiring
plumbing
Pipes
Cable racks
Heating and Steel plate boilers
cooling
Cast iron boilers
sources
Smoke tube boilers
Equipment
Turbo chillers
Reciprocating chillers
Absorption chillers
Hot air heating
pump chillers

Service life

Specifications, etc.

（30）
15
25
25
25
25
30

Interior cubicles
Exterior cubicles

30
7
25
25

SourceNotes
Gov.Bld.Dept. From documents calculating refurbishment
costs for government buildings.
Gov.Bld.Dept.
Gov.Bld.Dept.
Gov.Bld.Dept.
Gov.Bld.Dept.
Gov.Bld.Dept.
Gov.Bld.Dept.

Gov.Bld.Dept.
Sealed lead (HS)Sealed, AHH

Gov.Bld.Dept.
Gov.Bld.Dept.
Gov.Bld.Dept.

25
30
20
20
20
15
20
20
20
20
10
20
20
20
20
（30）

Gov.Bld.Dept.
Gov.Bld.Dept.
Gov.Bld.Dept.
Gov.Bld.Dept.
Gov.Bld.Dept.
Electronic pushbutton telephone Gov.Bld.Dept.
Rack type
Gov.Bld.Dept.
Embedded in ceiling Gov.Bld.Dept.
Base and satellite system Gov.Bld.Dept.
Base and satellite system Gov.Bld.Dept.
Gov.Bld.Dept.
Gov.Bld.Dept.
Gov.Bld.Dept.
Differential type
Gov.Bld.Dept.
50L
Gov.Bld.Dept.
Tumbler switch
Gov.Bld.Dept.

（30）

Gov.Bld.Dept.

30
65
65
15
30
20
20
15
20
15

Gov.Bld.Dept.
Thin steel cable duct Gov.Bld.Dept.
Steel
Gov.Bld.Dept.
Gov.Bld.Dept.
Steam
Gov.Bld.Dept.
Gov.Bld.Dept.
Gov.Bld.Dept.
Gov.Bld.Dept.
Gov.Bld.Dept.
Gov.Bld.Dept.

Cooling tower
Air conditioning Compressed air handling unit
equipment
Packaged air conditioning
system (Water-cooled type)13
20

Packaged air conditioning
system (Hot air heat pump)Heating and Fan coil unit
cooling
Fan convector
Total enthalpy Total enthalpy heat exchanger
heat exchanger Heat exchanger unit
Air supply andBlowerventing equipment Smoke extractor
Pumps
Lifting pump
Hot and cold water pump

15

Gov.Bld.Dept.

20
20
20
20
20
25
20
20

Gov.Bld.Dept.
Gov.Bld.Dept.
Rotating
Gov.Bld.Dept.
Embedded in ceiling Gov.Bld.Dept.
Centrifugal
Gov.Bld.Dept.
Gov.Bld.Dept.
Gov.Bld.Dept.
Gov.Bld.Dept.

20

FRP counterflow

25 years for the engine

Gov.Bld.Dept.
Gov.Bld.Dept.
Gov.Bld.Dept.

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

20 years for masts

From documents calculating refurbishment
costs for government buildings.
From documents calculating refurbishment
costs for government buildings.

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

211

2014 Edition

Classification

By construction type Service life Specifications, etc.
SourceHot water supply and
20
Gov.Bld.Dept.
recirculating pump
Cooling water pump
20
Gov.Bld.Dept.
Misc. waste water pump
15
Gov.Bld.Dept.
Fire extinguishing pump20
Unit-type
Gov.Bld.Dept.
Panel-type
Gov.Bld.Dept.
Water tanks Water intake tanks, elevated20
water tanks (Steel plate)Panel-type
Gov.Bld.Dept.
Water intake tanks,
25
elevated water tanks (FRP)
Water intake tanks, elevated30
Panel-type
Gov.Bld.Dept.
water tanks (Stainless steel)Oil tanks (Underground)
Tanks
30
Gov.Bld.Dept.
Hot water tank (Steel plate)
20
Gov.Bld.Dept.
Hot water tank
Gov.Bld.Dept.
25(Stainless steel)
Gov.Bld.Dept.
Carbon steel pipes (White)
Pipes(Water supply)
Carbon steel pipes (White)
30
Gov.Bld.Dept.
(Water drainage and ventilation)
Carbon steel pipes(White) (Firefighting)
Carbon steel pipes (White)(Hot and cold water)

20

Carbon steel pipes(Black) (Steam)

20

PVC-lined steel pipes(Water supply)
Copper pipes (Hot water)
Copper pipes(Coolant)
Stainless steel pipes(Cold and hot water supply)

Elevators

30

Vinyl pipes (Water supply)
Vinyl pipes (Water drainage)
Cast iron pipes(Water drainage)
Fume pipes(Water drainage)
Air ducts
Air conditioning ducts
Pan-type air vent
Universal-type air vents
Water
Gas water heaters
boilers
Electric water heaters
Fire
Indoor fire hydrants
extinguishers Siamese connection
Halogen fire
extinguisher spray head
Halogen fire extinguisher
trigger system
Hygienic
Toilet bowl
equipment Urinal
Wash basins
Vanity wash basin
Faucets
Amc controlSensors
equipment Regulators
Controllers
Control panels
Central monitoring board
Elevators Elevators

Gov.Bld.Dept.
Gov.Bld.Dept.
Gov.Bld.Dept.
Gov.Bld.Dept.

25
30
30

M
L

Gov.Bld.Dept.
Gov.Bld.Dept.
Gov.Bld.Dept.

HIVP
VP

Gov.Bld.Dept.
Gov.Bld.Dept.
Gov.Bld.Dept.

30
20
30

Notes
20 years for the motor

40
28
40
30
30
30
10
10
30
30
20

Gov.Bld.Dept.
Gov.Bld.Dept.
Gov.Bld.Dept.
Gov.Bld.Dept.
Gov.Bld.Dept.
Gov.Bld.Dept.
Gov.Bld.Dept.
Gov.Bld.Dept.
Gov.Bld.Dept.
Gov.Bld.Dept.

20

Gov.Bld.Dept.

30
30
30

Japanese-style

Gov.Bld.Dept.
Gov.Bld.Dept.
Gov.Bld.Dept.

15
15
15
12
10
10
30

Gov.Bld.Dept.
Electronic, temperature Gov.Bld.Dept.
Electronic, temperature Gov.Bld.Dept.
Electronic
Gov.Bld.Dept.
Gov.Bld.Dept.
Gov.Bld.Dept.
GeneralGov.Bld.Dept.

Source for the table: Values of Government Building Department contained in the service life table of "Building's LC
Assessment database, 4th Revised Edition (the first edition published March 1st 2008)," Building and Equipment Life Cycle
Association.

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

212

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition[Reference table](Only use the value from this table if there is no applicable value in the previous table.)Classification
By construction type Service life
Structural skeletonSteel reinforced
At least
concrete
75 years
117 years

pecifications, etc.

Yoda
IizukaAt least
50 yearsAt least
60 years
Roof

Asphalt
Waterproofing

20
25
25

Waterproof sheet

Paintedwaterproofing
Mortar finish

Tile

30
20
20
15
15
20
15
15
15
10
10
10
30

Building Exterior

Aluminum coping
Outer walls Stones

TilingSynthetic resin
spraying

Epoxy-type sprayed tile
Sealant
Curtain wall Aluminum

Exterior
ceiling(Eaves)Exterior
fittings

PC sheet
Aluminum Moulding
Stainless steel Moulding
Boarding
Steel fittings

Aluminum fixtures
Stainless steel entry/exit doors
Synthetic resin on
steel Painting

40
25
25
25
60
50
60
50
60
25
25
25
30
15
10
40
40
60
40
40
25
25
35
50
30
35
40
40
60
5
6
3

SourceShinozaki
KasinoCounterweight concrete AIJCounterweight cinders
NTT
With
protective Kobayashi
layerCounterweight concrete BELCA
Kobayashi
ExposedNTT
Exposed,silver coating
BELCA
Kobayashi
NTT
Double coating
AIJ
Double coatingNTT
Kobayashi
AIJNTT
Kobayashi
BELCA

GraniteGraniteGraniteGraniteDry, rectangular, biscuit
fired
4.7 cm square tiles
Porcelain
Embedded porcelain tile

Notes
From a 1969 survey of the Yokohama Mitsui & Co.
Building (construction completed in 1969)
Estimated from a survey of wear reduction in
telephone exchange buildings (building maintenance).
Survey of reinforced concrete structures aged approximately
50 years (AIJ anthology of convention speeches '74)
Durability can be secured in ordinary concrete design
when the progress of neutralization is used as anindicator (Basic Observations on Long-Life Construction)

Polymer waterproof sheet
Synthetic polymer waterproof roofing sheet
Ronloop or equivalent, T = 20
Polymer coating waterproofing
Urethane-type x 1
Mortar service life
Mortar service life
Mortar service life
Tile service life
Tile service life
Tile service life
Service life is 10 years -10% repair for thewaterproof course, mortar bed and tiles.

BELCA
AIJ
NTT
Kobayashi
BELCA
Inada type or equivalent Polished finish
AIJ
Including partial terracotta finish

NTT
Kobayashi
BELCA
AIJ
Mortar setting bed NTT
Kobayashi
Mortar setting bed BELCA
Concrete setting bed BELCAJASS8Kobayashi
BELCA
Small embedded tiles BELCA
BELCA
BELCA
Plasterboard
AIJ
Flexible board
BELCA
AIJ
NTT
Kobayashi
BELCA
Kobayashi
BELCA
4,334 x 2,800
BELCA
NTT
Kobayashi
BELCA

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

40 years for floating method construction
Lysin finish
Lysin finish
Lysin finish
Acrylic lysin
Values for reference service life
Panel mounting

EP Finish

Ready-mixed synthetic resin paint

Stainless steel entrance unit

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

213

2014 Edition

Classification
By construction type
Exterior MiscRoof railings (Steel)

FloorsRoof railings (Steel)
Roof railings(Stainless steel)
Roof railings(Aluminum)
Steel fire escapestaircaseGraniteMarbleTerrazo block

TilingMortar finish

PVC tiling

Vinyl flooring sheet

Service life pecifications, etc.
25
Wire mesh
25
Wire mesh
25
H = 1,100
60
40
30
60
60
30
30
30
50
30
30
30
50
20
25
20
30
20
20
30
18
20
30

Building Interior

CarpetInner walls

GraniteMarbleTerrazo block
TilingMortar finish

Multi-layer painted
finishVinyl wallpaper

15
30
60
60
40
50
30
10
50
50
20
36
30
10

Ceilings

Vinyl wallpaper
Synthetic resin spraying

H = 1,100

BELCA

Aluminum

Kobayashi

Inada type orequivalent

BELCA

Hard

Ceramic tile
Mortarboard
Mortarboard
Mortarboard
Mortarboard
Mortar setting bed
Mortar setting bed
Mortar setting bed
Mortarboard
Mortarboard
Mortarboard
Mortar setting bed
Mortar setting bed
Inada type orequivalent

BELCA
AIJ
NTT
Kobayashi
BELCA
AIJ
NTT
Kobayashi
BELCA
AIJ
NTT
Kobayashi
BELCA
Semi-hardened
NTT
Kobayashi
Semi-hardened
BELCA
AIJ
NTT
Polyvinyl chloride sheet
BELCA
equivalent
Kobayashi Needle-punched carpet
Contract carpet
BELCA
BELCA

(LONLEUM)

or

20
30

BELCA
AIJ
BELCA
White narrow tile
AIJ
NTT
Kobayashi
Ceramic tile
BELCA
AIJ
NTT
Repainted every 5 years
EP coating
BELCA
Service life for paint onlyNTT
Service life, including undercoat (repainted every
Mortar setting bed BELCA
10 years (90%))
Service life for wallpaper onlyNTT
Service life of underlays (replaced every 10 years)
Plywood underlay
BELCA
GL construction
Service life of underlays (replaced every 10
BELCA
method, PB T = 12
years)
T = 9, with furrring strips BELCA
T = 9, with furrring strips BELCA

60
25
25
25
30
30
60

Light steel underlay BELCA
Plasterboard
AIJNTT
Kobayashi
Faced plasterboard BELCAPB underlay, T = 10 BELCA
Service life of underlays (replaced every 10 years)
Concrete underlay BELCA

30
10
30
20

Walnut veneering
Melamine-faced
board
Aluminum fixtures
Boards

SourceNotes
AIJ
Steel columns
Kobayashi
BELCA
Painted every 3 years
BELCA

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

214

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

Electrical Equipment

Classification
Interior
fixturesBy construction type
Aluminum fixtures

Service life pecifications, etc.
Source50
Kobayashi
50
BELCA
Steel fixtures
45
AIJ
40
OP Coating
BELCA
Wooden fixtures
28
AIJ
30
NTT
28
Kobayashi
30
BELCA
Misc. other Toilet screens40
Terrazo block panel AIJ
30
Terrazo block panel BELCA
Faced sheet steel panelBELCA
40
Kobayashi
Bath units
20
Faced sheet steel panelBELCA
Suspended shelves
20
BELCA
Sinks
20
High-pressure High-voltage power
AIJ
25
devices
input equipment
Kobayashi
25
Interior cubicles
BELCA
30
Exterior cubicles
BELCA
20
Distribution board
AIJ
25
Kobayashi
25
BELCA
30
Transformer
AIJ
25
Kobayashi
25
Kuboi
30
BELCA
30
Condenser
AIJ
20
Kobayashi
20
Kuboi
25
BELCA
25
Breaker
Kuboi
20
BCS
25
For emergency use AIJ
Homeelectrical Private generators
30(Diesel-engines)
appliances
For emergency use Kobayashi
30
equipment
For emergency use Kuboi
20
For emergency use BELCA
30
DC power
Storage batteries
AIJ
10
supply(Lead)
Kobayashi
10devicesKuboi
7
Sealed lead (HS)BCS
13
Sealed lead (HS)BELCA
7Storage batteries
Kuboi
15(Alkaline)
Pocket alkaline
BCS
15
Pocket alkaline
BELCA
15
AIJ
BoardsPower control board
25
Kobayashi
25
Kuboi
20
BELCA
30
BELCA
Lighting distribution board
30
BELCA
Terminal board
60
Lighting
AIJ
Fluorescent light10
fixturesfixtures10
Kobayashi
30
BELCA
Incandescent lightAIJ
15
fixtures15
Kobayashi
30
BELCA
Guide lamps
30
BELCA
Light
Telephone switchboard
30
BELCA
electrical
Amplifier
17
AIJ
appliances
25
Rack type
BELCA
Speakers
18
AIJ

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

Notes

Flush door

Flush door
However, related finishes have a large influence
From refurbishment costs for apartments (equipment and management No.8804)

Interior

25 years for the engine

Broadcasting amplifier

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

215

2014 Edition

Classification

By construction typeIntercom

Electric clocks

Automatic
fire detection

TV antennae
TV amplifiers
Mergers and splitters
Sensors

Receivers

Switches
WiringAppliances

Sockets

Wiring andElectrical wiring
plumbing
Pipes

Cable racks
Heating and Steel plate boilers
coolingsources
Equipment
Cast iron boilers

Mechanical Equipment

Smoke tube boilers
Turbo chillers

Reciprocating
chillers
Absorption chillers

Hot air heating
pump chillers
Cooling tower

Air conditioning Compressed air
handling unit
equipment

Service life pecifications, etc.
SourceEmbedded in ceiling BELCA
25
Base unit
20
AIJ
Base unit
20
Kobayashi
Base and satellite system BELCA
20
Base unit
20
AIJ
Base and satellite system Kobayashi
20
Base and satellite system Kuboi
15
Base and satellite system BELCA
25
15
With mas
BELCA
15
BELCA
20
BELCA
Distributed
20
AIJ
Differential type
20
Kobayashi
Differential type20
BELCA
Distributed
20
AIJ
20
Kobayashi
P-1 grade, 50 L
20
BELCA
5
AIJ
6
Kobayashi
17
BCS
With P
20
BELCA
6
AIJ
6
Kobayashi
16
BCS
With P
20
BELCA
20
AIJ
20
KobayashiWith P
40
BELCA
20
AIJ
20
Kobayashi
Thin steel cable duct BELCA
60
Steel
60
BELCA
25
AIJ
15
BCS
15
BELCA
10
Sectional boiler
Kobayashi
20
Kuboi
21.1 Sectional boiler
BCS
25
Steam
BELCA
15
Kuboi
18.9
BCS
25
Kobayashi
20
Kuboi
21.1
BCS
20
BELCA
15
Kuboi
15
BCS
15
BELCA
15
Kuboi
17.5
BCS
20
BELCA
BELCA
15
20
13
14.4
15
15
18
17.5

FRP
FRP

Notes

Kobayashi
Kuboi
BCS
BELCA
Kobayashi
Kuboi
BCS

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

216

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

Classification

By construction typePackaged air-conditioning
system(Water-cooled type)Heating andcooling

Packaged air conditioning
system (hot air heat pump)
Fan coil unit

Fan convector
Cast-iron radiator
Total enthalpy Total enthalpy heat exchanger
heat exchanger Heat exchanger unit
Air supply
Blowerand venting
equipment

Pumps

Smoke extractor
Lifting pump

Hot and cold waterpump
Hot water supply
and recirculatingpump
Cooling water pump
Misc. waste waterpump

Fire extinguishingpump
Water tanks Water intake tanks, elevatedwater tanks (Steel plate)
Water intake tanks, elevatedwater tanks (FRP)

Tanks

Water intake tanks, elevatedwater tanks (Stainless steel)Oil tanks (Underground)
Hot water tank
(Steel plate)

Hot water tank
(Stainless steel)
Pipes

Carbon steel pipes(White)(Water supply)
Carbon steel pipes(White)(Water supply)Service life pecifications, etc.
15
15
Semi-sealed
13.4
15
15
20
18
15.8
15
13.6
15
30
20.8
15
15
20
20
18
18.6
20
25
15
15
15
17
15
17
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
12.9
10
27
27
27
20
20
20
20
25
15
15
17.1
15
18.7
15
20
20
18.1
18
18
14.9
12

Source
BELCA
Kuboi
BCS
BELCA
BELCA

Kobayashi
Kuboi
BCS
Exposed, floor mounted BELCABCSExposed, floor mounted BELCA
AIJBCS
Rotating
BELCA
Embedded in ceiling BELCA
AIJ
Kobayashi
Kuboi
Sirocco fan
BCS
Forward curved fan BELCA
Forward curved fan BELCA
Turbine pump
AIJ
Turbine pump
Kobayashi
Kuboi
Sirocco fan
BCSMulti-level
BELCA
BCS
BELCA
AIJ
KobayashiLine pump
BELCA
VoluteBELCA
AIJ
Kobayashi
Submerged
Kuboi
Submerged
BCS
Submerged
BELCA
TurbineAIJ
Kobayashi
Unit-type
BELCA
AIJ

Panel-type
Panel-type

Kobayashi
BELCA
BELCA
BELCA
AIJ
Kobayashi
BCS
BELCA
BCS
BELCA
AIJ
Kobayashi
BCS
AIJ
Kobayashi
BCS
BELCA

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

Notes

20 years for the motor
20 years for the motor

20 years for the motor
20 years for the motor

20 years for the motor
20 years for the motor

20 years for the motor, 25 for the engine
20 years for the motor, 25 for the engine

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

217

2014 Edition

Classification

By construction type
Carbon steel pipes(White) (Water
drainage andventilation)
Carbon steel pipes(White)(Firefighting)
Carbon steel pipes (White)(Hot and cold water)
Carbon steel pipes(Back) (Steam)
PVC-lined steel pipes(Water supply)
Copper pipes (Hotwater)
Copper pipes(Coolant)
Stainless steel pipes (Coldand hot water supply)
Vinyl pipes (Water supply)
Vinyl pipes (Water drainage)
Cast iron pipes(Water drainage)

Air ducts

Fume pipes(Water drainage)
Air conditioning
ducts

Pan-type air vent
Universal-type air vents
Water boilers Gas water heaters
Electric water heaters
Indoor fire hydrants
Fire
extinguishers Siameseconnection
Halogen fire extinguisher
spray head
Halogen fire extinguisher
trigger system
Toilet bowl
Hygienic
equipment
UrinalElevators

Wash basins

Faucets
Auto control Sensors
equipment Regulators
Controllers
Elevators
Elevators

Service life
18
18
18.4
20
20
25
25
18
20
15
17.8
20

pecifications, etc.

30
18.3
15
30
30
30
25
28
28
30
28
30
20
20
30
20
20
8.2
10
10
20
20

SourceAIJ
Kobayashi
BCS
BELCA
AIJ
Kobayashi
BELCA
BCS
BELCA
AIJ
BCS
BELCA
BELCA
BCS
BELCA
BELCA
BELCA

M
L

HIVP
VP

VHS

BELCA
BELCA
AIJ
Kobayashi
BELCA
AIJ
BELCA
AIJ
Kobayashi
BELCA
BELCA
BELCA
BCS
BELCA
BELCA
BELCA
BELCA

25

BELCA

25

BELCA

25
25
25
30
30
30
25
25
25
20
10
10
10
20
20
25
25

Notes

Japanese-style
Japanese-style
Japanese-style

AIJ
Kobayashi
BELCA
AIJ
Kobayashi
BELCA
AIJ
Kobayashi
BELCA
BELCA
Electronic, temperature BELCAElectronic, temperature BELCAElectronic
BELCA
AIJ
Kobayashi
Kuboi
Standard type
BELCA

The Table was created with reference to values of the Architectural Institute of Japan, NTT, Kobayashi, Kuboi, BCS and
BELCA, provided in the service life table of "Building's LC Assessment Database, 4th Revised Edition" (The 1st edition was
published on March 1, 2008.) published by the Building and Equipment Long-life Cycle Association (BELCA), and values forsealing materials provided in "Technical Guidelines and Commentaries on Watertight Design and Construction of Outer Wall
Joints (JASS8)" (The 2nd edition was published on February 25, 2008.) published by the Architectural Institute of Japan.

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

218

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

2. Calculation of Tree Canopy Size and Green Area
In principle, calculation of medium/tall tree canopy sizes and green spaces covered with plants such as lawns is based on
the method referred to in the Urban Green Space Conservation Law. The law stipulates the following two methods to obtaintree canopy sizes and horizontal projected areas of ground-covering plants:
A. Method based on the Green Facility Planning Accreditation System (Article 60 of the Urban Green Space Conservation
Law, Regulation 23)- Horizontal projected area planned/expected at the time of plant maturity
B. Method based on the Green Zoning System (Article 34 of the Urban Green Space Conservation Law, Regulation 9)- Actual horizontal projected area at the time of planting
In the CASBEE assessment, tree canopy sizes and green spaces are evaluated focusing on healthy, long-term growth ofplants as aimed for by the planners and facility administrators. Thus, calculation in this assessment is largely based on
Method A above, with some elements of Method B and other considerations.
In the CASBEE assessment, trees are categorized as follows:- Medium/tall trees: trees with a height of 1.0 m or taller at the time of planting (apply Item (1) method below).
- Low trees: trees with a height of 1.0 m or lower at the time of planting (apply Item (2) method below).

(1) Horizontal projected area of medium/tall trees (canopy area)- Apply the horizontal projected area of medium/tall tree canopies at thetime of plant maturity. The method is not based on the area at the time ofplanting and requires calculation of the anticipated canopy areas atmaturity (Regulation 23).
This method is recommended in cases where areas have many mature
trees.
- The table below shows anticipated radii of tree canopies andcorresponding canopy sizes based on tree heights at time of planting.
The anticipated values can be applied in calculation of the horizontal
projected area (Regulation 9).
Table II.1 Anticipated radius of tree crownTree height at time of planting
Anticipated radius of tree canopy
Anticipated area of tree canopy
2.1m
13.8 ㎡
4.0 m or taller
1.6m
8.0 ㎡
2.5 m or taller but lower than 4.0 m
1.1m
3.8 ㎡
1.0 m or taller but lower than 2.5 m*This method can only be applied to trees with a height of 1 m or taller.

- Add all tree canopy areas except overlapping areas (Regulation 23).
In cases where canopies of multiple closely-placed trees overlap, obtain the total canopy area can be obtained as shown
below (method based on the Planting Handbook published by Hiratsuka City; partially modified for CASBEE).

Canopies do not overlap:
Total area of all tree canopies

Canopies overlap: Area of within the canopy
perimeter (bounded by straight lines)

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

219

2014 Edition(2) Calculation of green area with ground-covering plants or low trees
1) Green area with ground-covering plants (e.g. lawn) or low trees- Apply the horizontal projected area that ground-covering plants (e.g. lawn
and other plants) or low trees are expected to cover at the time of maturity(method based on Regulation 23; partially modified for CASBEE).

2) Green area with planters/containers- In cases where planters or containers with a volume of 100 liters or moreare used, calculate the area using the method described in (1) or (2)-1).
- In cases where a planter or container is used for a wall, apply thecalculation method described in 5) (Regulation 23).

3) Green area of flower beds, etc.
- Apply the horizontal projected area of soil designated for flowers and otherplants or of a green facility that is covered with other type of materials(Regulation 9).

4) Green area of plant trellises- In cases where trellises are placed on the ground or on the rooftop, apply
the horizontal projected area the plants are expected to cover at the time of
maturity (Regulation 23).

5) Green area of walls
i. Vertical walls- In cases where plants grow upward from the ground or downward from therooftop along the walls, calculate green area with the horizontal length ofplanned green area multiplied by 1.0 m (Regulation 23).
- However, when the said depth is clearly more than 1.0 m (such as with useof metal fences that support climbing plants) and can be verified, the actual
values can be calculated (CASBEE's unique method).
- In cases where planting materials (e.g. plant bases) are placed on the wall,
calculate the area covered by such materials (CASBEE's unique method).

Basic calculation:
Green area = (A + B) x 1.0 m
When extensions of more than 1.0 m
can be verified, calculate using theactual valuesc 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

220

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

ii. Sloped walls- Apply the larger value of the two: horizontal projected area or elevatedarea of the expected green-covered wall (method based on Regulation 23;
partially modified for CASBEE).

Reference: Building Greener Towns - System Guide to Urban Green Space Conservation Law - issued by Parks & GreenSpace Dept., MLIT, July 2006

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

221

2014 Edition

3. Highly water-retentive materials
While a growing number of water-retentive materials are available on the market, the effectiveness of evaporative coolingvaries depending on water content level in the materials. Assessment methods for the materials' capability in relation to heatisland mitigation are not yet established and still under review at several research institutes. Therefore, determining
standard performance levels still needs further study in many aspects.
Currently available water-retentive materials are categorized in Table II.2. The list includes some readily available materials;
however, a variety of other materials (e.g. non-asphalt products with water-retentive components) have also beendeveloped. Difference in the effectiveness of evaporative cooling is caused by water supply mechanisms (i.e. precipitation
versus artificial supply), while solar reflectance levels account for surface temperature difference. Appropriateness ofcharacteristics must be considered for each application. For example, the required strength of water-retentive building
materials used for roofs, balconies and verandas require differs from that required for paving sidewalks, roadways,
parkades and parks.
Table II.3 shows examples of standard values for water-retentive paving published by the Japan Interlocking Block
Pavement Engineering Association. These values are currently used for assessment reference. Furthermore, the Society
for Water-Retentive Paving Technology Studies has developed an indoor light exposure test method for water-retentive
paving. The test analyzes surface temperature difference between regular paving and water-retentive paving under certain
light exposure conditions.

Table II.2 Examples of Water-Retentive Materials Table II.2 Examples of Water-Retentive Materials
Main materials
Tiles

Ceramic
Ceramic

BlocksCementMainapplications

Water retention
capacity

Roof/verandah/balcony
Park/parkade/sidewalk/roadway
Park/parkade/sidewalk/roadway

5-15 L/m (with 35
mm thickness)

Water content
by volumewhen wet2

15～40％

0.6～
3
1.8g/cm

15～30％

1.6～1.93g/cm

15～30％－

2

9-18 L/m (with 60
mm thickness)

Density2

9-18 L/m (with 60
mm thickness)

Water-retentiv
e agent

Asphalt+water-retentive
agents

Parkade/sidew
alk/roadway

3-6.5 L/m (with
100 mm thickness)

6～13％

－

Soil

Soil

Park/sidewalk

-

－

－

2

Note: Items with [-] indicate that standard values are not available

Table II.3 Examples of Standard Values for Water-Retentive Paving1)
Assessed byWater
retention
capacity

Japan
Interlocking
Block Pavement
Engineering
Association

0.15
3g/cm ormore

Water
absorptionSlip-resistance*

Bend strength*

Size allowance*

70% ormore

Sidewalk: BPN 40
or moreRoadway: BPN 60
or moreSidewalk:
3.02N/mm or more
Roadway:5.02N/mm or more

Sidewalk: ±2.5 mm(width), +4 mm &-1.0 mm (thickness)
Roadway: ±2.5 mm(width), ±2.5 mm(thickness)* Performance standard not required in water-retentive building materials for roofs, verandas and balconies.

<Bibliography>
1) Japan Interlocking Block Pavement Engineering Association, Quality Standard for Interlocking Blocks in Water-Retentive
Paving, 2005
2) Jun Tanimoto, Toshiya Ogishima, et al., The Development of Highly Water-Retentive Passive Cooling Bricks,
Architectural Institute of Japan Technical Reports, No.11, 2000
3) Yasunobu Ashie, et al., Planning Method Development for Urban Thermal Environment with Use of Water-Retentive
Materials, Technical Papers Presented to The Society of Heating, Air-Conditioning and Sanitary Engineers of Japan, 1996

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

222

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

4. Materials with higher solar reflectanceDue to a growing interest in heat island mitigation, coating materials and waterproof sheets with high solar reflectance are
now generally available. Local authorities such as the Tokyo municipal government have also supported and tested the useof various products in order to combat urban thermal issues. Under these circumstances, a calculation method for coating
film, JIS K 5602, was established in 2008. As data based on standardized methods become available, further improvements
in solar reflectance technology are expected.
The standard solar reflectance and long-wave radiation rates are established particularly with respect to urban heat island
mitigation. The Tokyo prefectural government and other institutions have also taken a similar approach. This is thought to be
in consideration of future comparisons with other technologies (e.g. green space materials, water-retentive materials). Some
industry organizations have set their own standards. The table below shows the PMS27 standard by Japan Paint
Manufacturers Association and the KRK S-001 standard for waterproof sheets with high solar reflectance established by the
Synthetic Polymer Roofing Manufacturers Association. In addition to waterproof sheets and coating materials, a variety ofother materials with the similar capacity are also being developed and applied in construction (e.g. roofing tiles, slates,
metal/film materials, glass). As objective performance assessment methods are not yet established for these materials, useof the existing standard for coating materials and waterproof sheets is assumed.
Due care is required in building exterior walls or sidewalks with high solar reflectance to avoid negative impact onpedestrians. In particular, use of such materials for the exterior walls of an urban high-rise building is not recommended as itincreases ground-level solar radiation heat of the surrounding areas. Furthermore, as solar reflectance rates of the materials
have been indicated to decrease over time, shifts in performance levels must also be taken into account. It is recommended
that the materials maintain solar reflectance of 80% or more of the initial rate after a two-year outdoor exposure test.
Table II.4 Standard performance values of solar reflectance and long-wavelength emittance
Assessed bySolar reflectanceLong-wavelen
gth emittanceJapan Paint
Manufacturers
Association

Solar reflectance in near-infrared regionof 40.0% or higher at a luminosity L of
40.0 or less; or, a higher reflectance rate
than L at a luminosity L higher than 40.0-

JPMS27:
Weather-ResistantCoating Materials
Roof (2009)

Synthetic
Polymer Roofing
Manufacturers
Association

Near-infrared region solar reflectance of
50.0% or higher (wavelength: 780-2500
nm)-

KRK S-001: Standard for
Waterproof Sheets withHigh Solar Reflectance(2008)

Tokyo Prefecture

Solar reflectance of 50% or higher (gray)by third-party assessment-

Cool Roof Promotional
Project (2006)

Project/standard, etc.

forNote: Long-wavelength emittance rates of all coating materials and waterproof sheets are approximately 0.9 and no
standard value has been established. Note, however, the rates tend to decrease with metal roofs.

<Bibliography>4) Yukio Ishikawa, Evaporative Cooling Study of Cool Roof Systems with Heat-Sensitive Hydrogel – Thermal Property
Measurement, Joint Research Draft published by Solar Energy Society and Japan Wind Energy Association, 2004
5) Kazuhiro Mitsumoto, Heat Island Mitigation Effects of Highly Reflective Paints and Water-Retentive Building Materials,
Tokyo Metropolitan Government Heat Island Symposium, July 2004
6) ASHRAE Guide, 1969
7) Pacific Gas and Electric Company, High Albedo Roofs (Codes and Standards Enhancement Study), 2000

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

223

2014 Edition

PART III. Commentary
1. An Overview of CASBEE
1.1 Measures to Promote Sustainability
Buildings, which consume and discard resources and energy in enormous quantities, are one ofarchitectural category which we must act urgently to develop and promote techniques and policies
able to assist the drive towards sustainability. Possible methods for promoting sustainable
construction include environmental construction education, dissemination of information and legal
regulations. However, the introduction of the market mechanism based on an assessment system
is considered most feasible. There has been a growing movement towards sustainable
construction since the second half of the 1980s, leading to the development of various methods forevaluating the environmental performance of buildings. Methods developed overseas include*1
TM
BREEAM (Building Research Establishment Environmental Assessment Method and LEED
*2
(Leadership in Energy & Environmental Design , as an international project. These methods haveattracted interest around the world. This kind of assessment, with the publication of the results, is
one of the best methods now available to provide an incentive for clients, owners, designers andusers to develop and promote highly sustainable construction practices.
CASBEE was developed according to the following policies:(1) The system should be structured to award high assessments to superior buildings, thereby
enhancing incentives to designers and others.
(2) The assessment system should be as simple as possible.
(3) The system should be applicable to buildings in a wide range of building types.
(4) The system should take into consideration issues and problems peculiar to Japan and Asia.

Commentary

1. 2 Framework of CASBEE: CASBEE Family

1.2.1 Building Lifecycle and Four Assessment Tools
As shown in Figure III.1.1, CASBEE was developed in the suite of architectural design process*3,
starting from the pre-design stage and continuing through design and post design stages.

解説

Figure III.1.1 The cyclical process of building design*1 Building Research Establishment (UK), 1990
*2 US Green Building Council, 1997
*3 Architectural Institute of Japan, Sub Committee on National and International Trend Research and Proposal to Promote Sustainable Buildings, 2001

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

224

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

Corresponding to the building lifecycle, CASBEE is composed of four assessment tools, CASBEE
for Pre-Design, CASBEE for Building (New Construction), CASBEE for Building (Existing Building)and CASBEE for Building (Renovation), and to serve at each stage of the design process (Figure
III.1.2). "CASBEE Family" is the collective name for these four tools and the expanded tools for
specific purposes, which are listed below. Each tool is intended for a separate purpose and target
user, and is designed to accommodate a wide range of uses (offices, schools, apartments, etc.) in
the evaluated buildings.

Figure III.1.2 Building Lifecycle and Four Assessment Tools
CASBEE for Pre-Design (under development)This tool aims to assist the owner, planner and others involved at the planning (pre-design) stageof the project. It has two main roles:
1) To assist in grasping issues such as the basic environmental impact of the project and selecting
a suitable site.
2) To evaluate the environmental performance of the project at the Pre-design stage.
CASBEE for Building (New Construction)
This is a self-assessment check system that allows architects and engineers to raise the BEE
value of the building under consideration during its design process. It makes assessments basedon the design specification and the anticipated performance. It can also serve as a labeling tool
when the building is subjected to expert third-party assessment.
CASBEE for Building (Existing Building)This assessment tool targets existing building stock, based on operation records for at least one
year after completion. It was developed to be applicable to asset assessment as well.
CASBEE for Building (Renovation)
There is growing demand for building stock renovation, especially in Japanese market. In thesame way as "CASBEE for Building (Existing Building)," this tool targets existing buildings. It canbe used to generate proposals for building operation monitoring, commissioning and upgrade
design with a view to ESCO (Energy Service Company) projects, which will be increasingly
important in future, and for building stock renovation.

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

225

2014 Edition

1.2.2 CASBEE for Specific Purposes
The basic CASBEE tool suite is applicable to a diverse range of individual applications.
(1) Applicability to detached houses
The CASBEE Basic Tools covered assessment of apartments, but not detached houses. As
assessment tools for evaluating detached houses, CASBEE for Detached Houses (NewConstruction) and CASBEE for Detached Houses (Existing Building) were developed.
(2) Assessment of dwelling units of apartments
Regarding apartments, the overall building is evaluated based on CASBEE for Building (NewConstruction). However, the performance of the individual dwelling units cannot be evaluatedutilizing CASBEE for Building (New Construction), since the performance is thought to be different
depending on the position of each unit in the housing block. As a tool for evaluating theenvironmental performance of individual dwelling units, CASBEE for Dwelling Unit (NewConstruction) was developed.
(3) Application to buildings for short-term use
The tool "CASBEE for Temporary Construction," was developed as an extension to CASBEE for
Building (New Construction) for evaluating temporary buildings constructed specifically forshort-term use.
(4) Consideration for regional character
As noted above, CASBEE for Building (New Construction) can be used by local authorities inconstruction administration. Local authorities that use this tool can tailor it to local conditions, suchas climate and prioritized policies. Changes are generally made by modifying the weighting
coefficients. Such assessment can be made mandatory in the same way as an Energy Saving
Plan, to be submitted to the authorities together with the building approval application, as a way to
improve the environment efficiency of buildings in the region.
One example is "CASBEE-Nagoya," which began on April 2004 under building environmental
consideration system of Nagoya city.
Flexible response to regional character is a common feature of all elements of the CASBEE family.
(5) Detailed assessment of heat island impact
The heat island effect is becoming a critical issue in major urban areas, such as Tokyo and Osaka.
CASBEE for Heat Island was developed to evaluate efforts in buildings to alleviate the heat islandeffect. Its role is to make a more detailed and quantitative assessment of the heat island-related
assessment items included in the basic tools.
(6) Applicability to the property market
In order to encourage broad use of eco-friendly buildings, a new framework is required, in which
environmental measures taken in the building are connected to the increased added values of theproperty. Especially in existing buildings, intended users of the framework are stakeholders
different from those involved in new construction, including building owners, investors, building
users and managers. Therefore, an assessment framework that is easy to use for thesestakeholders would be required. Consequently, CASBEE for Market Promotion, which is
specialized in items relating to increased added values of properties in its scope of assessment,
and in which the assessment standard has been significantly simplified, was developed. Buildings
subject to the assessment are existing ones having operational experience of more than 1 year
after the completion of construction.
(7) Expansion to the urban
The basic CASBEE tools evaluate individual buildings, but it is also important to evaluate
environmental performance when buildings form groups. Many recent city-center redevelopment
projects have been planned for integration with their surrounding districts, and in such cases theyshould deliver positive effects for the surrounding environment, such as promoting the use ofdispersed energy over the entire area. In short, they should raise environment quality (Q). Even if
each individual building has a different owner, the application of common restrictions on buildings
within a district can raise environment quality and performance throughout the area. In order toc 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

226

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

take into account the assessment of these measures taken through urban renewal anddistrict-wide efforts involving multiple buildings, CASBEE for Urban Development was developed.
(8) Expansion to a city scale
CASBEE for Cities, a tool for evaluating environmental performance on a city scale that extends
beyond the regional scale, was developed. The purpose of this tool is to support implementation ofenvironmental policies by local governments, through which the public administration evaluates
their own environmental policies and effects on a municipal basis.
Table III.1.1 Expansion of CASBEE for specific purposes (as of April 2014)
Application
Assessment on detachedhousesAssessment of dwelling
units of apartments
Short-term use

Name
CASBEE for DetachedHouses (New Construction)
CASBEE for DetachedHouses (Existing Building)
CASBEE for Dwelling Unit
(New Construction)
CASBEE for Temporary
Construction

Summary
CASBEE assessment for detachedhousesCASBEE Assessment of dwelling
units of apartments
Currently covering all purposes

For individual areas-

Modifying CASBEE for Building(New Construction) according to
the locality

Assessment on the efforts
in alleviating the heatisland phenomenon

CASBEE for Heat Island

Detailed edition of CASBEE heatisland assessment

Applicability to theproperty market

CASBEE for Market
Promotion

Assessment on building
groups (urban scale)

CASBEE for Urban
Development

Assessment on a city
scale

CASBEE for Cities

Applicability of CASBEE
assessment to the property market,
focusing on existing buildings
CASBEE assessment mainly about
the external space on a districtscale
The public administration evaluates
their environmental policies andeffects on a municipal basis.

1.3 The Background to CASBEE Development

1.3.1 Past development of environmental performance assessment(1) Stage 1
The oldest form of environmental assessment of buildings in Japan is the performanceassessment of building environments, mainly indoor environments, which is basically aimed at
improving living amenities or enhancing convenience for occupants. This can be thought of as
Stage 1 in the evolution of the environmental assessment of buildings. At this stage, since the local
environment surrounding the building concerned and the global environment were generally
considered as open systems, environmental assessments paid no attention to the fact thatbuildings simply discharged their environmental loadings into their surroundings. In this sense, thephilosophy behind environmental assessments was very clear, but opposite to today's approach.

(2) Stage 2
The growth of public concern over air pollution problems or the effects of wind on pedestrians, etc.
in urban areas such as Tokyo in the 1960s led to the establishment of environmental impact
assessments. This was the time when the concept of environmental loadings was initiated andincorporated into building environmental assessments, and this is thought of as Stage 2. Here,
only the negative effects that buildings have on their surrounding environments, such as urban air
pollution, wind damage, and daylight obstruction, etc., are considered as environmental impacts,

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

227

2014 Edition

i.e. environmental loads. In Stage 1, the environment usually suggests a private space or property,
whereas in Stage 2 it is a public (or non-private) space.

(3) Stage 3
Stage 3 in the evolution of the environmental assessment of buildings began after the increase in
the consciousness of global environmental problems in the 1990's. A number of specific methods
have already been proposed, based on extensive research experience, including BREEAM,
TM
LEED and SB Tool.
In recent years, building environmental performance assessment methods such as these havespread rapidly in society, particularly in developed countries, and they have also come to be used
for "Design for Environment (DfE)" and building environmental labeling (rating).
The main issue in assessment at this stage is the negative impacts; in other words, theenvironmental loads that the buildings have on the environment. That is to say, it considers Life
Cycle Assessment (LCA), evaluating the environmental loads of a building throughout its life. In
addition, building performance was also included as an object in some assessments, as in Stage 1.
Notably, none of the above assessment tools clearly distinguish between these two basic
assessment objects (in Stage 1 and Stage 2). Also, the scope (or boundary) of the assessment
objects is not clearly stated. In this sense, the concept of environmental assessment in Stage 3
lacks the clear underlying philosophy found in Stage 1 and Stage 2, while the framework ofassessment has expanded in Stage 3. The assessment framework, relative to the first and second
stages, but conversely, the framework of assumptions on which the environmental performance
evaluation is based has become unclear.

1.3.2 Stage 4: New Stage in the Environmental Assessment of Buildings
Development of CASBEE started from perception that the above situation required a reconstruction of
the current environmental performance assessment framework into a new system clearly based on theperspective of sustainability. Stage 3 in environmental assessment began when it was recognized thatthe capacities of local environments, and the world as a whole, were reaching a limit. As a result, theconcept of closed ecosystems became essential for determining environmental capacities when
conducting environmental assessments. Therefore a virtual enclosed space bounded by the borders of
the building site, as shown in Figure III.1.3 is proposed here in making environmental assessments ofbuildings. The on-site space bounded by these virtual boundaries can be controlled by the parties
involved in the building, including the owner and planner, but the space beyond is public (non-private)space, which is largely beyond control.
The environmental loads can thus be defined as "negative aspects of environmental impact that go
beyond the virtual enclosed space boundary to the outside (the public property)." The improvement ofenvironmental performance within the virtual enclosed space boundary is defined as "improvement ineveryday amenity for the building users." Dealing with both factors, the stage 4 environmental
assessment clearly defines these two factors, and distinguishes one from the other. This makes thephilosophy of assessment at stage 4 much clearer, and it has been based to form the framework for
CASBEE.

Figure III.1.3 Virtual enclosed space boundary divided by the site boundaryc 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

228

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

1.3.3 From Eco-efficiency to Built Environment Efficiency (BEE)The concept of Eco-efficiency has been introduced for CASBEE to enable the integrated
assessment of two factors, inside and outside the building site. Eco-efficiency is normally defined*4as "Value of products and services per unit environmental load." Efficiency is commonly definedin terms of input and output quantities, so a new model can be proposed for an expanded definitionof Eco-efficiency, as "(productive output)/(input + non-productive output)." As Figure III.1.4 shows,
this new model of environment efficiency can be extended to define Built Environment Efficiency(BEE), which CASBEE uses as its assessment indicator.

Definition of
Eco-efficiency

Economical value of products and services

Expansion of definition
for BEE assessment

Productive output

Definition in CASBEE:

Environmental load unit

Input + Non-productive output

Environmental quality of building
Environmental load of building

Figure III.1.4 Development from the Eco-efficiency concept to BEE

1.4 Assessment using CASBEE

1.4.1 Two Categories of Assessment: Q and L
Under CASBEE there are two spaces, internal and external, divided by the virtual boundary, which
is defined by the site boundary and other elements, with two factors related to the two spaces.
Thus we have put forward CASBEE in which the "negative aspects of environmental impact that
go beyond the virtual enclosed space boundary to the outside (the public property)" and"improvement in everyday amenity for the building users, within the virtual enclosed spaceboundary" are considered side by side. Under CASBEE, these two factors are defined below as Q
and L, the main assessment categories, and evaluated separately.
- Q (Quality): Environmental quality of building:
Evaluates "improvement in everyday amenity for the building users, within the virtual enclosed
space boundary"- L (Load): Environmental load of building:
Evaluates "negative aspects of environmental impact that go beyond the virtual enclosed spaceboundary to the outside (the public property)"*4 From the World Business Council for Sustainable Development (WBCSD)

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

229

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

Inside the boundary
Evaluated by
Q: Environmental
quality of building

Virtual Boundary

Outside the boundary
Evaluated by
L: Environmentalload of building

Resource
consumption,
embodied CO2
emission, etc.

Emission of air
pollutants, noise,
heat, etc.

Neighboring
Building

Neighboring
Building

Figure III. 1.5 Division of the assessment categories for Q: Environmental quality of building
and L: Environmental load of building based on the virtual boundary

1.4.2 Four Target Fields of CASBEE and the Rearrangement
CASBEE covers the following four assessment fields: (1) Energy efficiency (2) Resource efficiency(3) Local environment (4) Indoor environment. These four fields are largely the same as the target
fields for the existing assessment tools described above in Japan and abroad, but they do notnecessarily represent the same concepts, so it is difficult to deal with them on the same basis.
Therefore the assessment categories contained within these four fields had to be examined andreorganized.
As a result, the assessment categories were classified as shown in Figure III. 1.6 into BEE
numerator Q (Environmental quality of building) and BEE denominator L (Environmental load ofbuilding). Q is further divided into three items for assessment: Q1 Indoor environment, Q2 Qualityof service and Q3 Outdoor Environment (On-site). Similarly, L is divided into L1 Energy, L2
Resources & Materials and L3 Off-site Environment.

(1) Energy efficiency(2) Resource efficiency(3) Local environment(4) Indoor environment

Recategorized into
Q (Quality) andL (Load)

Q1: Indoor Environment
Q2: Quality of Service
Q3: Outdoor Environment(On-site)

Numeratorof BEE

L1: Energy
L2: Resources & Materials
L3: Off-site Environment

Denominatorof BEE

Figure III.1.6 Classification and rearrangement of assessment items into
Q (Environmental quality of building) and L (Environmental load of building)c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

230

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

1.4.3 Environmental Labeling Using Built Environment Efficiency (BEE)As explained above, BEE (Built Environment Efficiency), using Q and L as the two assessment
categories, is the core concept of CASBEE. BEE, as used here, is an indicator calculated from Q(Environmental quality of building) as the numerator and L (Environmental load of building) as thedenominator.
Q (Environmental Quality of Building)
Built Environment Efficiency (BEE)＝
L (Environmental Load of Building)

建築物の環境品質 Q

The use of BEE enabled simpler and clearer presentation of building environmental performanceassessment results. BEE values are represented on the graph by plotting L on the x axis and Q on
the y axis. The BEE value assessment result is expressed as the gradient of the straight line
passing through the origin (0,0). The higher the Q value and the lower the L value, the steeper thegradient and the more sustainable the building is. Using this approach, it becomes possible tographically present the results of built environment assessments using areas bounded by these
gradients. The figure shows how the assessment results for buildings can be ranked on a diagram
as class C (Poor), class B-, class B+, class A, and class S (Excellent), in order of increasing BEE
value.

Figure III.1.7 Environmental labeling based on BEE

1.5 Basic Approach to Subjects for Assessment by CASBEE
CASBEE is a comprehensive tool focused on evaluating the environmental performance ofbuildings. Therefore it is not intended to evaluate all aspects of building performance and quality. In
particular, specialized assessment systems already exist for fields such as aesthetic and economic
performance, so they are excluded from consideration by CASBEE.

(1) Aesthetic assessment
CASBEE emphasizes everyday amenity and working convenience for building users as the key
aspects of the environmental quality of buildings. Scenic consideration in matters such as building
position, form and exterior materials, and efforts to adapt to regional character are considered here,
but we have decided not to evaluate aesthetic design characteristics, such as building beauty,
which are difficult to evaluate objectively.

(2) Assessment of Cost and Profitability
CASBEE is intended to be an assessment tool applicable to a wide range of building types in boththe public and private sectors. As such we have decided that assessment of cost-effectivenessshould be left for building owners to judge according to their individual business situations. The
market value of the completed building, the profitability of business conducted in the building andother aspects less related to global environmental problems play a large part in the project client's
judgment of how much to invest in improving a building's environmental performance.

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

231

2014 Edition

CASBEE serves as an indicator for considering the "best balance of quality and the environment,"
based on the assumption of broadly economic buildings, and its assessment items include social
perspectives such as consideration for regional character.

1.6 Application of CASBEE
CASBEE is currently utilized for various purposes described below.

1.6.1 Administrative Applications of CASBEE
The City of Nagoya has been operating its environmentally-responsible building program under theEnvironmental Conservation Ordinance since April 2004. The program mandates that, for new
construction, extensions or renovation projects for buildings with a total floor space exceeding
2
2,000 m , owners must conduct assessment using CASBEE-Nagoya and report results to the City.
Also, the City of Yokohama also started its own CASBEE reporting program in July 2005. As of
April 2014, CASBEE programs have been implemented in 24 regional authorities andimplementation is under consideration in more municipalities. Refer to the CASBEE website forfurther details.

1.6.2 Use in the Private Sector(1) For designers to employ in Design for Environment (DfE)CASBEE can serve as an assessment tool that designers can use to check the environmental
performance of buildings at the design stage and provide their clients and others with objective
information on environmental considerations. It can also be used as an indicator for the indirect
setting of targets that clients, designers and others can use to evaluate their own environmental
management activities under ISO14000 and other systems.

(2) Environmental labeling that can be used in the asset valuation of buildings
CASBEE can be used as an environmental labeling tool available at the time of property appraisalof buildings. Particularly, by obtaining a third-party certification, the labeling represents official
reliability and can be easily taken into account upon realty appraisal.

(3) Environmental performance diagnosis and upgrade design with a view to ESCO
projects and building stock refurbishment
CASBEE can be used as a tool to generate proposals for building operation monitoring,commissioning and upgrade design with a view to ESCO (Energy Service Company) projects andbuilding stock refurbishment. Assessment under CASBEE for Building (Renovation) is a tool thatcan be applied to energy-saving remodeling, etc.

(4) Selection of contractors for design competitions, proposals and PFI projects
CASBEE is now being applied in the scoring process of design competitions and proposals, inevaluation of PFI project operators and in design-stage verification of environmental performances.
CASBEE's comprehensive environmental performance indicators can be used to co-establish
environmental targets between clients and designers, or between building owners and tenants.
Further, not only municipal authorities but also building clients in the private sector could propose
their target conditions of the comprehensive environmental performance to designers. Other
possible applications include giving high points to designers who made design proposals achieving
the optimum environmental performance on a limited budget.

(5) International building assessment tool
The International Organization for Standardization (ISO) has been developing aninternationally-standardized assessment method for environmental performance in buildings underTC59/SC17 and in June 2010 published ISO 21931-1: Framework for methods of assessment of
the environmental performance of construction works-Part I: Buildings, which offers a universal
framework for various assessment tools including CASBEE. An assessment system in compliancec 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

232

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

with international standards can be applied globally for various purposes such as multilateral crosscertification of environmental labeling. For example, such a system may be useful when a foreigncompany considers a lease or purchase of a building in Japan or when a Japanese company isbuilding a factory abroad. In China, the environmental performance assessment system applied todesign, construction and operations of the 2008 Beijing Olympics facilities (GOBAS: Green
Olympic Building Assessment System), developed by a group led by Professor Jiang of Tsinghua
University, was published in August 2003. In the near future, a comprehensive environmental
performance assessment system is likely to be utilized at international design competitions held in
China and other Asian countries, offering growing opportunities for Japanese companies toparticipate.

1.6.3 Application to Education
Use of CASBEE is also progressing in construction-related education in universities andelsewhere. At present, it is used for environmental planning training in most universities withfaculties of architecture. We hope that construction-related professional bodies and academic
bodies will use CASBEE in continuing professional development (CPD) for construction
professionals who are already in practice.

1.7 CASBEE Assessment Certification System and Accredited Professional
Registration System
The CASBEE Assessment Certification System and the Accredited Professional Registration
System are implemented by the Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation(IBEC). The CASBEE Assessment Certification System also managed by accredited organizations
designated by the institute.

1.7.1 Assessment Certification System
When the assessment results produced by CASBEE are provide to third parties, it becomesincreasingly important to ensure their reliability and transparency. The assessment certification
system is a system established to ensure reliability in information provided to third parties in order
to confirm the accuracy of results generated by CASBEE, and thereby promote its proper andmore widespread use. This is a system used to ensure the reliability of asset appraisal andlabeling for evaluated buildings by designers, owners and builders. Buildings subject to thecertification include not only those evaluated by CASBEE for Building (New Construction), but alsoa wide range of buildings including those evaluated by CASBEE for Building (Existing Building),
CASBEE for Building (Renovation), CASBEE for Detached Houses, CASBEE for Market
Promotion and CASBEE for Urban Development.

1.7.2 Accredited Professional Registration System
CASBEE is based on making assessment as quantitative as possible, but it includes assessment
items that are qualitative in nature. As such, it requires a specialized engineer with expertise andknowledge in the comprehensive environmental performance evaluation of buildings. That is why
the CASBEE Accredited Professional Registration System was established. Those aiming tobecome accredited professionals must attend the training course, pass the examination andcomplete registration. Currently, as specialist engineers who handle CASBEE for Building (NewConstruction), CASBEE for Building (Existing Building) and CASBEE for Building (Renovation), we
have 3 types of experts: CASBEE Building Accredited Professionals, CASBEE Detached House
Accredited Professionals who specialize in CASBEE for Detached Houses, and CASBEE Property
Accredited Professionals who handle CASBEE for Market Promotion.

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

233

2014 Edition

2. Lifecycle CO2
2.1 What is LCCO2
When evaluating impact on the global environment, it is important to evaluate the entire existenceof the building from construction to demolition (called its "lifecycle"). Among impacts on the global
environment, the one currently regarded as the most important is global warming, and the method
generally used when gauging impact on global warming is to convert impact to an equivalent total
emission of CO2, as the representative GHG, for comparison. Lifecycle CO2 (LCCO2) is the total
amount of CO2 emission generated by the building in its entire lifespan.
The lifecycle of a building is divided into stages, including construction, operation, renewal,
demolition and disposal, and the building impacts global warming at each stage, so it is necessary
to evaluate the total impact. For example, at the construction stage, there is the manufacture of thematerials used on the construction site, transportation of those materials to the site, and the use ofmaterials and energy by heavy machinery on site. At the operation stage, there is energy
consumption, such as for heating and cooling, hot water supply, lighting, and OA equipment, andrefurbishment work performed once a decade or so uses energy for the manufacture of newly
added materials, and for the disposal of removed materials. At the final demolition stage, energy isused for the demolition work, and for disposal of the demolished materials. The materials andenergy used in these ways are converted to equivalent CO2 emissions for the purpose of gauging
impact on global warming, and the total of all such emissions is the lifecycle CO2.

Figure III.2.1 Impact on the global environment generated from buildings (Ikaga)

2.2 Basic Approach to Lifecycle CO2 Assessment Using CASBEE for Building(New Construction)
In general, the task of evaluating the lifecycle CO2 of a building takes large amounts of time andeffort. Taking the construction stage as an example, the first step is to investigate the types andamounts of energy resources used in each stage of the extraction, transportations and processingof the resources used to make every one of the materials and parts that make up the building, thenmultiply each by the CO2 emission unit specific to the material (the CO2 emission per unit weight ofthe material), and add together all the results. Next, calculate the CO2 emissions corresponding to
the energy consumed in the construction, and multiply each by the CO2 emission coefficient* foreach energy type (the CO2 emission per unit energy consumption), and add the result to theprevious result. This kind of process must also be performed for all stages to find the lifecycle CO2.
* In this manual, the CO2 emissions per unit material weight is referred to as CO2 emissions unit, while the CO2
emissions per unit energy consumption for each energy type is separately called the CO2 emissions coefficient.
The CO2 emissions per 1 MJ primary energy consumption based on the primary energy consumption
composition ratio by building purpose is referred to as the CO2 conversion factor by use (See 2.3.3).

The collection of all these types of information, and the setting of assessment conditions, require expert
knowledge. Also, buildings have different applications, component elements, locations, uses and otherattributes, so each one must be evaluated individually. Performing this kind of task at the design andconstruction stages would be extremely difficult for most users of CASBEE for Building (NewConstruction), damaging the simplicity which was a key development concept for CASBEE.

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

234

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

Therefore, the following method is used for assessment.
(1) To minimize the burden of assessment work, there is no need to gather extra information or set
conditions solely for the lifecycle CO2 calculation. Instead, LCCO2 is calculated automaticallyfrom the results of assessment items particularly related to CO2 emissions, which have alreadybeen evaluated for CASBEE. This is called the "Standard Calculation."(2) In the Standard Calculation, the assessment subjects are narrowed down to those which areimportant and can be evaluated, which means that not all of the efforts relevant to LCCO2 areevaluated for calculation of LCCO2. Nevertheless, it indicates LCCO2 with the primary purposeof informing the user of an approximate figure for CO2 emission, reduction effects, and otheraspects related to CO2 emissions.
(3) If the assessor personally gathers detailed data and calculates a more accurate LCCO2 value,that value can be displayed in CASBEE for Building (New Construction) as "Individual
Calculation" on the Evaluation Results Presentation Sheet under "2.2 Lifecycle CO2 (Global
Warming Impact Chart)." The results of individual calculations are not reflected in "LR3.1
Consideration of Global Warming" and BEE. (See 2.3.6)(4) In order to simplify the process, calculation of CO2 emissions at the operation stage is based on
the conversion of primary energy consumption into CO2 emissions.

2.3 Assessment Method
LCCO2 in CASBEE for Building (New Construction) evaluates the following items within thebuilding's lifecycle. The sum of these three classifications is the life cycle CO2, which is used in theassessment of "LR3.1 Consideration of Global Warming," and is indicated with a breakdown on abar chart in the Global Warming Impact Chart of the assessment software.
Construction: Manufacture, transportation and construction of materials and components used at
the new construction stage.
Maintenance/Upgrade/Demolition: Manufacture and transportation of materials and components
used at the maintenance and upgrade stage, and transportation to treatment
facilities for demolition materials generated at the demolition stage.
Operation: Energy consumed during operation.
The following explains the method for assessment of Standard Calculation in CASBEE for Building(New Construction).

Figure III.2.2 Range of LCCO2 assessment in CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

2.3.1 Basic components of LCCO2 assessment
An example of LCCO2 assessment results using CASBEE for Building (New Construction) is
shown in Figure III.2.3. LCCO2 is indicated in terms of the following items (1) to (4).
(1) Reference value (LCCO2 emissions of a reference building that satisfies evaluation standards
for building owners as referred to in the Energy Conservation Law) at each stage of a building's
lifecycle (i.e. construction, maintenance/upgrade/demolition and operation).
(2) LCCO2 emissions of subject building based on assessment of building-related initiatives (e.g.
energy efficiency improvement, use of ecological materials and extended building lifespan) at eachstage of a building's lifecycle (i.e. construction, maintenance/upgrade/demolition and operation).
(3) Assessment of above initiatives + other on-site measures (e.g. on-site solar power generation)(4) Assessment of above initiatives + off-site measures (e.g. procurement of renewable energy
certificates and carbon credits)c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

235

2014 Edition

Regarding the CO2 reduction due to the application of off-site measures in above (4), since there arevarious possible applications in the future, the assessment thereof is allowed only in the individual
LCCO2 calculation. With the standard calculation, the same value is presented in (3) and (4).
Furthermore, bar charts in (3) and (4) do not show the breakdown of each stage of a building lifecycle.

(a)Standard Calculation Results(b) Individual Calculation Results

Figure III. 2.3 Examples of LCCO2 Assessment (Global Warming Impact Chart)
for CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

2.3.2 CO2 emissions at construction and maintenance/upgrade/demolition stages
As described above, it is difficult to calculate the emission volume for each block of an individual
building. The figures used here are statistical values, for which the results of CO2 emission
calculations for typical examples of each building type and structure type have been prepared inadvance as reference values and databased. The reference values are the CO2 emissions for thereference building, which is a building scored with level 3 for every item. Quantitative effects
relative to these reference values have also been calculated, corresponding to the various scoringlevels for relevant CASBEE assessment items, and databased. This database preparation meansthat users of CASBEE for Building (New Construction) do not have to gather data for themselves.
Instead, they can obtain rough calculated values for LCCO2 just by inputting the building type andsize, and performing the usually scoring for assessment items in CASBEE (some numerical input
is required).

(1) Method of LCA calculation tools used
Calculations were performed using LCA guidelines for buildings "AIJ-LCA&LCW_ver.5.00"(Architectural Institute of Japan). Figure III.2.4 shows the method of totaling CO2 emissions using
the calculation tools concerned. At each stage, multiply the quantities of materials required for theconstruction and maintenance/upgrade/demolition of the building by the CO2 emission unit foreach material, then total the results. The following conditions were used in the CO 2 emission
calculations (Standard Calculation).
- CO2 emission units are analysis results produced by the Architectural Institute of Japan from the2005 Industrial Input-Output Table (compliant with "AIJ-LCA&LCW_ver.5.00"), and boundaries
used for CO2 emission units up to the domestic consumption expenditure.
- Building service life settings: 60 years for offices, hospitals, hotels, schools and halls, 30 years
for stores, restaurants, factories and apartments.
- Renewal intervals (years), repair rates, etc. are set for each material according to "AIJ-LCA&LCW_ver.5.00."
2- Demolition material quantity was assumed to be 2,000 kg/m , and the road transport distance at
30 km for the purpose of the assessment.
- CFCs and halons were excluded from assessment because of the difficulty of finding the volumeof leakage from each building.

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

236

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

Figure III.2.4 Total of CO2 missions in the building LCA Guidelines("Construction" and "Maintenance/Upgrade/Demolition" stages)
Table III.2.1 CO2 emission units for representative materials
Regular concrete
Blast furnace cement concrete
Steel frame*
Steel reinforced
Formwork

266.71216.57
1.28
0.51
4.75

3

kg-CO2/m
3
kg-CO2/m
kg-CO2/kg
kg-CO2/kg
kg-CO2/m2* Not distinguished between electric furnace steel and blast furnace steel.

(2) Statistical values used in calculations
A database has been prepared from statistical data produced by analysis of construction works ofeach size. For structural construction works, the weights of materials are set for each building typeand structure type, on the basis of statistical data ("Analytical data on building construction unit
prices," edited by the Construction and Industrial Management Research Group).
Table III.2.2 Quantities of Representative Materials in Structural Works
Concrete Formwork* Steel reinforced Steel frame
Building type
Structure3
2(m2/m2)(t/m2)(t/m2)(m /m )
SRC
0.75
1.04250.136
0.052[1] Apartments
RC
0.734
1.1075
0.1
0.012
S
0.323
0.165
0.019
0.048
SRC
0.696
0.66750.078
0.1[2] Offices
RC
0.772
1.05
0.103
0.038
S
0.567
0.4325
0.07
0.136
0.958
0.97250.11
0.078[3] Elementary, junior SRC
high and high
RC
0.865
1.225
0.112
0.005
schools
S
0.352
0.17
0.045
0.105
SRC
0.812
0.80750.089
0.066[4] Medical care and
RC
0.766
1.12
0.096
0.012
welfare facilities
S
0.317
0.17
0.034
0.074
SRC
0.307
0.40250.053
0.071[6] Restaurants,
retailers and
RC
0.912
1.435
0.133
discount stores
S
0.342
0.155
0.024
0.072
SRC
0.816
1.04
0.093
0.084
[7] Hotels and inns
RC
0.999
1.195
0.111
0.004
S
0.436
0.3925
0.034
0.103
SRC
0.862
1.02250.1
0.059[8] Gymnasia,
lecture halls and
RC
0.888
1.235
0.118
0.017
meeting facilities
S
0.345
0.3625
0.04
0.139
SRC
0.669
0.55750.08
0.077[9] Warehouses andRC
0.77
0.76250.108
0.01
logistics facilities
S
0.354
0.175
0.031
0.088
2

* For formwork the figure is one quarter of the density of 12 kg/m , assuming it is reused four times.

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

237

2014 Edition(3) Calculation of effects of measures
Efforts related to reduction of CO2 emissions are handled as described below in CASBEE
assessment items.
1) Efforts for lifespan extension
Extension of service life is evaluated under "Q2 Quality of Service." However, it is difficult toestimate the actual extension of service life with sufficient precision to use as a calculation
condition for LCCO2. Therefore, take service life as a constant for all non-residential buildings for
LCCO2 estimation.
- Offices, hospitals, hotels, schools and halls: Fixed 60 years- Retailers, restaurants and factories: Fixed 30 years- Apartments: 30, 60 or 90 years, according to the deterioration countermeasure grades in theJapan Housing Performance Standard.
Table III.2.3 Scoring level and condition of CO2 assessment of"Q2.2.2.1 Service Life of Structural Materials"
LevelStandard

Condition of CO2
assessment

Level 1

(No corresponding level)-

Level 2

(No corresponding level)-

Level 3

Level equivalent to Grade 1 in the assessment
standards for wood, steel frame and concrete
structures (MLIT Directive 151 issued in 2014,
regarding Section 3. Reduction of Deteriorationin the Japan Housing Performance Standards,
under the Housing Quality Assurance Act)

Lifespan ofstructure andfoundation: 30
years

Level 4

Level equivalent to Grade 2 in the assessment
standards for wood, steel frame and concrete
structures (MLIT Directive 151 issued in 2014,
regarding Section 3. Reduction of Deteriorationin the Japan Housing Performance Standards,
under the Housing Quality Assurance Act)

Lifespan ofstructure andfoundation: 60
years

Level 5

Level equivalent to Grade 3 in the assessment
standards for wood, steel frame and concrete
structures (MLIT Directive 151 issued in 2014,
regarding Section 3. Reduction of Deteriorationin the Japan Housing Performance Standards,
under the Housing Quality Assurance Act)

Lifespan ofstructure andfoundation: 90
years2) Resource-saving efforts"Continuing Use of Existing Structural Frame, etc." and "Use of Recycled Materials" are evaluatedunder LR2 Resources & Materials, and the embodied CO2 related to the manufacture of thesematerials, taking these measures into account, can be evaluated. For usage rates of existing
structural skeletons and of blast furnace cement, relative to the entire new structure as 100%, thecorresponding CO2 emissions have been calculated in advance, as shown below for each usage
rate at 100%, and the results databased. The effect magnitude is approximately calculated
according to the percentage usage rate value input by the assessor for the evaluated building,
based on the database.
- The CO2 reduction amount for a structural member reuse rate of 100% is calculated withamounts of all representative materials (concrete, formwork, steel skeletons, steel rebar) set tozero.
- The CO2 reduction amount for a blast furnace cement usage rate of 100% is calculated with theamount of concrete set entirely to blast furnace cement.

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

238

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition(4) CO2 emissions at Construction and Maintenance/Upgrade/Demolition stages
CO2 emission data as described in Items (1)-(3) are shown in Table III.2.4 and III.2.5.
Wooden buildings are evaluated as S (Steel) structures.
2

Table III.2.4 CO2 emissions at the construction stage (kg-CO2/year-m )Building type
OfficesLR2.2.2 Existing structural frame
LR2.2.3 Recycled materials (blast
furnace cement
Schools
LR2.2.2 Existing structural frame
LR2.2.3 Recycled materials (blast
furnace cement)
Retailers
LR2.2.2 Existing structural frame
LR2.2.3 Recycled materials (blast
furnace cement)
Restaurants
LR2.2.2 Existing structural frame
LR2.2.3 Recycled materials (blast
furnace cement)
Halls
LR2.2.2 Existing structural frame
LR2.2.3 Recycled materials (blast
furnace cement)
Factories
LR2.2.2 Existing structural frame
LR2.2.3 Recycled materials (blast
furnace cement)
Hospitals
LR2.2.2 Existing structural frame
LR2.2.3 Recycled materials (blast
furnace cement)
Hotels
LR2.2.2 Existing structural frame
LR2.2.3 Recycled materials (blast
furnace cement)

100%
100%

100%
100%

100%
100%

100%
100%

100%
100%

100%
100%

100%
100%

100%
100%

S/Wood
14.01
6.45

RC
13.23
6.60

SRC
14.00
6.52

13.42

12.42

13.27

10.47
5.23

11.76
5.37

14.00
5.28

10.11

10.85

13.01

16.57
8.40

22.39
8.60

16.96
8.49

15.87

20.51

16.32

16.57
8.40

22.39
8.60

16.96
8.49

15.87

20.51

16.32

11.54
5.45

12.47
5.58

13.08
5.50

11.18

11.53

12.18

19.56
9.99

22.50
10.30

23.65
9.97

18.81

20.81

22.23

10.41
6.30

12.26
6.45

13.70
6.36

10.08

11.45

12.86

11.12
5.56

12.77
5.69

13.53
5.61

10.67

11.72

12.68

S/Wood
15.64
9.09

RC
19.62
8.83

SRC
22.38
8.75

14.97

18.15

20.89

7.82
4.55

9.81
4.42

11.19
4.37

7.49

9.07

10.44

5.21
3.03

6.54
2.94

7.46
2.92

4.99

6.05

6.96

Apartments
Level 3LR2.2.2 Existing structural frame
LR2.2.3 Recycled materials (blast
furnace cement)

100%
100%

LR2.2.2 Existing structural frame
LR2.2.3 Recycled materials (blast
furnace cement)

100%
100%

LR2.2.2 Existing structural frame
LR2.2.3 Recycled materials (blast
furnace cement)

100%
100%

Level 4

Level 5c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

239

2014 Edition

Table III.2.5 CO2 emissions at Maintenance/Upgrade/Demolition stage (kg-CO2/year-m2)
Building type
Offices
Schools
Retailers
Restaurants
Halls
Factories
Hospitals
HotelsApartments
Level 3
Level 4
Level 5

S/Wood
15.99
11.80
6.88
6.88
12.81
8.65
15.43
13.30

RC
16.46
12.42
7.74
7.74
13.43
9.42
16.05
13.94

SRC
16.21
12.31
6.91
6.91
13.25
9.06
15.89
13.67

S/Wood
8.02
9.72
10.98

RC
8.37
9.74
10.86

SRC
8.36
9.68
10.78

2.3.3 CO2 emissios at operation stage
1. Basic guidelines and key points
The key points of the calculation method (standard calculation) for CO2 emission at the operation
stage are described below.
(1) Calculate CO2 emissions volume based on assessment results of middle items evaluatedunder "LR1 Energy."(2) Select the appropriate CO2 emission coefficient for electricity use specific to the assessment
objective. The assessment software for the 2014 edition allows use of the most recent actual
emissions coefficient and alternative values (i.e. the actual 2012 values and the publishedvalues announced in December 2013). These values are based on Article 2-4 of the Ordinanceon Calculation of Greenhouse Gas Emissions from Business Activities of Specified Emitters.
The assessor may also apply other appropriate emission coefficients of choice (optional).
(3) To simplify the process, calculation of CO2 emissions at the operation stage is based on theconversion of primary energy consumption into CO2 emissions.
(4) When calculating CO2 emissions in buildings (excluding apartments), establish reference
values of primary energy consumption specific to building type. Convert the primary energy
consumption to CO2 using conversion coefficients based on energy composition ratio
according to statistical data. This method offers a simplified CO2 emission conversion fromprimary energy consumption at the operation stage obtained according to the Energy
Conservation Law.
As indicated above in (3), the assessment of energy efficiency in CASBEE is based on the BEI(energy consumption ratio) and other related factors. Therefore, CASBEE utilizes a method inwhich the primary energy consumption of the reference building and the building subject to theassessment is calculated, which is converted into the CO2 emissions. This approach enables a
simplified calculation of CO2 emissions using energy efficiency calculation results submitted to thegovernment. At the same time, however, it means that the energy composition ratio of the subject
building is no longer reflected in the assessment result. Furthermore, coefficients used for theconversion of primary energy consumption into CO2 emissions are determined from the statistical
data of the energy composition ratio, as described above in Item 4. As the same coefficients areapplied to both reference and subject buildings, problems in effectiveness of comparativeevaluation are also noted.
This revised edition follows the conventional method in the standard calculation, in order to take
into account the consistency and sequentiality in the assessment of new construction and existingbuildings, and calculation methods other than the Web program provided by the government (i.e.,
BEST, etc.), and to apply the same calculation rules to the Model Building Method and simplified
calculations that cover small-scale buildings.
These issues relating to the standard calculation due to the simplified assessment of LCCO2 in
CASBEE, in which energy efficiency calculation results are utilized in accordance with the Energyc 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

240

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

Conservation Law, were not fully resolved in the 2014 revised edition. Thus, further discussions
thereon will continue.

2. Buildings excluding apartments
In addition to the key points indicated in Paragraph 1,(1) The CO2 emissions (per floor area) of the reference building are assumed equal to the CO2
emissions estimated based on the statistical average of energy consumption.
(2)Similarly in the targeted building, the energy consumption ratio by building purpose forindividual energy types is the same as the ratio obtained from the statistical data of (1).
(3) The CO2 emissions of the targeted building are calculated by multiplying the primary energy
consumption of the targeted building estimated by increasing or decreasing the primary energy
consumption of the reference building depending on the assessment levels of middle items
under LR1 by the CO2 conversion factor.
A. CO2 emission for the reference building
In terms of individual building purposes and scales, based on statistical data, the primary energy
consumption intensity and composition ratios of energy types used, are determined (Table III.2.6).
Based on the data, the consumption of individual energy types by building purposes is estimated,which is multiplied by the CO2 emissions coefficient in order to obtain the CO2 emissions.
The CO2 emission coefficient used in the standard calculation are as shown in Table III.2.7.
CO2 emission for the reference building (kg-CO2/year)= Σ (Primary energy consumption by the reference building (MJ/year)
x Ratio of primary energy consumption of energy source type i by building typex CO2 emission coefficient for energy source type i (kg-CO2/MJ))(1) Primary energy consumption by the reference building
The primary energy consumption of the reference building is obtained based on the primaryenergy consumption intensity (the average of sample values in the corresponding classification) bybuilding purposes and scales (by regions in terms of elementary and junior high schools) indicatedin Table III.2.6. As for multi-purpose buildings, a value for the entire building is obtained byweighting the primary energy consumption intensity by the floor space in each classification.
(2) Estimated CO2 conversion factor by use
The CO2 conversion factor (the CO2 emissions per unit of primary energy consumption) is derived
from the primary energy consumption and CO2 emissions of the reference building. Energy
consumption volumes are estimated from LR1 scoring levels for the evaluated building. Whenestimating CO2 emissions in the evaluated building, the CO2 conversion factor by use is utilized inorder to convert the primary energy consumption into CO2 emissions.
CO2 conversion factor by use (kg-CO2/MJ)= CO2 emission for the reference building (kg-CO2/year)/Primary energy consumption by thereference building (MJ/year)c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

241

2014 Edition

Table III.2.6 Statistical data of primary energy consumption

Source: Summary of DECC data-base for Energy Consumption of Commercial Building (released in April 2013, Japan
Sustainable Building Consortium)
The primary energy composition ratio of private areas of apartments is in reference to "Final energy consumption byenergy type in residential sector (Energy demand and supply record in 2011, the Agency of Natural Resources andEnergy)." Regarding factories, since there is no statistical data available, the energy consumption for lighting in officebuildings under the Notification No. 7 of 2013 Energy Conservation Law is used. As for restaurants, data from buildings
having a total floor space of more than 2,000 m2 are compiled.

Table III. 2.7 CO2 emission coefficient for each energy source type for use in assessment
TypeElectricity

CO2 emission coefficient※
kg-CO2/MJ

Town gas
Kerosene
Type Aheavy oilLPG

0.04990.06780.0693kg-CO2/MJ
kg-CO2/MJ
kg-CO2/MJ

0.0590kg-CO2/MJ

Other

0.0686kg-CO2/MJ

Notes* Value converted at 9.76 MJ/kWh (All Japanaverage for 2013 under the Law Concerning the
Rational Use of Energy)

Used for residential purposes in the standard
calculation(Average value for kerosene + type A heavy oil)

B. CO2 emissions from the evaluated building
The CO2 emissions of the target building are evaluated by assuming that the reference building isequivalent to the standard value for the primary energy consumption under the Energy Conservation
Law, and by combining with CO2 reduction effects achieved through the introduction of various energy
saving measures in the target building. Thus, as Figure III.2.5 shows, start from energy consumption
quantity A for the reference building, then estimate the CO2 reduction quantities (effect magnitudes) forthe energy-saving effects under each of the three items in LR1 assessment, and subtract those
reduction quantities from A to derive energy consumption D for the evaluated building. Multiply D by theCO2 conversion factor to obtain the CO2 emissions volume. According to the new energy conservation
standards, when the assessment is based on the BEI utilizing the Web program, the BEI assessment
includes increased efficiency in building service systems as well as the reduced primary energy
consumption due to the reduction in thermal load.
CO2 emissions D' for the evaluated building (kg-CO2/year)= CO2 emissions for the reference building A' (kg-CO2/year)- CO2 reduction due to primary energy consumption ratio (BEI) (kg-CO2/year)- CO2 reduction due to natural energy utilization (kg-CO2/year)- CO2 reduction due to efficient operation (kg-CO2/year)= (Primary energy consumption by the reference building A (MJ/year)- Primary energy consumption reduction due to primary energy consumption ratio (BEI) (a) (MJ/year)- Annual natural energy usage (b) (MJ/year)- Primary energy consumption reduction due to efficient operation (c) (MJ/year)
x CO2 conversion factor by use (kg-CO2/MJ)

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

242

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

Figure III.2.5 Approach to calculating CO2 emissions of the evaluated building(1) Calculation method for effect magnitudes
a. Primary energy consumption ratio (BEI)
The assessment is conducted based on the primary energy consumption ratio (BEI) used for the
rating in LR1.3 Efficiency in Building Service System. (When based on the Model Building
Method, utilize BEIm.)
In this regard, assessments of the on-site technique should be excluded from the BEI
assessment.
Primary energy consumption reduction due to primary energy consumption ratio (BEI) (a) (MJ/year)= (1 - BEI of the target building [-]) x (Primary energy consumption of the reference building(MJ/year))b. Natural energy utilization
The calculation is conducted utilizing the direct use of the annual natural energy (based on thestandard primary energy consumption per total floor space) evaluated in the rating of LR1.2
Natural Energy Utilization.
In cases of a qualitative assessment, the assessment result is converted into the annual usage
in order to calculate the reduced primary energy consumption.

Table III.2.8 Method to convert qualitative assessment data into quantitative assessment data
Assessment Item
2. Natural
EnergyUtilization

Direc
t use

Assessment
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Level 4

Level 5

Conversion to quantitative
assessment data
Estimated usage = 0
MJ/m2
2
Estimated usage = 0 MJ/m
2
Estimated usage = 0 MJ/m
Estimated usage = 1 MJ/m2
Estimated usage = annualusage
Sch (Elementary/Junior
High/High Schools)
Estimated usage = 15 MJ/m2

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

Notes
Level 1(-)
Level 2(-)
Level 3 (0- 1 MJ/m2)
Level 4 (1- 15 MJ/m2)
Level 5 (More than
15MJ/m2, a qualitative
assessment applies to
Sch (Elementary/Junior
High/High Schools))

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

243

2014 Editionc. Efficient operation
The assessment is conducted utilizing the scoring levels in LR1.4 Efficient Operation, as well as
the energy consumption of the target building after taking into account the primary energy
consumption ratio (BEI) and the use of natural energy as a parameter, based on the correction
coefficient that corresponds to the level. Assume level 5 if it is possible for appropriate operation
to avoid problems at the operation stage (i.e. the anticipated performance is realized), andevaluate according to wasteful energy consumption beyond the anticipated level corresponding
to reduced levels.
Table III.2.9 Correction Coefficients for Each Level of "LR1.4 Efficient Operation" Scoring
Scoring level
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Level 4
Level 5

Correction coefficient
1.000
1.000
1.000
0.975
0.950

(2) Conversion of primary energy consumption into CO2 emissions
The CO2 emissions of the target building at the operation stage are estimated by multiplying theenergy consumption of the target building calculated in the above (1) by the CO2 conversion factor
by use obtained in A.

3. For apartments
A. CO2 emissions for the reference building
The primary energy consumption and the composition ratio by energy type used in the referencebuilding are determined (Table III.2.6). Based thereon, the consumption of individual types ofenergy is estimated, by which the CO2 emissions coefficient is multiplied in order to obtain the CO2
emissions.
CO2 emissions for the reference building (kg-CO2/year)= Σ (Primary energy consumption by the reference building (MJ/year)
x Ratio of primary energy consumption of energy source type i by building typex CO2 emission coefficient for energy source type i (kg-CO2/MJ))(1) Primary energy consumption by the reference building(a) Private areas
For the primary energy consumption of the reference building, the sum of the standard primaryenergy consumption of individual dwelling units in the entire building calculated in a Web
program and the like is used.
Primary energy consumption by the reference building (MJ/year)= (Σ "Standard primary energy consumption (MJ/year)" of Dwelling unit n- Σ "Energy consumption of other facilities (MJ/year)" of Dwelling unit n) x 110%+Σ "Energy consumption of other facilities (MJ/year)" of Dwelling unit n)
Further, an approximate value of the sum of the "Energy consumption of other facilities[MJ/year]" in terms of the entire building is automatically calculated in assessment software,
which can be used in the standard calculation.
The primary energy consumption of private areas of the reference building is equivalent to Level
3 in LR1.3 assessment for apartments. In this regard, the "Standard primary energy
consumption" equivalent (x 100%) corresponds to Level 4 in LR1.3 assessment.
(b) Common areas
For the primary energy consumption of the reference building, values for the standard primaryenergy consumption of common areas calculated in a Web program and the like are used.

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

244

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

Primary energy consumption by the reference building (MJ/year)= "Standard primary energy consumption (MJ/year)"(2) Estimated CO2 conversion factor by use
The CO2 conversion factor by use in terms of private areas and common areas is obtained bymultiplying the statistical data of the primary energy composition ratio for apartments (Table
III.2.6) by CO2 emissions coefficients by energy type (Table III.2.7).
CO2 conversion factor by use (kg-CO2/MJ)= Σ (Primary energy composition ratio of Energy type i
x CO2 emissions coefficient (kg-CO2/MJ) of Energy type i)
B. CO2 emissions of subject building
The CO2 emissions of the target building at the operation stage is estimated by multiplying theenergy consumption of the target building by CO2 conversion factors by use listed in Table III.2.6.
CO2 emissions of the target building (kg-CO2/MJ)= Σ (Primary energy consumption of the target building (MJ/year) x CO2 conversion factor by use(kg-CO2/MJ))(1) Calculation of effect magnitude
The design primary energy consumption calculated in accordance with the energy efficiency
calculation under the Energy Conservation Law by the government is used for the primary energy
consumption of the target building. Effects of the HEMS and MEMS are left out of theconsideration for the time being.
In this regard, assessments based on the on-site technique (i.e., solar power generation, etc.)
should be excluded from the assessment of the design primary energy consumption.
(a) Private areas
Primary energy consumption by the target building (MJ/year)= Σ"Design primary energy consumption (MJ/year)" of Dwelling unit n
In cases where the level assessment is conducted based on specifications without carrying out
the energy calculation in LR1.3c. Assessment of primary energy consumption in apartments, theCO2 emissions are calculated by utilizing the predetermined primary energy consumption
indicated in Table III.2.10.
The primary energy consumption is converted according to the idea of consumption ratios inindividual levels of LR1.3c. Assessment of primary energy consumption in apartments based on
the standard primary energy consumption calculated in conformity with the conditions under the
Guideline for Design, Construction and Maintenance regarding Rationalization of Energy Use
for Residential Buildings (Notification No. 907) (hereinafter referred to as the Design andconstruction guideline) and "How to confirm 'buildings rated as equivalent or higher' " inAppendix 6 (2) of the Guideline. Therefore, the reference value of the primary energy
consumption is equivalent to Level 3 in "LR1.3c. Assessment of primary energy consumption inapartments," converted into a primary energy consumption ratio of 110%.
Since the standard primary energy consumption differs depending on the types of facilities,
various values corresponding to the individual facility types are used in the primary energy
consumption required for the CO2 emissions calculation.
Heating facility
A: Heating the entire dwelling unit
B: Heating living space only (Continuous heating)
C: Heating living space only (Intermittent heating)Cooling facility
a: Cooling the entire dwelling unit
b: Cooling living space only (Intermittent cooling)c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

245

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

Table III.2.10 Primary energy consumption used for calculating CO2 emissions (MJ/m2)
Facility typeHeating Cooling
A

ａ

Ａ

ｂ

Ｂ

ａ

Ｂ

ｂ

Ｃ

ａ

Ｃ

ｂ

Assessment levelin LR1.3c.

Regional classification
１
２
３

４

５

６

７

８

Reference value
Level 1
Level 4
Reference value
Level 1
Level 4
Reference value
Level 1
Level 4
Reference value
Level 1
Level 4
Reference value
Level 1
Level 4
Reference value
Level 1
Level 4

1484
1721
1365
1466
1700
1348
1374
1592
1265
1356
1571
1249
1024
1178
947
1006
1157
931

1246
1440
1149
1179
1361
1088
1266
1464
1167
1199
1385
1106
941
1080
871
874
1001
811

1163
1343
1074
1092
1258
1009
1190
1374
1098
1119
1290
1033
856
97
794
784
895
729

1100
1268
1016
926
1063
858
1163
1343
1074
990
1137
916
901
1033
835
727
828
677

976
1121
903
752
857
700
1012
1164
936
789
900
733
869
995
806
646
731
603

888
1017
823
556
625
521
888
1017
823
556
625
521
888
1017
823
556
625
521

1298
1502
1196
1282
1483
1182
1287
1489
1186
1271
1470
1172
966
1110
894
950
1091
880

1189
1373
1097
1155
1333
1066
1223
1413
1128
1189
1373
1097
916
1050
849
882
1010
818

(b) Common areas
Primary energy consumption by the target building (MJ/year)= "Design primary energy consumption (MJ/year)"(2) Conversion from primary energy consumption into CO2 emissions
The CO2 emissions of the target building at the operation stage are estimated by multiplying theenergy consumption of the target building calculated in above (1) by the CO2 conversion factor byuse obtained in A.

2.3.4 Calculation of CO2 emissions with on-site measures
The 2010 edition now lists LCCO2 emissions separately from use of on-site measures (e.g.
renewable energy use within the property) and building-related initiatives (e.g. use of ecologicalmaterials, extended building lifespan, energy-saving measures within the building). In buildings
with low energy consumption (e.g. detached houses), systems such as solar power generation
alone can achieve a significant energy-saving effect and CO2 reduction at the operation stage.
However, use of other related measures should be regarded as equally important. Thus,
separating the effectiveness of both types of energy-saving and CO2 reduction measures wasdetermined to be appropriate. While it is unlikely to apply to buildings assessed under CASBEE for
Building (New Construction), the 2010 edition addresses the issue because use of renewableenergy is expected to increase.
In order to promote solar power generation, excess electricity generated from solar systems which
is not used in the building can be sold to the energy provider at a higher price than the provider'sretail prices. With such energy sales, the environmental value (CO2 reduction effect) of solar power
generation is also passed on. From this perspective, environmental assessment of the building
should not include the CO2 reduction effect of solar-generated power that is sold.
On the other hand, as solar power generation plays an important role in building a low-carbon
society, CASBEE assessment recognizes that the inclusion of physical measures on-site or of thebuilding (i.e. use of solar panels) contributes to Japan's CO2 reduction efforts. Thus, the CO2
reduction effect of excess electricity sold to energy providers can be included in assessment ofon-site measures. However, the amount sold to others through Feed-in-Tariffs is excluded from theassessment. Note that, as programs regarding the environmental value of solar-generated
electricity are currently under review by the government and municipalities, assessment method
may be revised accordingly in the future.
Further, in the Standard Calculation, when the Reduced Primary Energy Consumption Due toc 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

246

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

Introduction of the On-Site Technique (MJ/year-m2) is entered into the Planning Sheet in which
figures for the energy efficiency calculation are entered, the effect thereof is automaticallycalculated utilizing the CO2 conversion factor by use. While Individual Calculation requires theassessor to calculate such effects, the assessor can use reference data shown in the LCCO2
Calculation Conditions Sheet (Individual Calculation) as shown in Figure III.2.7.

2.3.5 Calculation of CO2 emissions with off-site measures
Carbon offsetting through earning renewable energy certificates or carbon credits is being
promoted as a climate change countermeasure. These mechanisms do not necessarily indicate
the environmental performance of buildings; however, they are nonetheless effective and valuable
in realizing the climate change-related commitments of Japan. From the CASBEE 2010 edition,these efforts made off-site are organized as the off-site technique and are added to the LCCO2
assessment.
The following off-site measures are evaluated in this category:(1) Measures implemented by building owners or users- Renewable energy certificates/heat certifications- Kyoto credits- J-Credit System, etc.
(2) Carbon offsetting measures implemented by energy providers
For the measures implemented by building owners or users, the purchase of applicable credits
with the same validity period as the CASBEE for Building (New Construction) assessment (i.e.
three years post-construction) must have already been completed or should be committed.
Effects of carbon offsetting measures implemented by energy providers can be evaluated, for*1
example, by multiplying the difference between the most-recent actual emissions coefficient and*2
the adjusted emission coefficients with electricity purchased from energy providers (refer toFigure III.2.7).
*1 Values are based on Article 2-4 of the Ordinance on Calculation of Greenhouse Gas Emissions from
Business Activities of Specified Emitters (MOE et al).
*2 Values are based on Article 20-2 of the Ordinance on Reporting of Greenhouse Gas Emissions (MOE etal).
*3 The PPS-specific emission coefficients (real coefficient/adjusted coefficient) and the alternative coefficientvalues are revised and published annually by the government. Check if the values are current according to
the CASBEE assessment manual or software. If revisions are not reflected in the manual or software, verify
the latest coefficients available on MOE website and apply these in the calculation.

CO2 reduction using off-site measures is not yet included in BEE. As the addition of further off-sitemeasures is expected, the 2014 edition allows this assessment in individual LCCO2 calculations.
As applications of off-site measures are expected to increase, an ongoing review of CASBEE
assessment methods is being conducted.
Table III.2.11 Actual/adjusted CO2 emission coefficients per power provider
Actual emissions coefficient Adjusted emission coefficient
General PPS(t-CO2/kWh)(t-CO2/kWh)Hokkaido Electric Power Co., Inc.
0.000688
0.000680

eREX Co., Ltd.

Tohoku Electric Power Co., Inc.

0.000600

0.000560

Idemitsu Green Power Co., Ltd.

0.000086

0.000106

Tokyo Electric Power Co., Inc.

0.000525

0.000406

Itochu Enex Co., Ltd.

0.000676

0.000293

Chubu Electric Power Co., Inc.
Hokuriku Electric Power Co., Inc.
Kansai Electric Power Co., Inc.
Chugoku Electric Power Co.,Inc.
Shikoku Electric Power Co., Inc.
Kyushu Electric Power Co., Inc.
Okinawa Electric Power Co., Inc.

0.000516
0.000663
0.000514
0.000738
0.000700
0.000612
0.000903

0.000373
0.000494
0.000475
0.000672
0.000656
0.000599
0.000692

Eneserve Corp.
Ebara Environmental Plant Co., Ltd.
Oji Paper Co., Ltd.
ORIX Corp.
e-sell Co.,Ltd.
Ennet Corp.
F-Power Co., Ltd.
G-Power Co., Ltd.
Nihon Ceremony Corp.
Summit Energy Corp.
JX Nippon Oil & Energy Corp.
J JEN Holdings Co., Ltd.
Shigakogen Resort Kaihatsu Corp.

0.000616
0.000456
0.000475
0.000762
0.000000
0.000429
0.000525
0.000441
0.000797
0.000438
0.000367
0.000494
0.0003120.000482
0.000456
0.000471
0.000757
0.000000
0.000427
0.000445
0.000000
0.000789
0.000259
0.000364
0.000490
0.000309

Alternative value

0.000550 (t-CO2/kWh)Specified PPS

Actual emissions coefficient Adjusted emission coefficient(t-CO2/kWh)(t-CO2/kWh)
0.000603
0.000428

Specified PPS
Showa Shell Sekiyu K.K.
Nippon Steel & Sumikin
Engineering Co, Ltd.
Senboku Natural Gas Power
Generation Co., Ltd.
Diamond Power Corp.
Tess Engineering Co.,Ltd.
Tokyo Eco Service Co., Ltd.
Nihon Techno Co., Ltd.
Japan Logistic Coop.
Panasonic Corp.
Premium Green Power Corp.
Marubeni Corp.
Mitsuuroko Green Energy Co., Ltd.
Les Power Co.,Ltd.

(t-CO2/kWh)
Actual emissions coefficient Adjusted emission coefficient(t-CO2/kWh)(t-CO2/kWh)
0.000367
0.000364
0.000655

0.000654

0.000388

0.000385

0.000431
0.000494
0.000092
0.000508
0.000486
0.000498
0.000018
0.000378
0.000366
0.000420

0.000427
0.000490
0.000091
0.000509
0.0002560.000492
0.000022
0.000324
0.000445
0.000000(2012 actual data published on December 19, 2013)c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

247

2014 Edition

2.3.6 LCCO2 assessment process (Individual Calculation)
In the individual calculation, when a detailed LCCO2 calculation is conducted according to any
published LCA method, the assessor can apply the calculation conditions and results to theindividual calculation for CASBEE LCCO2 assessment (Global Warming Impact Chart). In thiscase, the assessor must use LCCO2 Calculation Conditions Sheet (Individual Calculation) as
shown in Figure III.2.6 to enter the conditions and results specified below. Alternatively, a majorityof results from the CASBEE standard calculation can also be applied in combination with otherindividually-calculated valid data. Specifically, the assessor can enter conditions and results for the
standard calculation, while adding individually-calculated results of off-site measures.
Furthermore, refer to Figure III.2.7 for calculation results of CO2 reduction with on-site measures(e.g. solar power generation) and with carbon offsetting measures implemented by energy
providers.
The entry items include the following calculation conditions and results:- Building overview (type/size/structure)- Life cycle (estimated service life)- CO2 emissions at construction stage (calculation results)- The above calculation method (e.g. Building LCA Tool Ver.5.00 developed by the Architectural
Institute of Japan)- Reference for CO2 emission units (e.g. 2005 Industrial Input-Output Table published by theArchitectural Institute of Japan)- Boundary of CO2 calculation (e.g. domestic consumption expenditure)- Main materials: regular concrete (m3/m2), blast furnace cement concrete (m3/m2), steel frame(t/m2), steel frame (electric furnace) (t/m2), steel reinforced (t/m2), etc.
3
- Environmental load of main materials: regular concrete (kg-CO2/m ), blast furnace cement
concrete (kg-CO2/m3), steel frame (kg-CO2/t), steel frame (electric furnace) (kg-CO2/t), steel
reinforced (kg-CO2/t), etc.
- Main recycled materials and usage: blast furnace cement (structure use), existing frame
materials (structural use), electric furnace steel (reinforcement), electric furnace steel (steel
materials), etc.
- CO2 emissions at maintenance/upgrade/demolition stage (calculation results)- Maintenance period (year) (exterior/interior/service systems)- Average repair rate (%/year) (exterior/interior/service systems)- Calculation method for demolition-related CO2 emissions (e.g. estimated with assumption ofdemolition material transport distance of XX km)- CO2 emissions at operation stage (calculation results)
1. Reference value
2. Building-related initiatives
3. Above + other on-site initiatives
4. Above + other off-site initiatives- Calculation method for primary energy consumption- CO2 emission coefficients of energy (electricity, gas and other fuels)- Otherc 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

248

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

Figure III.2.6 LCCO2 Calculation Conditions Sheet (Individual Calculation)c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

249

2014 Edition

Figure III.2.7 Examples of reference values used in LCCO2 Calculation Conditions Sheet(Individual Calculation)c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

250

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

Afterword
This publication is developed by the Research Committee for CASBEE established as part of a
joint industrial/government/academic project with the support of the Housing Bureau of the MLIT
and led by the Japan Sustainable Building Consortium (chaired by Shuzo Murakami, President of
the Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation), requesting the participation ofCity Bureau, the MLIT. We hope this achievement will be used in a wide-range of fields and makean important contribution in building a sustainable society.
List of members (as of April 2014, random order)< CASBEE Board of the Stakeholders>
Chair: Shuzo Murakami (Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation), Secretary:
Toshiharu Ikaga (Keio University), Vice Secretary: Tatsuya Hayashi (Chiba University), Members:
Yasushi Asami (University of Tokyo), Yasunori Akashi (University of Tokyo), Kazuo Iwamura(Iwamura Atelier Co., Ltd.), Tatsuo Oka (Environment Design Institute), Yuzo Sakamoto (Building
Research Institute), Tsuyoshi Seike (University of Tokyo), Kazuaki Bogaki (Tokyo City University),
Tomonari Yashiro (University of Tokyo), Naohito Hayashi (MLIT), Takashi Muto (MLIT), Hideo
Matsuno (MLIT), Tsuyoshi Miyamori (MLIT), Takao Sawachi (National Institute for Land andInfrastructure Management), Masaya Kumagai (Urban Renaissance Agency), Daisuke Miura(Tokyo Metropolitan Government), Yoshiharu Kitaguchi (Osaka Prefectural Government), Takuya
Ichikawa (Yamashita Sekkei, Inc.), Mitsutaka Okazaki (Haseko Corporation), Hiroyuki Inoue(Daiwa House Industry Co., Ltd.), Shinichi Kaburagi (Taisei Corporation), Ryota Kuzuki (Tokyo Gas
Co., Ltd.), Junichi Kurihara (Misawa Homes Institute of Research and Development Co., Ltd.),
Yukio Koga (Obayashi Corporation), Hisataka Kitora (Kansai Electric Power Co., Inc.), Hiroshi
Kojima (Diversey Co., Ltd.), Yoshihira Sakabe (Mitsui Home Co., Ltd.), Masaaki Sato (Kajima
Corporation), Michiya Suzuki (Shimizu Corporation), Tatsuya Morimoto (Tokyo Electric Power
Company), Hiroaki Takai (Takenaka Corporation), Kuniharu Sasaki (Mitsubishi Jisho Sekkei Inc.),
Yasuo Tanaka (Sumitomo Forestry Co., Ltd.), Fujio Tamura (Kume Sekkei Co., Ltd.), Tomoya
Chikada (Sekisui House, Ltd.), Daisuke Kawamura (NTT Facilities), Takehiko Nishio (Osaka Gas
Co., Ltd.), Tetsuya Hayashi (Sekisui Chemical Co., Ltd.), Tomohiko Fukushima (Japan
Environment System Co., Ltd.), Katsumi Matsuda (Asahi Kasei Homes Corporation), Ryouji
Muranishi (Chubu Electric Power Co., Inc.), Takashi Yanai (Nihon Sekkei), Administrators: Junko
Endo (IBEC), Kazuaki Yagi (JSBC), Kiyohisa Oine (JSBC), Shigeo Kida (JSBC), Nobufusa
Yoshizawa (JSBC)<CASBEE R&D Committee>
Chair: Shuzo Murakami (Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation), Secretary:
Toshiharu Ikaga (Keio University), Vice Secretary: Tatsuya Hayashi (Chiba University), Members:
Kazuo Iwamura (Iwamura Atelier Co., Ltd.), Tatsuo Oka (Environment Design Institute), Yasunori
Akashi (University of Tokyo), Masaaki Sato (Kajima Corporation), Tsuyoshi Seike (University ofTokyo), Hiroaki Takai (Takenaka Corporation), Hisashi Hanzawa (Hokkaido University of Science),
Kazuaki Bogaki (Tokyo City University), Akashi Mochida (Tohoku University), Tomonari Yashiro(University of Tokyo), Nobuhaya Yamaguchi (Polytech Add, Inc.), Hideo Matsuno (MLIT), Tsuyoshi
Miyamori (MLIT), Expert Members: Takashi Akimoto (Shibaura Institute of Technology), Masayuki
Oguro (Taisei Corporation), Hidemitsu Koyanagi (Taisei Corporation), Kiyoshi Miisho (Iwamura
Atelier Co., Ltd.), Takashi Yanai (Nihon Sekkei), Support Members: Taro Ito (MLIT), Administrators:
Junko Endo (IBEC), Kazuaki Yagi (JSBC), Kiyohisa Oine (JSBC), Shigeo Kida (JSBC), Nobufusa
Yoshizawa (JSBC)<Working Group on LCCO2 Calculation Method Review>
Director: Toshiharu Ikaga (Keio University), Members: Takashi Akimoto (Shibaura Institute ofTechnology), Junko Endo (IBEC), Masaaki Yamamoto (Haseko Corporation), Atsushi Ono(Takenaka Corporation), Norihiko Kato (Chubu Electric Power Co., Inc.), Hisataka Kitora (Kansai
Electric Power Co., Inc.), Ryota Kuzuki (Tokyo Gas Co., Ltd.), Masaaki Sato (Kajima Corporation),
Kazunari Shiraki (Osaka Gas Co., Ltd.), Takayuki Suzuki (Tokyo Electric Power Company),
Tomoya Chikada (Sekisui House, Ltd.), Tsuyoshi Seike (University of Tokyo), Tatsuya Hayashi(Chiba University), Tetsuya Hayashi (Sekisui Chemical Co., Ltd.), Takashi Yanai (Nihon Sekkei),
Ryuji Yanagihara (Tokyo Denki University), Administrators: Kiyohisa Oine (JSBC), Nobufusa
Yoshizawa (JSBC)

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

251

2014 Edition<Sub-Committee on CASBEE for Detached Houses>
Chair: Tsuyoshi Seike (University of Tokyo), Secretary: Tomoya Chikada (Sekisui House, Ltd.),
Members: Tsuyoshi Miyamori (MLIT), Takeshi Matsukawa (MLIT), Hiroyuki Mochiki (MLIT), Kazuo
Iwamura (Iwamura Atelier Co., Ltd.), Takashi Akimoto (Shibaura Institute of Technology), Toshiharu
Ikaga (Keio University), Shiro Nakajima (Building Research Institute), Nobuhaya Yamaguchi(Polytech Add, Inc.), Hirokazu Ikeda (Japan Builders Network), Masanori Sawada (National
Federation of Construction Workers' Unions), Kazuhiro Seno (Sekkei Atelier), Yuzo Minami (Yuzo
Minami Office), Hiroyuki Inoue (Daiwa House Industry Co., Ltd.), Masaaki Yamamoto (Haseko
Corporation), Administrators: Kazuaki Yagi (JSBC), Kazumi Imaseki (JSBC)<Sub-Committee on Energy Review>
Chair: Yasunori Akashi (University of Tokyo), Secretary: Takashi Yanai (Nihon Sekkei, Inc.),
Members: Yuji Abe (Takenaka Corporation), Hisaya Ishino (Emeritus Professor,
Tokyo
Metropolitan University), Taketo Imanari (Tokyo Gas Co., Ltd.), Jun Owada (Kajima Corporation),
Toshiyuki Okamoto (Osaka Gas Co., Ltd.), Norihiko Kato (Chubu Electric Power Co., Inc.),
Hisataka Kitora (Kansai Electric Power Co., Inc.), Kunihiro Satomi (NTT Facilities), Takayuki
Suzuki (Tokyo Electric Power Company), Masatomo Suzuki (Yamashita Sekkei, Inc.), Michiya
Suzuki (Shimizu Corporation), Hisao Seike (Obayashi Corporation), Fujino Kenji (Mitsubishi EstateCo., Ltd.), Shogo Murakami (Taisei Corporation), Ryuji Yanagihara (Tokyo Denki University),
Masaaki Yamamoto (Haseko Corporation), Support Members: Tsuyoshi Miyamori (MLIT), Taro Ito(MLIT), Administrators: Kiyohisa Oine (JSBC), Shigeo Kida (JSBC), Nobufusa Yoshizawa (JSBC)<Sub-Committee on Indoor Environment Review>
Chair: Kazuaki Bogaki (Tokyo City University), Secretary: Masayuki Oguro (Taisei Corporation),
Members: Toshihiro Otsuka (Shimizu Corporation), Hiroshi Kojima (Diversey Co., Ltd.), Miho
Tanaka (Kume Sekkei Co., Ltd.), Hisashi Hanzawa (Hokkaido Institute of Technology), Miki
Yasuhiro (Building Research Institute), Yu Aida (Haseko Corporation), Support Members: Tsuyoshi
Miyamori (MLIT), Taro Ito (MLIT), Administrators: Kiyohisa Oine (JSBC), Shigeo Kita (JSBC),
Nobufusa Yoshizawa (JSBC)<Sub-Committee on Resource Sustainability Review>
Chair: Tomonari Yashiro (University of Tokyo), Secretaries: Hidemitsu Koyanagi (Taisei
Corporation), Members: Yasushige Morikawa (Taisei Corporation), Takuya Ichikawa (Yamashita
Sekkei, Inc.), Tomomi Kanemitsu (Shimizu Corporation), Wataru Kuroda (Nihon Sekkei Inc.),
Kensuke Kobayashi (Hiroshima University), Takao Sawachi (National Institute for Land andInfrastructure Management), Tomohisa Hirakawa (Nippon Steel & Sumitomo Metal Corporation),
Shiro Nakajima (Building Research Institute), Takashi Mamiya (Kajima Corporation), Yasushi
Yutani (Kume Sekkei Co., Ltd.), Support Members: Tsuyoshi Miyamori (MLIT), Taro Ito (MLIT),
Administrators: Kiyohisa Oine (JSBC), Shigeo Kida (JSBC), Nobufusa Yoshizawa (JSBC)<Working Group on CASBEE and Property Assessment Review>
Chair: Chair: Shuzo Murakami (Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation),
Secretaries: Masato Ito (Sumitomo Trust & Banking Co., Ltd.), Hiroaki Takai (Takenaka
Corporation), Members: Toshiharu Ikaga (Keio University), Kazuo Iwamura (Iwamura Atelier Co.,
Ltd.), Hidemitsu Negishi (Real Estate Companies Association of Japan), Teruaki Uchida (Japan
Real Estate Institute), Mamoru Kaneko (Japan Building Owners and Managers Association),
Masaaki Sato (Kajima Corporation), Hiroyuki Deguchi (Shimizu Corporation), Naoki Nakamura(ERS Corporation), Hiroki Hiramatsu (CSR Design & Landscape Co., Ltd.), Koichi Matsunaga(CBRE), Support Members: Hideo Matsuno (MLIT), Yoshiki Aoyama (MLIT), Administrators: Junko
Endo (IBEC), Kiyohisa Oine (JSBC), Shigeo Kida (JSBC), Nobufusa Yoshizawa (JSBC)

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

Afterword<Sub-Committee on Local Environment Review>
Chair: Kazuo Iwamura (Iwamura Atelier Co., Ltd.), Secretary: Kiyoshi Miisho (Iwamura Atelier Co.,
Ltd.), Members: Tomohiro Ataku (Kume Sekkei Co., Ltd.), Motoharu Ito (Nihon Sekkei Inc.),
Tomohiko Fukushima (Japan Environment System Co., Ltd.), Hironori Yamashita (Earthwork Inc.),
Shinji Yoshizaki (Tokyo City University), Support Members: Tsuyoshi Miyamori (MLIT), Taro Ito(MLIT), Administrators: Kiyohisa Oine (JSBC), Shigeo Kida (JSBC), Nobufusa Yoshizawa (JSBC)252

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition<Working Group on Building Case Study>
Chair: Hisashi Hanzawa (Hokkaido Institute of Technology), Secretary: Takashi Akimoto (Shibaura
Institute of Technology), Members: Taketo Imanari (Tokyo Gas Co., Ltd.), Jun Owada (Kajima
Corporation), Toshimasa Kakegawa (Tokyo Electric Power Company), Masato Sasaki (Nihon
Sekkei, Inc.), Rui Takizawa (Takenaka Corporation), Tatsuya Hayashi (Chiba University), Shogo
Murakami (Taisei Corporation), Takashi Momose (Shimizu Corporation), Administrators: Kiyohisa
Oine (JSBC), Shigeo Kida (JSBC), Nobufusa Yoshizawa (JSBC)<Working Group on BIM Connector Development>
Chair: Kazuo Iwamura (Iwamura Atelier Co., Ltd.), Secretary: Tatsuya Hayashi (Chiba University),
Members: Toshiharu Ikaga (Keio University), Kenji Sakai (NTT Facilities), Hiroshi Tomokage(Taisei Corporation), Shohei Hatamiya (Yasui Architects & Engineers, Inc.), Yasuhiko Moritani(NTT Facilities Research Center), Shigeyuki Yamaguchi (Tokyo City University), Yuzo Yamada(Yasui Architects & Engineers, Inc.), Support Members: Junko Endo (IBEC), Tomoya Chikada(Sekisui House, Ltd.), Yohei Nasu (Iwamura Atelier Co., Ltd.), Tsuyoshi Miyamori (MLIT), Taro Ito(MLIT), Administrators: Kiyohisa Oine (JSBC), Shigeo Kida (JSBC), Nobufusa Yoshizawa (JSBC)< Sub-Committee on Tenant Office Review>
Chair: Masaaki Sato (Kajima Corporation), Members: Toshiharu Ikaga (Keio University), Kazuo
Iwamura (Iwamura Atelier Co., Ltd.), Masato Ito (Sumitomo Trust & Banking Co., Ltd.), Junko Endo
(IBEC), Masayuki Oguro (Taisei Corporation), Hidemitsu Koyanagi (Taisei Corporation), Nobuaki
Koyama (CSR Design & Landscape Co., Ltd.), Hiroaki Takai (Takenaka Corporation), Tatsuya
Hayashi (Chiba University), Takashi Yanai (Nihon Sekkei), Administrators: Kiyohisa Oine (JSBC),
Shigeo Kida (JSBC), Nobufusa Yoshizawa (JSBC)<Sub-Committee on Urban Development Review >Chair: Shuzo Murakami (Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation), Members:
Yasushi Asami (University of Tokyo), Toshiharu Ikaga (Keio University), Tomohiro Uchiike (Taisei
Corporation), Tsuyoshi Miyamori (MLIT), Takaaki Kato (University of Tokyo), Shinichi Kaburagi(Taisei Corporation), Shun Kawakubo (Hosei University), Takahiro Kawayoke (Nikken Sekkei
Research Institute), Ryota Kuzuki (Tokyo Gas Co., Ltd.), Satoru Sadohara (Yokohama National
University), Michihiko Shinozaki (Shibaura Institute of Technology), Masaaki Kuwabara (MLIT),
Hiroaki Takai (Takenaka Corporation), Takashi Hashimoto (Shimizu Corporation), Hideo Nakamura(MLIT), Tatsuya Hayashi (Chiba University), Hideo Matsuno (MLIT), Yasunori Muromachi (Tokyo
Institute of Technology), Nobuhaya Yamaguchi (Polytech Add, Inc.), Administrators: Kiyohisa Oine
(JSBC), Shigeo Kida (JSBC), Nobufusa Yoshizawa (JSBC)<Sub-Committee on City Assessment Review>
Chair: Shuzo Murakami (Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation), Members:
Yasushi Asami (University of Tokyo), Toshiharu Ikaga (Keio University), Haruo Ishida (University ofTsukuba), Masanori Inoue (MLIT), Kazuo Iwamura (Iwamura Atelier Co., Ltd.), Ogawa Yoichi(Organization for Landscape and Urban Green Infrastructure), Takao Kashiwagi (Tokyo Institute ofTechnology), Takeshi Kurokawa (Institute of Behavioral Science), Shigenori Kobayashi (Tokyo City
University), Hidetoshi Nakagami (Jyukankyo Research Institute Inc.), Akiko Ito (MLIT), Yoshitsugu
Hayashi (Nagoya University), Tsuyoshi Fujita (National Institute for Environmental Studies), Expert
Members: Hideo Matsuno (MLIT), Tsuyoshi Miyamori (MLIT), Administrators: Shinichi Kaburagi(Taisei Corporation), Nobuhaya Yamaguchi (Polytech Add, Inc.), Kiyohisa Oine (JSBC), Shigeo
Kida (JSBC), Nobufusa Yoshizawa (JSBC)<Sub-Committee on Site Review>
Chair: Shuzo Murakami (Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation), Secretary:
Nobuhaya Yamaguchi (Polytech Add, Inc.), Members: Toshiharu Ikaga (Keio University), Masato
Ito (Sumitomo Trust & Banking Co., Ltd.), Kazuo Iwamura (Iwamura Atelier Co., Ltd.), Shinichi
Kaburagi (Taisei Corporation), Masaaki Sato (Kajima Corporation), Hiroaki Takai (Takenaka
Corporation), Tatsuya Hayashi (Chiba University), Support Members: Tsuyoshi Miyamori (MLIT),
Administrators: Junko Endo (IBEC), Kiyohisa Oine (JSBC), Shigeo Kida (JSBC), Nobufusa
Yoshizawa (JSBC)

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)

253

2014 Edition

Project Organization
Research and development of CASBEE is a joint industrial/government/academic project
established under the support of the Japanese Government. The Research Committee for
CASBEE and its affiliated sub-committees established at Japan Sustainable Building Consortiumprovide overall project operation as shown in the chart below.

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

254

CASBEE for Building (New Construction)2014 Edition

CASBEE for Building (New Construction) Assessment Manual (2014 Edition)
Not for SaleFirst Edition

Published May 27, 2014

Editorial AssistanceJapan Sustainable Building Consortium (JSBC)

Published by

Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Zenkyouren Building Kojimachi-kan, 3-5-1 Kojimachi, Chiyoda-ku, Tokyo 102-0083 Japan
TEL: +81-3-3222-6723

FAX: +81-3-3222-6696

e-mail casbee-info@ibec.or.jp
Printed by

URL

http://www.ibec.or.jp/CASBEE

Rengo Printing Center Co., Ltd.

All rights reserved.

c 2014 Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Copyright○

2014CASBEE-建築（新築）（英文表紙）.indd

1

2015/02/16

17:30:11